Home

Palm v2.25 User Guide

1. The connection that you make between two devices by means of Bluetooth wireless technology The devices recognize each other because each device finds the same passkey on the other device After you create a partnership between the devices you no longer need to enter the passkey Partnership is also known as paired relationship pairing trusted device and trusted pair on some devices See Connecting to devices with Bluetooth wireless technology Phone Off Appearing on the Today screen this indicates that your Treo 750 is not connected to any network and you cannot make calls except those to emergency numbers You can still use the organizer features however To turn the phone on off go to the Wireless Manager See Turning your phone on Phone Send S The button on your Treo 750 that provides quick access to your Today screen and dials after you ve entered a phone number See Making calls from the Today screen piconet An ad hoc network of devices that uses Bluetooth wireless technology to connect one master device with up to seven active slave devices The network can include up to 255 inactive or parked slave devices which the master device can bring into active status at any time TERMS PIM personal information manager A genre of software that includes applications such as Microsoft Outlook Palm Desktop software Lotus Notes and ACT PIMs generally store contacts schedu
2. Account display name Work The name for this account on this device Previous E 8 Press Next C right action key 9 Enter your account username and password 10 If you want your password entered automatically check the Save password box If you want to enter your password each time you access this account do not check this box DID YOU KNOW Checking the Save password box makes it easier to check your email because you don t have to enter your password each time Leaving the box unchecked keeps your email more secure because no one can download messages without entering your password 11 Press Next gt right action key SETTING UP GOOD MOBILE MESSAGING 12 Optional Select either of the following Inbox a Yj E mail Setup Setup is complete To download e mail click Finish Automatic Send Receive very 2 hours Review all download settings Previous z Finish Automatic Send Receive Change the time interval for automatically downloading email from every 5 minutes to once a day If you do not want to automatically download messages select Manually Review all download options Select this option to change download settings see Changing email download settings for information 13 Press Finish C right action key If prompted select OK to download messages for this account now YOUR EMAIL Setting up a POP IMAP account in the Inbox
3. USING EXPANSION CARDS 233 YOUR APPLICATION AND INFO MANAGEMENT TOOLS CHAPTER Calculator You can use Calculator for basic arithmetic calculations such as addition subtraction multiplication and division Calculator a y amp Performing calculations 1 Press Start and select Programs 2 Select Calculator a 3 Enter numbers and perform calculations including the following Clears the last digit in a multi digit entry Clears the current calculation or the displayed number Calculates the reciprocal of a number Calculates percentage X Calculates the square root of a number Switches a number between negative and positive Tip You can paste numbers into Calculator as well as copy calculation results to be pasted into another app Tip For more advanced calculations use Excel Mobile See Excel Mobile for details Using the Calculator memory e To store a displayed number tap the box to the left of the entry box or press M An M appears in the box DID You KNOW When you store a number in memory it replaces the number that is currently stored e To add the displayed number to the number stored in memory tap M or press P CALCULATOR YOUR APPLICATION AND INFO MANAGEMENT TOOLS e To display the number stored in memory tap fan or press R e To clear the memory tap mo or press L CHAPTER CALCULATOR 238 YOU
4. User Guide Your Palm Treo 750 Smart Device Intellectual property notices 2006 2007 Palm Inc All rights reserved Palm Treo and the Palm and Treo logos are among the trademarks or registered trademarks owned by or licensed to Palm Inc All other brand and product names are or may be trademarks of and are used to identify products or services of their respective owners The Treo trademark is used by Palm Inc in Sweden and Denmark with the express consent of Pfizer and its affiliated companies The products marketed and or sold by Palm Inc under the Treo trademark are in no way affiliated with Pfizer or its business This product is protected by one or more of the following United States patents 7 007 239 6 976 226 6 975 304 6 965 375 6 961 567 6 961 029 6 957 397 6 952 571 6 950 988 6 947 975 6 947 017 6 943 667 6 940 490 6 924 752 6 907 233 6 906 701 6 906 741 6 901 276 6 850 780 6 845 408 6 842 628 6 842 335 6 831 662 6 819 552 6 804 699 6 795 710 6 788 285 6 781 824 6 781 575 6 766 490 6 745 047 6 744 451 6 738 852 6 732 105 6 724 720 6 721 892 6 712 638 6 708 280 6 697 639 6 687 839 6 685 328 6 665 803 6 618 044 6 590 588 6 539 476 6 532 148 6 523 124 6 519 141 6 516 202 6 490 155 6 480 146 6 457 134 6 456 247 6 442 637 6 441 824 6 437 543 6 429 625 6 425 087 6 389 572 6 388 877 6 381 650 6 363 082 6 344 848 6 317 085 6 241 537 6 222 857 6 185
5. Slide the battery door back into place Your Treo 750 screen turns on Wait for the progress bar to fill and the Windows Mobile screen to appear 8 INSERTING THE SIM CARD AND BATTERY tip If your Treo 750 does not turn on after you insert the battery you need to connect it to the AC charger to charge it see Charging the battery If it still doesn t start perform a soft reset see Performing a soft reset 6 Follow the onscreen instructions to finish the installation 7 If your SIM card is not already activated follow the activation steps provided by AT amp T or contact AT amp T directly for assistance If you plan to use email and web browsing you need a data service plan from AT amp T in addition to your service contract You may also need a data service plan to send and receive multimedia messages tip You can buy an extra battery as a spare for long plane trips or periods of heavy data use To ensure proper functioning and avoid nullifying the warranty be sure to use batteries from Palm only Visit www palm com SETTING UP Charging the battery Although the battery may come with a sufficient charge to complete the setup process we recommend that after setup you charge your Treo 750 for three hours or until the indicator light is solid green to give it a full charge See Maximizing battery life for tips on making your battery s power last longer BEFORE YOU BEGIN Make sure the ba
6. Left action key Phone Send Microphone Multi connector Start Headset jack tip Be careful not to scratch or crush your Treo DID YOU KNOW By default pressing and 750 screen Do not store it in a place where holding the Side button opens the Windows other items might damage it Visit http Media Player Mobile application see go palm com treo750 att to find a variety of Windows Media Player Mobile You can useful accessories including carrying cases change the function of the Side button see that protect the screen Reassigning buttons PALM TREO 750 SMART DEVICE OVERVIEW s SETTING UP CHAPTER Back view Self portrait mirror Speaker Camera lens camera version only Infrared IR port Battery door release Expansion card miniSD slot Reset button located inside expansion card slot door IMPORTANT The Treo 750 speaker includes a large magnet so be sure not to store your Treo 750 near credit cards or other items that could be demagnetized 6 PALM TREO 750 SMART DEVICE OVERVIEW Top view Car kit jack SETTING UP CHAPTER Stylus Ringer switch DID YOU KNOW The Ringer switch silences all sounds including music at once you don t need to hunt for off or mute settings in individual applications Inserting the SIM card and battery Your SIM card contains account information such as your phone number and v
7. M Capitalize first letter of sentence i Scroll upon reaching the last line Input Method Word Completion Options Voice recording format Specifies the format in which you save voice notes Default zoom level for writing Specifies the initial size of text entered from onscreen writing methods Default zoom level for typing Specifies the initial size of text entered using the keyboard Capitalize first letter of sentence Specifies whether the first letter of a sentence automatically appears in uppercase without requiring you to press a Shift key Scroll upon reaching the last line Specifies whether the display automatically scrolls when you select the last line of visible info YOUR PERSONAL SETTINGS 6 Press OK CHAPTER Locking your Treo 750 and info Your Treo 750 includes several features that help you protect your Treo 750 from inadvertent use and keep your information private The built in security software lets you use your Treo 750 for emergency calls such as dialing your national emergency number such as 911 or 112 even if your Treo 750 is locked Keyguard Manually disables all buttons and the screen s touch sensitive feature to prevent accidental presses in your briefcase or pocket Auto Keyguard and touchscreen lockout Automatically enables Keyguard after a period of inactivity and lets you disable the screen s touch sensitive feature durin
8. Previous i Outgoing SMTP mail server Enter the server name Outgoing server requires authentication Check the box if your outgoing mail server requires authentication YOUR EMAIL Use the same user name and password for sending e mail Check the box if the server requires you to use your account username and password when sending email CHAPTER Select Advanced Server Settings and then select the correct settings for either of the following me Inbox a y E mail Setup Advanced Server Settings El Require SSL for Incoming e mail Require SSL for Outgoing e mail Network connection The Internet E Cancel Require SSL for Incoming e mail Check the box if your account requires SSL for incoming messages Require SSL for Outgoing e mail Check the box if your account requires SSL for outgoing messages Network connection Select the type of connection to use for sending and receiving email SETTING UP GOOD MOBILE MESSAGING QO YOUR EMAIL CHAPTER 3 Select Done left action key On the outgoing mail server screen press Next C right action key Optional Select either of the following Inbox w E mail Setup Setup is complete To download e mail click Finish Auti tic Send Receive hours Review all download settings Previous z Finish Automatic Send Receive Change the time interval for automatic
9. YOUR APPLICATION AND INFO MANAGEMENT TOOLS W E z 3 Select File Explorer 6 Press Menu right action key z 4 Tap the Show list in the upper left and and select Rename select Storage Card 7 Enter a new name for the card 5 Select the folder or files you want to 8 Press OK el view 6 Press OK l Encrypting an expansion card When you encrypt an expansion card the Renaming an expansion card info on the card can be read only by your If you change the contents of an expansion Treo 750 so no one can see what s on the card you may at some point want to card if it gets lost or stolen rename the card to better match its 1 Insert the expansion card into the contents expansion card slot 2 Press Start and select Settings 3 Select the System tab and then select tip Before copying information to or renaming the files or folders on an expansion card or renaming the card itself make sure the card is Encryption not write protected See the instructions that 4 Check the Encrypt files placed on came with your card for details storage cards box NOTE If your organization enforces an encryption policy you can see that the box is checked but you cannot uncheck it 1 Insert the expansion card into the expansion card slot 2 Press Start and select Programs 3 Select File Explorer D 4 Tap the Show list in the upper left and select My Device 5 Highlight the current expansion card name Storage Card by default
10. or on the title bar Setting up a proxy server 1 Press Start and select Settings 2 Select the Connections tab and then select Connections fe 8 Select Disconnect from the shortcut menu CONNECTION SETTINGS 12 YOUR PERSONAL SETTINGS 4 z Su bm itti ng usage 1 Press Start and select Settings z gt 2 Select the System tab and then select information to Customer Feedback 5 M icrosoft 3 Select Send Feedback You can choose to anonymously send information about your Treo 750 usage to Microsoft This information helps the company improve its Windows Mobile software No personal information is submitted you do not incur data charges and participation is voluntary 262 SUBMITTING USAGE INFORMATION TO MICROSOFT CHAPTER 13 Troubleshooting Although we can t anticipate all the questions you might have this chapter provides answers to some of the most commonly asked questions For additional information and answers to other common questions visit http go palm com treo750 att In this chapter MonsiemnnonmMm o mMonanothendevice menre renner 205 RemstallinornmerdesktOpisonware r eee 265 Resettingyourikeo WSO on cc vee eacanborconesnneeuuveuneye 266 Poran ane e EA Aare ahaa A AR T E AEA 270 S CHOC Mies seth here ne nee en tee A Se hes iy ee A RINE Sd ee a 271 NGIWOnKSCONMECUO Narre yar water re sere eer rane ne 271 SVMCHLOMIZALLO Ma parse ete trary yee wer te irae Poe
11. 4 Press Menu C right action key and select New 5 Enter the recipient s email address Here are some shortcuts Outlook E mail ay T ot From Outlook E mail T trwashjr company c om Subject Files When do you need these e f the recipient s name and email address are in your Contacts list enter the first few letters of the recipient s first name last name or YOUR EMAIL email address and then select the recipient s name CHAPTER e f the recipient s name is in an online address book you can find the name and add it See Using an online address book DID you KNOW When addressing a message you can enter the contact s first and last initials separated by a space tip To address a message to multiple recipients separate the addresses by pressing Enter or entering a semicolon 6 7 Select Subject and enter a title for the message Press Down to go to the body of the message Enter your message or press Menu right action key select My Text and then select a predefined phrase you want to insert Optional To attach an item to the message press Menu right action key and select Insert Select the type of item you want to attach and then select the file or record a voice note SENDING AND RECEIVING MESSAGES QO YOUR EMAIL CHAPTER Tip You can send an email message with a file attached from directly within other applications on your Treo
12. Declaration of Conformity Treo 750 Palm declares that the above model of Treo 750 smart device is compliant with the regulations below The declaration applies to the smart device and its associated accessories power supply headset and USB cable where applicable Maximum Scaled SAR Values W kg FCC Band GSM GSM WCDMA WCDMA 850 1900 850 1900 Head SAR W Kg W Kg W Kg W Kg Held to Ear 0 866 0 588 0 569 1 16 Body SAR W Kg W Kg W Kg W Kg Worn 0 532 0 155 0 231 0 164 IMPORTANT SAFETY AND LEGAL INFORMATION Maximum SAR Values W kg CE Band GSM 900 PCS 1800 WCDMA 2100 Head SAR 0 741 0 244 0 447 To view the highest reported FCC SAR values of the Treo 750 visit www palm com 41057 FCC OET Bulletin 65 Supplement C Safety EN 60950 2000 Jan 2000 Radiated Emissions EN 55022 FCC ID O8F KITT IC ID 3905A KITT Palm Treo 750 Using TTY ATTY also known as TDD or text telephone is a telecommunications device that allows people who are deaf or hard of hearing or who have speech or language disabilities to communicate by telephone Your Palm Treo 750 Treo 750 is compatible with select TTY devices You can connect a TTY TDD machine to your Treo 750 through the headset jack but you cannot use your headset jack with a headset or hands free kit while this mode is enabled Please check with the manufacturer of your TTY device for conne
13. YOUR PERSONAL INFORMATION ORGANIZER 9 Show contact names only Enables you to fit more names on the Contacts list by hiding everything but the contact s name Area code Specifies the default area code for new contact entries 4 Press OK el Finding a contact in an online address book In addition to having contacts on your device you can also access contact information from your organization s online address book or Global Address List GAL BEFORE YOU BEGIN Do the following e Make sure you are accessing Exchange Server 2007 or Exchange Server 2003 upgraded to Service Pack 2 e Add access to the online address book to your Treo 750 See Adding an online address book After adding the online address book you must synchronize with the Exchange server in order for the Company Directory option to appear CHAPTER CONTACTS 9 YOUR PERSONAL INFORMATION ORGANIZER CHAPTER 1 Press Start E and select Contacts 2 Press Menu C right action key select Company Directory enter the name of the contact and then select Search Using SIM Manager You can manage the contacts on your SIM card including deleting numbers and transferring numbers between the card and the Contacts application on your Treo 750 1 Press Start E and select Contacts 2 Press Menu C right action key and select SIM Manager 3 Highlight the contact you want 4 Press Menu C right action key and select the option y
14. Customizing PDF Viewer 1 2 Press Menu right action key and select Settings Select any of the following options Clear History Deletes all files from the Recent list see Opening a file Files Specifies which file types can be opened with PDF Viewer About Contains information on the PDF Viewer application CHAPTER PDF VIEWER 217 D YOUR MICROSOFT OFFICE AND OTHER DOCUMENT TOOLS CHAPTER 218 PDF VIEWER Q CHAPTER 11 Your application and info management tools Your Palm Treo 750 smart device comes equipped with a variety of tools for managing and organizing your information Get the most out of your Treo 750 Install some of the thousands of business education or leisure time applications available After you use your Treo 750 to create or capture important business and personal information use one of several options to share the info with others Insert expansion cards sold separately for a compact and limitless answer to the storage dilemma And because there s one on your Treo 750 you never need to carry a separate calculator Benefits e Locate info in any application e Keep others up to date with e Install applications games and meaningful business and personal other software information e Store carry and exchange info e Always have a calculator with you In this chapter FINGIMGIUMTORTMAL OMmececeer aerate e ae eats re rerun ene 221 IAStallimarapplicatlo
15. Synchronizing your Microsoft Office files Changing which applications sync 72 WHAT CAN SYNCHRONIZE SYNCHRONIZING INFORMATION 4 Info type Method Where to learn more Music and video files Desktop sync software and Windows Media Player Setting up your computer for synchronization Changing which applications sync Transferring media files to your Treo 750 Pictures Windows XP Desktop sync software Windows Vista Desktop sync software and Windows Media Player Setting up your computer for synchronization Changing which applications sync Transferring media files to your Treo 750 Windows Vista Outlook Notes Desktop sync software Setting up your computer for synchronization Changing which applications sync Files to be transferred to an expansion card Desktop sync software Setting up your computer for synchronization Changing which applications sync CHAPTER WHAT CAN I SYNCHRONIZE 73 SYNCHRONIZING INFORMATION CHAPTER Setting up your computer for synchronization Before you can synchronize you need to install your desktop sync software and connect the sync cable to your computer Even if you already have desktop sync software installed on your computer you must install the software that came with your Treo 750 on the Windows Mobile Getting Started CD System requirements
16. The Exchange server credentials screen was left open too long Re enter the Exchange server credentials and try to sync again SYNCHRONIZATION 13 TROUBLESHOOTING CHAPTER Email have problems using my account Occasionally you may experience problems using an email account after you set it up If you followed the account setup procedure and are experiencing problems in using the account verify that the account complies with your email provider s requirements by following these steps e Verify both your password and your username for your email account e Some email service providers require you to be on their network to use your email account If this is the case be sure to use your provider s network as the connection type for the account e Some email service providers have other requirements specific to their service For example Yahoo requires you to set up POP mail forwarding for your Yahoo account to download email messages to your Treo 750 Check with your service provider to see if any providerspecific requirements exist e Service provider settings frequently change If your email account was working but you are currently experiencing problems check with your service provider to see if any of the account settings have changed have problems sending and receiving email Short periods of time when email is unavailable are common due to server problems or poor wireless coverage If you ha
17. Voicemail icon 41 42 voicemail systems 41 volume phone 13 57 ringer 57 tapping sounds 241 Volume button 5 13 57 VPN clients 260 276 VPN connections 97 260 VPN software 260 INDEX Ww waking up screen 34 43 warnings 241 299 WBMP files 123 weak signals 271 288 web addresses 30 141 285 See also web links web browser See Internet Explorer Mobile web browsing memory consumption and 288 requirements for 1 secure sites and 141 285 troubleshooting 284 web files 146 web links accessing Palm online support and 289 clearing 146 288 selecting 19 142 sending messages and 128 143 troubleshooting 285 web pages accessing 141 143 260 284 arranging on screen 142 copying from 145 dialing from 39 145 display options for 142 downloading items from 144 225 hiding images on 142 moving through 142 playing media files from 170 refreshing 142 284 resizing text on 143 returning to recently viewed 145 scrolling 142 searching 141 security settings for 147 selecting addresses on 285 sending email from 143 setting as home 146 synchronizing favorites 71 viewing 141 142 145 Web search field 30 web based mail systems 91 97 websites See also web browsing compatibility with 141 connecting to 141 260 273 ending connections to 261 redirectors and 284 searching over 141 submitting transactions and 285 week numbers 186 Week View 180 186 Week view option 186 ndows Live contact 177 ndows Live icon
18. Your computer must meet the following minimum system requirements e Windows XP Service Pack 2 or Media Center Edition 2005 or Windows Vista later versions may also be supported e 32MB of available memory RAM e 170MB of free hard disk space e CD drive e Available USB port e USB sync cable included with your Treo 750 e Adobe Flash Player required to run the installation program Tip If you do not have Adobe Flash Player on your computer you can download it for free from www adobe com Installing ActiveSync desktop software Windows XP If you have a Windows XP computer the desktop sync software is called ActiveSync desktop software The Windows Mobile Getting Started CD recognizes that you have a Windows XP computer and automatically directs you to install ActiveSync desktop software On your Treo 750 the sync application is called ActiveSync BEFORE YOU BEGIN If you are installing the software on a computer at work make sure your company allows you to install new software Contact your company s IT department for help 74 SETTING UP YOUR COMPUTER FOR SYNCHRONIZATION 1 Close any applications that are currently running on your computer including those running in the background Your computer must have all its resources available to install the software 2 Insert the Windows Mobile Getting Started CD into the CD drive on your computer 3 Follow the installation instructions that appear
19. left handed 5 Press OK el Application settings Tip You can also set the background for your Today screen see Selecting your Today screen background Press Start and select Settings 2 On the Personal tab select Today amp 3 On the Appearance tab select a theme in the list 4 Press OK el Changing screen orientation Landscape orientations are determined by which hand you would hold the stylus in 1 Press Start and select Settings 2 Select the System tab and then select Screen 3 3 Select the General tab 4 Select an orientation e Portrait Arranging the Start menu You can change the seven applications listed on the Start menu You can still access the remaining applications by selecting Programs from the Start menu and then selecting the application s icon 1 Press Start and select Settings 2 On the Personal tab select Menus w Settings Gl y amp Menus Checked items appear in the Start menu Others appear in Programs Active Iculat V Calendar Qi camera M Ccontacts LG File Explorer DSi Game 244 APPLICATION SETTINGS 3 Check the boxes next to the applications you want to see in the Start menu 4 Press OK e tip Don t forget the six icons across the top of the Start menu They re the apps you opened most recently and it s easy to get back to them just use the 5 way to select one of the icons Reass
20. opening 106 storing 114 troubleshooting 283 Attendees command 183 audio 40 163 167 authentication 101 Auto Correct option 248 auto completion options 248 AutoCorrect command 166 Autofill option 209 AutoFilter options 205 212 Auto Keyguard 12 249 250 Automatic Send Receive option 102 115 Automatically download MMS messages check box 130 auto off interval 291 available memory 257 available storage space 257 backgrounds 165 173 239 backing up info 67 265 267 backlight keyboard 24 25 259 backlight shut off setting 25 Backspace key 20 24 26 backup and restore application 79 backup utilities 265 281 Band Selection option 61 battery Bluetooth connections and 148 charging 9 11 checking status of 10 258 conserving 11 12 259 270 disposing of 268 300 303 inserting 8 purchasing 9 removing 8 267 269 replacing 268 269 specifications for 305 battery door 8 battery door release 6 8 battery icons 10 Beam File command 227 Beam icon 228 Beam tab 229 Beam command 228 beaming 223 227 229 291 birthdays 183 blank screens 271 blocking phone calls 59 60 Bluetooth devices accessing Internet and 152 adding partnerships 149 battery life and 11 12 beaming to 228 229 checking status of 149 connecting to 53 54 147 151 disabling 12 discovering 148 INDEX 311 operating tips for 55 selecting 54 synchronizing over 84 85 transferring calls to 55 troubleshooting 274 turning on 53 ueto
21. password box 11 Enter the name of the incoming mail server y E mail Setup 16 Press Next C right action key Incoming mail server l 17 If you receive an alert indicating that P Soe to rene et AT amp T has already customized the nnn outgoing mail server settings press OK POPS to close the alert and then press ext right action key on the Previous Nex outgoing mail server settings screen Do not enter or change anything on the 12 Select the Account type list and then screen select POP3 or IMAP 13 Press Next right action key Entering outgoing server settings If you do not receive an alert go to SETTING UP GOOD MOBILE MESSAGING QO YOUR EMAIL CHAPTER tip If you do not receive an alert and if your incoming mail requires SSL select Advanced Server Settings check the Require SSL for Incoming e mail box and then select Done left action key 18 Optional Select either of the following y E mail Setup Setup is complete To download e mail click Finish Automatic Send Receive ery 2 hours Review all download settings Previous i Finish Automatic Send Receive Change the time interval for automatically downloading email from every 5 minutes to once a day If you do not want to automatically download messages select Manually Review all download settings Select this option to change download settings se
22. spell checking 104 202 text captions 124 text fields See fields text files 197 256 text messages automatically resending 130 creating 121 122 deleting 129 130 dialing from 39 displaying 126 links in 128 receiving 121 125 274 replying to 127 saving 127 sending 40 46 121 122 setting options for 124 125 sorting 129 troubleshooting 274 viewing status of 129 text phrases 103 122 124 Text Size command 143 Text Size tab 242 Text Speed Dial button 49 text telephone devices See TTY devices The Buzz application 173 themes 239 244 third party applications accessing Outlook folders and 279 caution for hard resets and 267 compatibility with 223 deleting 288 getting help with 287 installing 224 286 287 navigator and 17 287 previewing pictures and 286 reinstalling 265 267 screen resolution and 271 synchronizing with 72 267 troubleshooting 224 270 286 287 Thumbnail View 160 161 Thumbnails button 161 TIF files 163 time format settings 243 time system settings 254 Time tab 243 254 time units 182 time zones 254 Timer command 160 tips 1 Today icon 239 Today screen accessing info and 29 30 338 INDEX arranging speed dial buttons on 51 color themes for 244 customizing 165 239 dialing from 34 35 38 39 navigating around 43 opening 12 29 35 recovering settings for 281 retrieving voicemail from 41 Today screen icons 64 Today Settings screen 23
23. synchronize music files see Transferring media files to your Treo 750 Synchronizing media files Windows Vista BEFORE YOU BEGIN You must install Windows Mobile Device Center from the Windows Mobile Getting Started CD see Installing Windows Mobile Device Center Windows Vista and select the option to synchronize media see Changing which_ applications sync On a computer running Windows Vista you use Windows Media Player to synchronize to your Treo 750 all types of media files pictures videos and music SYNCHRONIZING YOUR MEDIA FILES 157 rs YOUR PHOTOS VIDEOS AND MUSIC CHAPTER files that are on your computer See Transferring media files to your Treo 750 To synchronize pictures and videos from your Treo 750 to your computer follow these steps 1 Connect your Treo 750 to your computer with the USB sync cable 2 On your computer click Start gt All Programs gt Windows Mobile Device Center 3 Select Connect without setting up your device Select Pictures Music and Video 5 Select X new pictures video clips are available for import All new or changed pictures and videos on your Treo 750 are synchronized to your computer Camera Your Treo 750 comes with an easy to use built in 1 3 megapixel camera with 2x digital zoom camera not included with all Treo 750 models You can use the camera to take and view pictures and videos and send them to your friends and family To ad
24. text email or multimedia Internet Explorer Gl i amp le 5 http www palm com directorie fa Yellow Pages ee YellowPages com Canada411 White Pages ee 555 1212 Canada411 1 Use the 5 way to highlight the phone number you want to dial in the web page or message 2 Press Center to open the Phone dialog box and then select Yes to dial Tip If you can t dial a phone number directly from a web page or a message highlight the number select Edit right action key and then select Copy Open the Dial Pad and then press and hold Center on the 5 way to paste Press Phone Send to dial OTHER WAYS OF MAKING CALLS YOUR PHONE CHAPTER Receiving calls To answer calls your phone must be on This is different from having only the screen turned on see Turning your phone DID YOU KNOW You can also ignore a call and send a text message Press Menu right action key and select Ignore with text message on When your phone is off your calls go to voicemail Tip See a picture of the person calling you Learn how to assign a caller ID picture in Adding a contact If music is playing when a call arrives the Treo 750 rings softly You can answer the phone as you normally would The audio pauses during your call To answer a call do one of the following e Press Phone Send S e Press Answer C left action key e Ifthe headset is attached press the headset b
25. the Picture Speed Dial option is not available Tip You can add a special ringtone to a contact associated with the speed dial button See Adding a contact 6 Optional Select the Advanced tab and set any of the following options CHAPTER DEFINING SPEED DIAL BUTTONS YOUR PHONE CHAPTER Extra Digits Defines additional numbers to dial such as a password or extension In addition to numbers you can enter the symbols star and pound To enter a one second pause enter a comma Start Gl 4 42 BR Extra Digits 12 3 Comma pause 1 second Dial extra digits automatically Show voice mail buttons aoBdDT 22 l sa Cancel Delete Dial extra digits automatically Dials predefined Extra Digits immediately after dialing the phone number If you do not check this box you must press Extra Digits left action key to dial these digits Show voice mail buttons Displays the voicemail playback controls after you dial this speed dial number When this option is checked you can enter numbers below each control to tailor the controls to your voicemail system Plays the previous message Saves the current message Plays the current message Deletes the current message 58487 Bp Repeats the current message Plays the next message 7 Press OK el Editing a speed dial button 1 Go to your Today screen 2 Hi
26. turned on The range varies greatly depending on environmental factors The maximum is about 30 feet 10 meters tip To delete the established partnership with a device go to the Bluetooth Settings screen and select the Devices tab Highlight the connection you want to remove press and hold Center on the 5 way and then select Delete Select Yes to confirm the deletion The deleted device can no longer automatically connect with your Treo 750 CONNECTING TO DEVICES WITH BLUETOOTH WIRELESS TECHNOLOGY YOUR CONNECTIONS TO THE WEB AND WIRELESS DEVICES Accepting a connection from another Bluetooth device BEFORE YOU BEGIN To prepare your Treo 750 to be able to accept a connection from a requesting device enter the basic Bluetooth settings as described in Entering basic Bluetooth settings 1 Go to your Today screen and tap Bluetooth 2 Select the Mode tab and check the Turn on Bluetooth box to turn on the Bluetooth feature on your Treo 750 3 If you have already set up a partnership with the transmitting device your Treo 750 is ready to receive the info If you haven t set up a connection check the Make this device visible to other devices box to let the device find your Treo 750 and request a connection 4 When prompted to add this device select Yes 5 Enter the same passkey on your Treo 750 and on the Bluetooth device 6 Optional To give the partnership a more meaningful name select Display Nam
27. use your Treo 750 8 Optional Synchronize to restore your previously synchronized info If you use a backup utility you may also need to restore a backup to recover additional info and settings Replacing the battery Your Treo 750 comes with a replaceable battery Be sure to use a replacement battery from Palm that is compatible with Treo 750 models Do not use a battery from any earlier model of Treo 750 Tip Be sure to dispose of your old battery in an environmentally responsible and legal way In some areas disposal in household or business trash is prohibited Visit www palm com environment for more information DID YOU KNOW Your Treo 750 stores all your info even when you remove the battery 268 RESETTING YOUR TREG 750 Press Power End to turn off the screen Use one hand to press the Battery door release and use the other hand to slide the battery door downward to remove it from your Treo 750 Place a finger in the notch between the stylus and the battery and lift the battery at a 45 degree angle Align the new battery s contacts with the phone contacts inside the battery compartment Insert the new battery into the compartment at a 45 degree angle pressing it into place Slide the battery door onto the back of the Treo 750 until it clicks into place TROUBLESHOOTING CHAPTER Battery door release Battery contacts Phone contacts 6 Wait for the screen to turn
28. 1 Siete ee ee ee 86 Synchronization overview SYNCHRONIZING INFORMATION How do synchronize This chapter discusses using desktop sync software and other methods to synchronize your Treo 750 and your computer When you synchronize info you enter on your Treo 750 your computer or your corporate server is automatically updated in the other location There s no need to enter the info twice This is true whether you sync with your computer using desktop synchronization software see Setting up your computer for synchronization or wirelessly with your company s Exchange server using Microsoft Exchange ActiveSync see Setting up wireless synchronization There are a number of ways to make synchronization occur You can install desktop sync software on your computer to synchronize in one of several ways or you may be able to synchronize wirelessly with an Exchange server You can also maximize your sync options and sync with both an Exchange server and desktop sync software to maximize your sync options Synchronizing with desktop sync software BEFORE YOU BEGIN Install the software from the Windows Mobile Getting Started CD which came with your Treo 750 You must install this software even if you have already installed a previous version of desktop sync software See Installing ActiveSync desktop software Windows XP or Installing Windows Mobile Device Center Windows Vista for instructions
29. 133 ndows Live Mail 92 133 ndows Live Messenger 135 ndows Live Search 133 ndows Media Player 71 See also Media Player Mobile ndows Mobile Device Center 75 77 295 ndows Mobile devices 228 265 ndows Mobile Getting Started CD 2 ndows Mobile Getting Started Disc 224 ndows Mobile operating system 270 295 ndows Mobile software 224 265 22 2222 Se ee INDEX 341 Windows Vista systems 196 Windows XP systems 195 wireless band setting 61 wireless connections 139 147 151 wireless coverage 12 33 wireless features 11 259 286 Wireless Manager 11 33 259 wireless modems 151 wireless phones 302 wireless services 11 33 259 wireless synchronization 70 80 85 281 WMA files 164 167 WMV files 164 167 Word application 193 See also documents Word Completion tab 248 word matching 199 214 Word Mobile application 18 197 203 Word Mobile icon 198 word processing 197 workbook list 215 workbooks See also Excel Mobile application spreadsheets creating 204 206 deleting 215 displaying 207 moving around in 207 naming 214 organizing 214 replacing information in 214 saving 204 206 215 searching 214 setting default template for 215 worksheet names 205 worksheets See also spreadsheets workbooks adding 211 adjusting column and row size for 212 deleting 215 entering defined names in 211 entering formulas in 208 215 entering functions in 209 filtering data in 2
30. 3 Highlight the headset device name 4 Press and hold Center to open the shortcut menu and then select Delete 5 Create a new partnership see Connecting to devices with Bluetooth wireless technology TROUBLESHOOTING Synchronization Synchronization enables you to back up the information on your Treo 750 onto your computer or your server If you ever need to perform a hard reset or otherwise erase all your information on your Treo 750 you can synchronize your Treo 750 with your computer to restore the info To make sure you always have an up to date backup of your info synchronize frequently You can synchronize email and other information directly with Microsoft Exchange Server 2003 with Service Pack 2 or Exchange Server 2007 using Microsoft Exchange ActiveSync or you can synchronize your Treo 750 with your computer using the desktop sync software from the Windows Mobile Getting Started CD that came with your Treo 750 CHAPTER SYNCHRONIZATION 13 TROUBLESHOOTING CHAPTER DID YOU KNOW You can go to the Windows Mobile website for more information at www windowsmobile com DID YOU KNOW A common cause of sync problems is the presence of protective software such as VPNs or firewalls on your computer or network Desktop sync software This section covers issues with synchronizing using the desktop sync software that came with your Treo 750 If you have a Windows XP computer the
31. 305 expansion cards browsing on 232 displaying available space on 232 258 encrypting 233 inserting 230 installing apps on 226 moving apps to 232 INDEX 319 moving information to 202 214 232 opening items on 230 purchasing 230 removing 230 renaming 233 searching on 221 223 storing attachments on 106 114 transferring files to 167 170 234 232 extensions phone 50 external power sources 258 Extra Digits button 41 50 Extra Digits text box 50 Extract command 47 F factory settings 173 factory installed applications 226 307 favorites 71 143 144 See also web pages Favorites button 144 Favorites command 144 features 1 Federal Trade Commission website 257 feedback 288 fields accessing lists in 23 moving to 18 removing text in 20 scrolling through 18 File Explorer 221 222 223 233 File Explorer icon 222 file names 200 202 221 file types documents 197 Media Player 167 multimedia 122 pictures 163 videos 164 files accessing from corporate accounts 260 beaming 228 browsing 222 decompressing 223 deleting 223 287 downloading 144 moving 202 223 saving 231 searching for 221 223 selecting multiple 223 storing 167 170 231 232 fill series spreadsheets 209 Filter command 179 185 188 filtering contacts 179 events 185 information 212 tasks 188 Find Replace command 199 214 finding contacts 30 36 179 email messages 109 information 214 text 199 firewalls 276 5 way na
32. 750 see Sending email messages from within another application 9 Optional Press Menu C right action key and do one or both of the following e Select Spell Check When the spell check is complete press OK el e Select Message Options Select the Priority list select a priority setting for the message and then press OK 10 Press Send C left action key TIP To save memory on your Treo 750 turn off the option to save sent messages in the Saved folder In the Inbox press Menu right action key and select Tools gt Options Select the Message tab and then uncheck the Keep copies of sent items in Sent folder box Receiving email messages How you receive email messages depends on the type of account you are using and how you synchronize Microsoft Exchange ActiveSync New email messages are sent to your Treo 750 when they appear on the server according to the schedule you set up see Setting the synchronization schedule or when you manually initiate a sync see Initiating a wireless sync manually Tip If you sync email with Microsoft Exchange Server 2003 or 2007 you can synchronize messages in subfolders you create In the Inbox press Menu right action key and select Tools gt Manage Folders Folders containing subfolders display a Select the to view the subfolders Check the box to the left of any subfolder you want to sync Tip If you synchronize email with Microsoft
33. Access An evolutionary enhancement to UMTS packet data HSDPA uses different modulation and coding techniques to improve downlink performance Your smart device supports data rates up to 700Kbps infrared IR A way of transmitting information using light waves You use the IR port on your Treo 750 to transfer information between other IR devices within a short radius See Beaming information lithium ion li ion The rechargeable battery technology used in your Treo 750 See Charging the battery Microsoft Exchange ActiveSync Technology that allows your Treo 750 to synchronize email contacts calendar events and tasks wirelessly with Microsoft Exchange Server 2003 or 2007 See Setting up wireless synchronization MMS Multimedia Messaging System An enhanced messaging system that enables you to send pictures animations TERMS and ringtones almost instantly See Creating and sending a multimedia message Mobile Device The component on your Windows XP computer that enables you to install applications and other information on your Treo 750 To access it open Windows Explorer or My Computer and look for the icon that represents your Treo 750 See Installing applications from your computer Option Press this key and then a second key to enter the character or to access the feature displayed above the letter on the second key See Entering numbers punctuation and symbols partnership
34. Bonus Software Windows Vista 3 Click the name of the application you want to install 4 Click Install on the right side of the screen 5 Optional Repeat steps 3 and 4 to install additional applications 6 Synchronize your Treo 750 with your computer to install the application s on your Treo 750 Installing third party applications When installing third party applications note the following e Install only apps that are designed for Microsoft Windows Mobile 6 Professional e Apps designed for Microsoft Windows Mobile 6 Standard or any edition of Windows Mobile 5 x software are not compatible with your Treo 750 e Ifyou can try a free or trial version of the software before purchasing it you can test it first to make sure it works properly NOTE If you encounter a problem with a third party application Such as an error message contact the application s vendor For general troubleshooting of third party applications see Third party applications INSTALLING APPLICATIONS YOUR APPLICATION AND INFO MANAGEMENT TOOLS DID YOU KNOW You can purchase a third party application that lets you run Palm OS applications on your Treo 750 Installing applications from the Internet You can use Internet Explorer Mobile to install Windows Mobile apps in the CAB file format directly from the Internet For files in any other format except CAB you must first download the files to your computer and then
35. CHAPTER SYNCHRONIZATION OVERVIEW 69 SYNCHRONIZING INFORMATION CHAPTER After you install desktop sync software you can synchronize in any of the following ways e By connecting your Treo 750 to your computer using the sync cable see Synchronizing using the sync cable e By connecting your Treo 750 to your computer using Bluetooth wireless technology see Synchronizing over a Bluetooth connection e By connecting your Treo 750 to your computer using the infrared IR ports see Synchronizing over an infrared connection If you have a Windows XP computer The desktop sync software is called ActiveSync desktop software If you have a Windows Vista computer The desktop sync software is called Windows Mobile Device Center The sync application on your Treo 750 is called ActiveSync Synchronizing wirelessly with the server You can set up your Treo 750 to synchronize email and other information wirelessly with Microsoft Exchange Server 2003 or Exchange Server 2007 using Microsoft Exchange ActiveSync see Setting up wireless synchronization If you choose this method synchronization takes place automatically after setup You do not need to install the software from the Windows Mobile Getting Started CD NOTE We recommend that you install the desktop sync software from the CD even if you synchronize wirelessly with the server You need the desktop sync software to synchronize pictu
36. Customizing message settings If privacy mode is on the notification states only the type of incoming message The new message notification may include any of the following options Go To Opens a text message so you can view its full contents View Opens a multimedia message and plays the included media Download Downloads the full content of a multimedia message Dismiss Closes the notification and puts the message into your Inbox New Text Message 1 510 555 7592 m 1 16 9 39 PM zA When is the meeting i Dismiss New MMS Message 1 510 555 7592 m 1 16 9 37 PM Dr Subject Select View to read the message 12 Dismiss If you have multiple messages the notification includes the number of messages and the type text or multimedia Viewing playing a message You can open a message from a notification or from the Inbox of the Messaging application When you open a multimedia message playback starts automatically 1 Do one of the following to open the message Press Start and select Messaging From the Inbox select the message you want to view e From a notification select Go To for text messages or View for multimedia messages 2 Do any of the following Pause or resume playback multimedia message only Select Pause lt left action key To resume playback select Play lt left action key USING THE MESSAGING APPLICAT
37. Exchange Server 2007 and you receive a message containing a link to a document on SharePoint or an internal file server you can view the document by selecting the link SENDING AND RECEIVING MESSAGES Desktop synchronization software If you synchronize your Treo 750 with your computer messages in Outlook on your computer are transferred to your Treo 750 when you connect your computer and your Treo 750 see Connecting your Treo 750 to your computer Xpress Mail or Good Mobile Messaging Follow these steps to send and receive messages 1 Go to your Today screen 2 Press E mail lt left action key 3 Select the account containing the messages you want to view 4 Press Menu C right action key and select Send Receive to synchronize your Treo 750 with your email server or Setting up a POP IMAP account in the YOUR EMAIL CHAPTER Inbox application Other email providers as follows If you chose a time interval Your Treo 750 automatically checks for and downloads new messages according to that interval If you chose Manually Follow these steps to send and receive messages Go to your Today screen Press E mail C left action key Select the account containing the messages you want to view Press Menu C right action key and select Send Receive to synchronize your Treo 750 with your email server All other POP or IMAP accounts This includes ISP accounts and accounts
38. If you also want to browse the web and send and receive email you need not only a service contract but also a data service plan from AT amp T You may also need a specific data service plan to send and receive multimedia messages Data speeds vary based on network availability and capacity tip Don t miss the helpful tips and cross references given in these boxes What s in the box All of the following items should be in the Treo 750 box Hardware e Treo 750 smart device e Rechargeable battery 1200 mAh e AC charger e USB sync cable e Stereo headset WHAT S IN THE BOX O e Palm Vehicle Power Charger e Palm warranty e Screen protector e End User License Agreement Tip Visit www palm com to purchase a ee ee What do need to get started Documentation and software Read This First Setup poster As you work through the instructions in this e Treo 750 smart device Quick Reference guide you need all the items that came in e Windows Mobile Getting Started CD the Treo 750 box see What s in the box which includes the following as well as the following e Link to Microsoft Office Outlook e You must have an activated wireless software download account using a SIM card from AT amp T e Desktop synchronization software with data services ActiveSync desktop software for e If you plan to synchronize personal Windows XF Windows Mobile Device information between your Treo 750 and Center for W
39. Inbox Sider than one wel Older than two weeks Older than one month Delete all messages Cancel 4 Select Purge lt left action key Customizing the Messaging application Messaging E y amp Options Customizing message settings 1 Press Start E and select Messaging 2 Press Menu C right action key and select Options 3 On the Messages tab set any of the following options Confirm message deletions Automatically download MMS Messages v Even when roaming Message validity period Maximum Signature vessns chat nonren aara amp Confirm message deletions Indicates whether you want deletion confirmation messages to appear Automatically download MMS messages Indicates whether you want to automatically receive multimedia messages Message validity period Indicates how long messages remain available to be sent if the recipient s phone or email address is not available when you originally send the message For example if your messages generally contain information that will not be useful to recipients after an hour you can set the validity for one hour CUSTOMIZING THE MESSAGING APPLICATION Signature Enables you to add a signature to outgoing messages Select the button then on the Signature screen check the Use signature with new messages box enter your signature text and then press OK el 4 Pr
40. Press Menu C gt right action key and select Edit Do any of the following To rotate the picture 90 degrees press Rotate C left action key To crop the picture press Menu C right action key and select Crop Tap and drag the stylus to highlight the area to crop Tap outside the box to stop cropping To adjust the brightness and contrast levels of the picture press Menu right action key and select AutoCorrect To undo an edit press Menu and select Undo e To cancel all unsaved edits you made to the picture press Menu C gt right action key and select Revert to Saved Deleting a picture or video 1 3 Highlight the picture or video you want to delete Press Menu C right action key and select Delete Select Yes to confirm the deletion Renaming a picture or video 1 2 Highlight the picture or video you want to delete Press Menu right action key and select Properties Enter a new name for the picture or video Press OK to return to Thumbnail View 166 PICTURES amp VIDEOS Windows Media Player Mobile Windows Media Player Mobile can play music audio and video files that are stored on your Treo 750 or on an expansion card sold separately in any of the following file formats e WMA e WMV e MP3 e 3GP e AAC e AAC e MPEG 4 DID YOU KNOW You can also download animated GIF files and view them in Internet Explorer Mobile IMPORTANT Yo
41. SETTINGS 12 YOUR PERSONAL SETTINGS CHAPTER Connection settings Managing ISP settings Your Treo 750 is already set up to connect to the Internet using a high speed data connection on the AT amp T network To connect to the Internet simply start Internet Explorer Mobile For special situations such as connecting to your Internet service provider ISP or to a remote access server RAS you can set up another connection BEFORE YOU BEGIN Obtain the following information from your ISP or system administrator e ISP server phone number or access point e Username e Password 1 Press Start and select Settings 2 Select the Connections tab and then select Connections fe 3 On the Tasks tab select Manage existing connections Select the Modem tab 5 Highlight the connection you want to view or change and then select Edit or to create a new connection select New 6 Follow the onscreen instructions to edit or create the connection Connecting to a VPN If you want to use your Treo 750 to access your corporate email account or other files on your corporate server you may need to set up a VPN virtual private network A VPN enables you to log in to your corporate server through the company s firewall security layer BEFORE YOU BEGIN Check with your company s system administrator to see if a VPN is required for accessing the corporate network If you need a VPN you must purchase and instal
42. Select Categories and then check the categories that apply to this event To add a new category press New C left action key enter the category name and then press OK 2 Calendar Business Press OK two more times 5 After you assign events to categories press Menu C right action key and select Filter 6 Select the type of events you want to view YOUR PERSONAL INFORMATION ORGANIZER 9 CHAPTER tip Wonder why you re not seeing all the events in your day Check to make sure that the filter is set to All Appointments Deleting an event 1 Highlight the event you want to delete 2 Press Menu C right action key and select Delete Appointment 3 Select Yes to confirm the deletion Customizing Calendar 1 Press Menu C right action key and select Tools gt Options 2 On the General tab set any of the following options Calendar Options Start in g 1st day of week Week ven C Show half hour slots C Show week numbers Start in Specifies which view is displayed when you open Calendar CALENDAR 9 YOUR PERSONAL INFORMATION ORGANIZER CHAPTER 1st day of week Specifies Sunday or Monday as the first day of the week for all Calendar views Week view Specifies whether five six or seven days appear in Week View Show half hour slots Specifies whether time slots appear in hour or half hour increments in Day View and Week View Show week nu
43. Settings screen 243 reinstalling applications 265 267 reminders adding 182 187 255 setting options for 186 189 turning on and off 241 remote access servers 260 remote files 260 Remove Programs icon 226 Remove Programs list 227 Remove Programs screen 226 Remove Split command 207 removing See also deleting battery 8 267 269 expansion cards 230 Rename command 233 Rename Move command 199 202 214 renaming documents 202 expansion cards 233 items in folders 223 notes 191 workbooks 214 worksheets 212 Repeat check box 242 Repeat command 169 repeating appointments 183 repeating current song 169 repeating sounds 242 repeating tasks 187 Replace All button 200 214 Replace button 199 214 replacing information 214 text 199 the battery 268 269 Reply button 110 Request Delivery Read Receipt check box 125 Request MMS receipts option 132 Require PIN when phone is used check box 251 reset button 6 266 resets 252 266 268 272 caution for 267 resizing text 143 resolution camera 285 resolution screen 271 306 Resolution command 160 restarting Treo device See resets restoring information 267 268 sound settings 240 Resume playback option 126 172 Return key 24 reverse type 20 Revert to Saved command 166 Review all download settings option 102 revision marks 198 RF emissions 297 300 332 INDEX right action key 20 right click menus See shortcut menus Ringer switch 7 240 ringer
44. Starts 1 47 07 12 00PM_ Ends 1 17 07 1 00PM All Day No Occurs Once Reminder None e Use your stylus to tap the arrow and then tap the item in the list Categories _No categories DID YOU KNOW In fields where you see a downward pointing arrow but no rectangle you must tap the arrow with the stylus to display the list Calendar Subject Location Meet with Starts Lunch Ends Pinner Visit All Day call Occurs Birthday Reminder Complete Conference No categories e Press Left lt 4 to exit the list and cancel your selection Categories Appointment NAVIGATING AROUND THE SCREEN 23 MOVING AROUND ON YOUR PALM TREO 750 SMART DEVICE CHAPTER Using the keyboard Left Right action key Phone Send Start Option Shift Search DID YOU KNOW You can also use the onscreen keyboard to enter letters numbers and other characters in applications that support this feature Tap the keyboard icon in the center at the bottom of any screen where it appears After opening the keyboard you can set various input options by tapping the arrow to the right of the keyboard icon action key Power End OK Backspace Return Shift Understanding the keyboard backlight Your Treo 750 includes a keyboard backlight for low light conditions The keyboard backlight is activated automa
45. WITH MEETING INVITATIONS 17 QO YOUR EMAIL CHAPTER Press E mail lt left action key Select the account you want Select a meeting invitation to open it Meeting invitations are displayed with this icon B To accept the invitation press Accept C left action key select whether to edit include comments with your response and then select OK To decline or tentatively accept the invitation press Menu C right action key and select Decline or Tentative tip If you receive an updated meeting invitation you can again choose to accept decline or tentatively accept If you receive a meeting cancellation you don t need to do anything Sending email messages from within another application You can send files such as pictures videos and ringtones as attachments to email messages see Creating and sending an email message You can send certain files as attachments from within the application where the file is created or stored For example if you take a picture with the built in camera on your Treo 750 camera version only you can select an option to send the picture as an attachment to an email message You can also use this feature with videos and sound files For details see the chapter on the specific application 118 SENDING EMAIL MESSAGES FROM WITHIN ANOTHER APPLICATION 6 Your text and multimedia MESSAGES If you need to get a short message to a friend or a co w
46. Waiting CUSTOMIZING PHONE SETTINGS 4 Select the appropriate option to receive a notification or not Settings Phone Call Waiting When calls are waiting Notify me Do not notify me 5 Press OK e Manually selecting your wireless band IMPORTANT The wireless band setting is preset for optimum performance Do not change this setting unless instructed to do so by a representative from AT amp T BEFORE YOU BEGIN Make sure your phone is on and that you re inside a coverage area see Turning your phone on YOUR PHONE CHAPTER Go to your Today screen Press Menu right action key and select Preferences gt Phone Settings Select the Services tab and then select Band Selection from the list Select the Select network type list and then select one of the following Settings Phone Band Selection Select network type z Select your GSM UMTS Band auto Auto Automatically selects a network GSM Connects only to GSM networks UMTS Connects only to UMTS 3G HSDPA networks Select the Select your GSM UMTS Band list and then select either Auto or one of the bands listed The band CUSTOMIZING PHONE SETTINGS YOUR PHONE CHAPTER options differ depending on your wireless service provider 6 Press OK 6 Enabling fixed dialing Fixed dialing allows you to restrict your outgoing calls and messages to selected phone numbers incl
47. a clock icon appears displaying the time 1 Tap and hold the clock display with the stylus 2 Select Analog or Digital System sound settings When you re in a meeting at the movies or anywhere that silence is required you can immediately silence all sounds on your Treo 750 including Calendar notifications and system sounds This does not mute the speaker during phone calls Silencing sounds 1 Slide the Ringer switch to Sound Off of The Treo 750 vibrates briefly 2 To hear all sounds again slide the Ringer switch to Sound On e When you slide the Ringer switch back to the Sound On position it restores the previous sound settings For example if the Treo 750 ring volume is set to the loudest setting and you slide the Ringer switch to Sound Off you do not hear the Treo 750 ring When you move the Ringer switch back to Sound On the Treo 750 ring volume is still set to the loudest setting Sound On Sound Off 240 SYSTEM SOUND SETTINGS Tip Can t get music to play out of the built in MP3 player Check the Ringer switch If it s set to Sound Off you won t be able to hear music DID YOU KNOW Your Treo 750 includes a silent alarm that can vibrate even when the Ringer switch is set to Sound Off Selecting Sounds amp Notifications 1 Press Start and select Settings 2 On the Personal tab select Sounds amp Notifications 3 On the Sounds tab set any of the f
48. above settings when roaming M Send receive when I click Send Adjust peak times to fit your schedule Set any of the following options Peak times Sets the frequency for high traffic time periods such as when you are at work or when email volume is high Off peak times Sets the frequency for low traffic time periods such as late at night Use above settings when roaming Sets the frequency while you are roaming outside AT amp T s network You should keep this box checked to ensure that wireless sync works properly Send receive when I click Send Sets whether items are sent as soon as you select Send in the Inbox application CHAPTER SETTING UP WIRELESS SYNCHRONIZATION SYNCHRONIZING INFORMATION CHAPTER or whether they are held until the next synchronization 5 Press OK Initiating a wireless sync manually If you want to control exactly when a wireless sync takes place or if it is not OK to store your corporate email password on your Treo 750 you can initiate sync manually 1 To set up manual sync follow the preceding procedure Setting the synchronization schedule In the Peak times and Off peak times lists select Manual 2 To initiate a manual sync press Start and select Programs 3 Select ActiveSync Press Syne C left action key Other ways to synchronize Synchronizing over a Bluetooth connection You can synchronize your computer and Treo 750 using Blue
49. and where you can grab it without removing your eyes from the road If you get an incoming call at an inconvenient time let your voicemail answer it for you Suspend conversations during hazardous driving conditions or situations Let the person you are speaking to know you are driving if necessary suspend the call in heavy traffic or hazardous weather conditions Rain sleet snow and ice can be hazardous but so is heavy traffic As a driver your first responsibility is to pay attention to the road Do not take notes or look up phone numbers while driving If you are reading an address book or business card while driving a car or writing a to do list then you are not watching where you are going It s common sense Don t get caught in a dangerous situation because you are reading or writing and not paying attention to the road or nearby vehicles Dial sensibly and assess the traffic if possible place calls when you are not moving or before pulling into traffic Try to plan your calls before you begin your trip or attempt to coincide your calls with times you may be stopped at a stop sign red light or otherwise stationary But if you need to dial while driving follow this simple tip Dial only a few numbers check the road and your mirrors then continue Do not engage in stressful or emotional conversations that may be distracting Stressful or emotional conversations and driving do not mixthey are distracting and even dangerous
50. application Other email providers CHAPTER You can set up an account in the Inbox application to send and receive email messages using an email account that you have with an Internet service provider ISP an email account that you access using a VPN server connection such as a work account see Connecting to a VPN or any other IMAP or POP email account BEFORE YOU BEGIN Work with your email provider or system administrator to gather the following info e Account type POP3 or IMAP e Mail server name for receiving mail e Your username and password Any special security requirements Go to your Today screen Press E mail lt left action key Select New E mail Account AUN Enter the email address that you want to set up Check the box if you want the setup process to try to get your account settings from the Internet SETTING UP GOOD MOBILE MESSAGING QO YOUR EMAIL CHAPTER Inbox a Yj E mail Setup E mail address myaccount example com M Try to get e mail settings automatically from the Internet Privacy Statement Cancel 5 Press Next C right action key 6 If you did not check the box in step 4 or the setup process does not find account settings press Next gt right action key If you did check the box and the account setup process finds your account settings go to Setting up a POP IMAP account in the Inbox application Common email providers and continue
51. as it appears in the directory DID YOU KNOW You can use the Global Address List to find a contact In Contacts press Menu right action key and select Company Directory When sending a meeting request select Attendees press Menu right action key and select Company Directory BEFORE YOU BEGIN Add access to an online address book to your Treo 750 see Adding an online address book YOUR EMAIL In anew message select To CHAPTER 2 Press Menu C right action key and select Add Recipient 3 Press Menu C right action key and select Company Directory 4 Enter the contact name as it appears in the directory and press Find lt left action key You must spell the contact name correctly tip When you sync with Outlook on your computer disable your online address books to avoid errors Press Menu right action key and select Tools gt Options Select Address select each online address book and then uncheck the Check name against this server box Be sure to turn this option back on if you synchronize other email accounts Finding messages You can find messages containing a specific word or phrase The find feature searches names email addresses and subject lines 1 Press E mail lt left action key 2 Select the account you want WORKING WITH EMAIL MESSAGES QO YOUR EMAIL CHAPTER 3 Begin typing the word or phrase you want to find The list display changes to s
52. available memory Settings Memory Storage Program Total 58 19 MB Total 48 68 MB Inuse 33 96 MB Inuse 38 20 MB Free 24 23 MB Free 10 46 MB Main Running Programs Find large files using storage memory SYSTEM SETTINGS 257 12 YOUR PERSONAL SETTINGS CHAPTER tip If storage memory is low consider using an expansion card to store files see Using expansion cards If program memory is low close some applications to avoid slow Treo 750 performance see Closing applications Storage Card Displays the amount of memory available on an expansion card that is inserted into the expansion slot on your Treo 750 Running Programs Lists the applications that are in use on your Treo 750 To switch to an application highlight it and select Activate To close an application highlight it and select Stop To close all open applications select Stop All Memory Running Programs List Notes al Excel Mobile Internet Explorer Wireless Manager m 7 Stop All Main Storage Card Running Programs Find large files using storage memory 3 Press OK el Optimizing power settings 1 2 Press Start and select Settings Select the System tab and then select Power i On the Battery tab view the power remaining in your battery E Y Power Main battery Lilon Battery power remaining E o Battery Advanced Tip A
53. button on it Some headsets do not have a button WHAT CAN I DO DURING A CALL YOUR PHONE CHAPTER Switching applications during an active call You can use many other applications on your Treo 750 while holding a phone conversation including the organizer and text message features You cannot however make some data connections during an active call while connected to a GPRS network If you re connected to a GPRS network you cannot browse the web or send and receive email or MMS messages while on a voice call If you re connected to a UMTS 3G HSDPA network you can perform simultaneous voice and data functions How can you tell which kind of network you re connected to See What are all those icons NOTE In some situations you cannot perform simultaneous voice and data functions over an HSDPA network check with AT amp T for information To open an application see Opening and closing applications From any application press Phone Send to return to your Today screen Saving phone numbers After you hang up a call you can add the number of the person you were talking with to Contacts if it s not already in your list If an incoming call uses caller ID blocking you do not see the Add Contact prompt Add Contact 510 555 0267 is not stored in contacts You can create a new contact with this number or copy it and add it to an existing contact Copy and Add Don t show this again Dism
54. calls are blocked International All outgoing international calls are blocked International except to home country All outgoing international calls are blocked except to the country where the phone is based CUSTOMIZING PHONE SETTINGS YOUR PHONE CHAPTER All calls All outgoing calls are blocked 6 Press OK 7 Enter the call barring password and press Done C right action key Setting caller ID You can turn caller ID on or off BEFORE YOU BEGIN Make sure your phone is on and that you re inside a coverage area see Turning your phone on 1 Go to your Today screen 2 Press Menu right action key and select Preferences gt Phone Settings 3 Select the Services tab and then select Caller ID from the list 4 Select the appropriate option to provide your caller ID to Everyone or No one Settings Gl y amp Phone Caller ID Provide my caller ID to Everyone no one 5 Press OK el Setting call waiting notification You can choose to be notified when you receive a call while you are on a call You can choose to accept the call or not See Answering a second call call waiting BEFORE YOU BEGIN Make sure your phone is on and that you re inside a coverage area see Turning your phone on 1 Go to your Today screen 2 Press Menu C right action key and select Preferences gt Phone Settings 3 Select the Services tab and then select Call
55. compatible with your Treo 750 Treo 750 See Installing third party applications Windows Mobile Device Center The software on your Windows Vista computer that enables you to synchronize content and manage music pictures and videos between your Treo 750 and your computer To open Windows Mobile Device Center on your computer click Start click All Programs and select Windows Mobile Device Center See Installing Windows Mobile Device Center Windows Vista On a Windows XP computer the desktop synchronization software is called ActiveSync desktop software TERMS Important safety and legal information FCC Statement This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B computer peripheral pursuant to part 15 of the FCC Rules These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation This equipment generates uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions may cause harmful interference to radio communications However there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures e Reorient or rel
56. field When two calls are active your Today screen includes two call status sections each representing one of the calls Start D e 731 Call in Progress We Toe a name or number Eileen Tahoe 1 510 555 2233 CHAPTER WHAT CAN I DO DURING A CALL YOUR PHONE CHAPTER Answering a second call call waiting When you re on a call and you receive a second call the call waiting notification appears if you have chosen to be notified see Setting call waiting notification You can do any of the following Send the new call to voicemail Press Menu C right action key and select Ignore Send the new caller a text message Press Menu C right action key and select Ignore with text message The second call is sent to voicemail A new text message opens with the phone number of the caller entered in the To field Hang up the current call and answer the new call Press Menu C right action key and select Drop and Answer You can also press Power End ja to hang up the current call and then choose to answer or ignore the new call Place the current call on hold and answer the new call Press Answer C left action key or Phone Send SI After you answer the call Start Gh e 7 31 Call in Progress wee Type a name or number Eileen Tahoe Active 1 510 555 2233 00 09 e e Press Swap C left action key to move between callers by placing the current active call on hold and talking
57. full screen format Scale to fit window Sets whether videos are automatically scaled to fit the Playback screen Select the Network tab and set the following options Protocol Enables and disables the available protocols You must select at least one protocol You can also set a UDP Port 172 WINDOWS MEDIA PLAYER MOBILE Internet connection speed Specifies the speed of your network connection and specifies whether you want the device to detect connection speed Select the Library tab and set whether you want to see the Library or Playback screen when you open Windows Media Player Mobile Select the Skins tab and select Previous or Next to set the player s background Select the Buttons tab to change any of the available button settings Windows Media my Tis Be Play Pause ENTER Stop Not assigned Pause Not assigned sor eee ire amp e To assign a button highlight the item you want to set select Assign and then press the button you want to use for that item YOUR PHOTOS VIDEOS AND MUSIC rs e To restore an item s factory setting highlight the item and select Reset CHAPTER e To unassign an item highlight the item and select None 9 Press OK e AT amp T Music AT amp T Music is a suite of applications that lets you customize your music listening experience The applications include the following Streaming Music Listen to 40 stations of streamin
58. g Dial Lookup field Scroll down to display Web search field Speed dial entries Select a speed dial button either a picture or text to call the number assigned to it See Defining speed dial buttons to create your own Web search field Enter a web address or a keyword and press Center or Return to view a list of search results based on the address or word data services connection required Tip You can select a picture for your Today screen background and select which items appear in the Today screen See Today screen settings for details USING YOUR TODAY SCREEN CHAPTER 3 Your phone The phone along with the Today screen is your home base for making and receiving calls You can creatively manage multiple calls for example you can swap between calls send text messages to ignored calls and create conference calls And you can do more than manage your phone calls You can send text messages open applications go to your favorite web pages see your upcoming appointments and even find out how many unread email messages you have Benefits e Stay in touch you choose how e Create speed dial buttons with e Work in other applications when pictures of your friends on an active call In this chapter Turning your Palm Treo 750 smart device on off 29 Makimorcalsmiomiheno day s cicen me e 34 OWN WANS Or MARNO CaS go ena a n a A 39 ReceivinarcallS aE A AES E A A
59. letter e Press Shift 5 or twice to turn on Caps Lock and then enter a series of letters When Caps Lock is on this symbol appears at the bottom of the screen To turn off Caps Lock press Shift 2 or D again Press Option and then press the Press Option twice to turn on Option Lock and then press the desired keys to enter a series of characters When Option Lock is on this symbol appears at the bottom of the screen To turn off Option Lock press Option again USING THE KEYBOARD 28 MOVING AROUND ON YOUR PALM TREO 750 SMART DEVICE CHAPTER Entering other symbols and accented characters You can enter symbols and accented characters that don t appear on the keys by using the alternate characters list Tip The alternate characters are grouped according to their similarity to the corresponding key For example the alternate character available for the R key is and for the T key is If you press the wrong key press Backspace to return to the full list of alternate characters You can then press another key A Press Alt to display the alternate character list Narrow the list by pressing the key that corresponds to the character you want For example to enter an press e See the table below for a list of corresponding characters Press Up or Down to highlight the desired character Press Center to insert the character USING THE
60. list type the first few letters of the first or last name or simply enter the first initial followed by a space and then the last initial to find a name Press Center to view a list of recently used addresses and select the recipient from the list Select Add Recipient to add a recipient from your Contacts list If the recipient s name is in an online address book press Center enter the name press Menu right action key and then select Company Directory Select the name and then select either the phone number or the email address For more information see Using an online address book If the recipient s name and mobile number are not in your Contacts list enter the full mobile number or email address USING THE MESSAGING APPLICATION 123 Q YOUR TEXT AND MULTIMEDIA MESSAGES CHAPTER 4 5 Select Subject and enter a title for the message Select and then select one of the following Add Picture Enables you to insert a picture You can take a new picture with the built in camera camera version only or insert an existing picture Add Video Enables you to insert a video You can capture a new video with the built in camera or insert an existing video Add Sound Enables you to record a message such as a voice caption for a picture or insert an existing sound such as a ringtone You can add one sound per slide to send more than one sound in a message add another slide to your me
61. make phone calls from the Today screen Dialing from the Today screen BEFORE YOU BEGIN Make sure your phone is on and that you re inside a coverage area see Jurning your phone on 1 Go to your Today screen 2 Using the numbered keys on the keyboard enter a phone number in the Dial Lookup field DID You KNOW When you re dialing a phone number or are on a call you can enter and without first pressing Option This makes it easy to respond to further dialing instructions or to press options when responding to automated instructions 3 Press Phone Send S to dial 34 MAKING CALLS FROM THE TODAY SCREEN YOUR PHONE NOTE You do not need to press Option to Dialing with a speed dial button access the numbers on the keyboard Your Treo 750 enables you to create both However when dialing short numbers the picture and text speed dial buttons so that number may conflict with a contact name you can select a button on the Today If this occurs press Option to avoid screen to quickly dial a number starting a contact lookup For emergencies you can dial your national emergency BEFORE YOU BEGIN number such as 911 or 112 without e Create some speed dial buttons See pressing Option first Defining speed dial buttons You can customize the default speed dial buttons See Editing a speed dial tip If you press Phone Send while a number button is highlighted your Treo 750 dials the number If a n
62. mode to pan the display in a given direction press Right gt Left 4 Up a or Down V Tip To see which mode you are in press Show Mode left action key to display the mode icon Press Hide Mode left action key to hide the mode icon PDF VIEWER YOUR MICROSOFT OFFICE AND OTHER DOCUMENT TOOLS D e To rotate the displayed page press Menu C right action key and select Page gt Rotate Tip To open a file you have recently opened open PDF Viewer press Menu right action key and then select Recent gt the name of the file you want Moving around in PDF files To move around within a PDF file do either of the following e Togo to the next or previous page in the file press Menu C right action key and select Page gt Next Page or Page gt Previous Page e To go to the first or last page in the file press Menu right action key and select Page gt First page or Page gt Last page Customizing the display You can choose between two views for displaying PDF files You can also hide the toolbar to view the file on the full screen Press Menu C right action key and select Page Select one of the following options Fit to width Resizes the file so that the width of the file matches the width of the screen you may need to scroll up or down to view the entire document Fit to page Resizes the file so that the entire file both width and height fits on one screen
63. on RESETTING YOUR TREO 750 269 13 TROUBLESHOOTING CHAPTER Performance The applications are running slower than usual 1 2 5 If the previous steps don t fix the problem try doing a soft reset see Performing a soft reset If the problem persists follow these Press Start E and select Settings Select System and then select Memory amp Select Running Programs Select Stop All to close all your open applications Press OK steps to turn off the Voice Command setting if it is enabled Tip Be sure that third party applications are designed for Windows Mobile 6 Professional Applications written for Windows Mobile 6 Standard or earlier versions of Windows Mobile software do not work with your Treo 750 If you can try a free version of the software before purchasing it you can test it first to make sure it works properly My battery seems to drain quickly If you have a push email solution such as GoodLink wireless messaging or if you have set up a schedule for wireless synchronization check with your email provider or system administrator to make sure that the server is set up properly to work with your Treo 750 Incorrect server setup can cause excessive drain on your 1 Press Start E and select Settings battery 2 Select Personal and then select Voice Command g For more tips on conserving battery life 3 Uncheck the Enabled box see Maximizing battery li
64. on the other line e Make the calls a conference call See Making a conference call Making a conference call IMPORTANT You can join up to five calls into a sixway conference call The number of calls you can join in conference depends on your service plan Additional charges may apply and minutes in your mobile account may be deducted for each call Please contact AT amp T for more information WHAT CAN DO DURING A CALL 1 Answer a second call see Answering a second call call waiting or put the first call on hold and make a second call see Making a second call 2 Press Menu C right action key and select Conference This joins the two calls with you in a conference Start Gl A 7 31 Call in Progress ia Type a name or number Group Conference 3 Optional Do one or more of the following Make more calls and join them into the conference call The number of calls you can join in conference depends on your service plan Extract a caller from the conference call to talk with them privately by pressing Menu C right action key selecting Extract and then YOUR PHONE selecting the name The extracted call becomes the active call CHAPTER Start EL ae 7 31 Call in Progress i Type a name or number Eileen Tahoe Active 1 510 555 2233 00 28 e Swap between the conference call and the private call by pressing Swap c left action key 4 When you re done do
65. on both your computer and your Treo 750 During installation you connect your Treo 750 to your computer and sync for the first time Be sure to watch what s happening on both your computer and your Treo 750 For more info see Connecting your Treo 750 to your computer and Synchronization SYNCHRONIZING INFORMATION 4 tip During software installation you can select an option to synchronize email contacts calendar events and tasks directly with Microsoft Exchange Server 2003 or 2007 If you choose this option you are prompted to enter your mail server address and domain name and your Exchange server account username and password DID YOU KNOW You can also install additional software from the Windows Mobile Getting Started CD see Installing bonus software from the CD Installing Windows Mobile Device Center Windows Vista If you have a Windows Vista computer the desktop sync software is called Windows Mobile Device Center The Windows Mobile Getting Started CD recognizes that you have a Windows Vista computer and automatically directs you to install Windows Mobile Device Center On your Treo 750 the sync application is called ActiveSync BEFORE YOU BEGIN If you are installing the software on a computer at work make sure your company allows you to install new software for example you may have CHAPTER SETTING UP YOUR COMPUTER FOR SYNCHRONIZATION 78 SYNCHRONIZING INFORMATION CHA
66. one of the following e f you have extracted a call press Power End ja twice to hang up all calls or press Power End i once to hang up the active call e f you have not extracted a call press Power End ja once to hang up all calls WHAT CAN I DO DURING A CALL YOUR PHONE CHAPTER Forwarding calls You can forward calls to another phone number Please check with AT amp T about availability and pricing of forwarded calls additional charges may apply When all calls are forwarded the call forwarding lt A icon appears in the title bar BEFORE YOU BEGIN Make sure your phone is on and that you re inside a coverage area see Jurning your phone on 1 Go to your Today screen 2 Press Menu C right action key and select Preferences gt Phone Settings 3 Select the Services tab and then select Call Forwarding from the list 4 Specify your call forwarding settings Some of the settings may already be set by AT amp T to send your calls to voicemail Settings Sly Yam GR Phone Call Forwarding Forward all incoming calls To 1 408 555 5555 Forward phone calls only if V No answer 1 408 555 5045 20 seconds v Forward after Unavailable 1 408 555 5045 Busy 1 408 555 5045 5 Press OK el Defining speed dial buttons Your Treo 750 enables you to create both picture and text speed dial buttons
67. over a carpet while scuffing your feet building up electrons on your body you may get a shock the discharge event when you touch a metal doorknob This little shock discharges the built up static electricity ESD susceptible equipment Even a small amount of ESD can harm circuitry so when working with electronic devices take measures to help protect your electronic devices including your Palm device from ESD harm While Palm has built protections against ESD into its products ESD unfortunately exists and unless neutralized could build up to levels that could harm your equipment Any electronic device that contains an external entry point for plugging in anything from cables to docking stations is susceptible to entry of ESD Devices that you carry with you such as your Palm device build up ESD in a unique way because the static electricity that may have built up on your body is automatically passed to the device Then when the device is connected to another device such as a docking station a discharge event can occur Precautions against ESD Make sure to discharge any built up static electricity from yourself and your electronic devices before touching an electronic device or connecting one device to another The recommendation from Palm is that you take this precaution before connecting your Palm device to your computer placing the device in a cradle or connecting it to any other device You can do this in many ways including
68. prevent roaming charges on your account If roaming charges are not a concern follow these steps to continue your sync schedule while roaming Press Start E and select Programs 2 Select ActiveSync 3 Press Menu right action key and select Schedule 4 Check the Use above setting when roaming box 5 Press OK An alert tells me that ActiveSync encountered a problem on the server There is a temporary problem with the server or the server may be temporarily overloaded Try again later and if the problem persists contact your system administrator An alert tells me that there is not enough free memory to sync my info The ActiveSync application on your Treo 750 ran out of storage space Try the following 1 Goto Memory Settings and close all running programs see Closing applications 2 If the problem persists see Making room on your Treo 750 for suggestions of other ways to free up space on your Treo 750 An alert tells me that ActiveSync encountered a problem with item type item name An error occurred during the sync of a single item This error can usually be corrected only by removing the item that 280 SYNCHRONIZATION caused the error If you sync again to see if the error persists be aware that items causing this type of error are skipped and do not show up again My Today screen settings are not restored after a hard reset Settings such as the background image and p
69. receive calls but the data transmission is automatically interrupted CHAPTER Your phone is connected to a GPRS network but you are not actively transmitting data You can still make or receive calls Your phone is on and a GPRS data connection is active You can still make or receive calls but the data transmission is automatically interrupted ActiveSync synchronization is in progress Your Treo 750 is connected to a computer or network or Windows Mobile Device Center synchronization is in progress A data connection is not available or your phone is off Your smart device s battery is low WHAT ARE ALL THOSE ICONS YOUR PHONE CHAPTER Ce _ AT amp T Your smart device s battery is charging Your Treo 750 is connected to a power outlet and the battery is fully charged Your phone is on and you have registered with Wireless Services from AT amp T When you turn off your phone Phone Off appears instead If your phone is on but you have not registered for wireless service No Service appears instead The Bluetoothe wireless technology status indicator appears in gray when this feature is off in blue when this feature is on and in reverse blue when your Treo 750 is communicating with another Bluetooth device A call is in progress and your Treo 750 is connected to a Bluetooth headset or car kit You have a reminder If the reminder is not displayed on your Today screen tap the
70. see Working with libraries Tip To play a file that is not in a library go to the Library screen press Menu and select Open File 5 Select the item you want to play such as a song album or artist name 6 Press Play lt left action key See the next page for playback controls 7 Press Menu C right action key and select any of the following during playback Library Displays the Library screen so you can select a different song to play Shuffle Repeat gt Shuffle Plays the Now Playing playlist in random order A check appears next to this command when it is on Tip To repeat the current song press Menu and select Repeat Song YOUR PHOTOS VIDEOS AND MUSIC rs Shuffle Repeat gt Repeat Plays the Now Playing playlist repeatedly A check appears next to this command when it is on Stop Ends playback Use any of the following onscreen controls during playback gt or Center plays the current file Il or Center pauses the current file 4 or Left 4 skips to the beginning of the current file or to the previous file or Right gt skips to the next file sets the point from which playback begins Tap and drag the slider to change the current position or Volume button increases the volume level or Volume button decreases the volume level 4 turns the sound on or off displays a video using the full screen CHAPTER WINDOWS MEDIA PLAYER MO
71. select HTML messages sent to you as HTML are received with their formatting WORKING WITH EMAIL MESSAGES intact If you select Plain Text all messages are received as plain text DID YOU KNOW Messages sent to you as plain text are always received as plain text even if you select HTML Message download limit Select the size of an incoming message that is automatically downloaded For any message that exceeds this size you must manually download the rest of the message Selecting a higher limit means more of your messages are fully downloaded but message retrieval might take longer You can also choose to download message headers only regardless of size 10 Press Finish gt right action key YOUR EMAIL Working with meeting invitations You can receive meeting invitations on your Treo 750 in the same way that you receive email messages NOTE You can create meeting invitations on your Treo 750 see Sending a meeting request Here are the key features of meeting invitations e Meeting invitations appear on your Treo 750 in the Inbox application not in the Calendar application e From within the Inbox application you can accept decline or tentatively accept a meeting invitation e If you accept an invitation the meeting shows up as an appointment in the Calendar application e You can reply to and forward meeting invitations in the same way as email messages CHAPTER WORKING
72. selecting Wireless Manager If you are synchronizing email and other information directly with your corporate Exchange server using Microsoft Exchange ActiveSync set the synchronization interval to a maximum of every 15 minutes during peak times and every hour or turned off completely during nonpeak times see Setting the synchronization schedule CHARGING THE BATTERY 1 SETTING UP CHAPTER e Turn off the Bluetooth feature when you Making your first call do not need to make a Bluetooth connection see Entering basic Bluetooth settings e Turn the voice command feature off Peis F see Setting up voice commands e As with any mobile phone if you are in TJO an area with no wireless coverage your Treo 750 searches for a signal which consumes power If you cannot move to Seram an area of better coverage temporarily turn off your phone see Turning your Start Gly Y 4 10 phone off e Turn down the screen brightness see 1 Press Phone Send S to display your Adjusting the brightness Today screen e Set your screen to turn off automatically after a shorter period of inactivity see Tip You can also press Power End to display your Today screen unless you are on a call If Optimizing power settings 4 A you re on a call pressing Power End hangs up e Turn off the option to receive beamed the call information see Beaming an entry or file i 2 If prompted press Ce
73. selecting communication method for 37 sending invitations to 183 synchronizing 71 viewing details for 37 Contacts application 177 180 Contacts list 37 45 107 121 127 179 context sensitive menus 22 continuous playback slides 204 controls 15 cookies 141 Copy command 145 165 200 232 copying addresses 278 applications 232 items in folders 223 phone numbers 37 39 145 pictures and videos 165 text 145 200 copyrighted items 164 corporate mail systems 91 92 99 260 284 corporate networks 256 corporate servers 260 284 314 INDEX coupling 288 coverage area 12 33 272 Create chat from messages option 131 creating appointments 181 183 bookmarks 143 bulleted or numbered lists 201 connections 260 261 documents 198 199 email messages 103 folders 202 multimedia messages 122 124 partnerships 149 passkeys 54 150 playlists 171 speed dial buttons 49 templates 127 199 207 text messages 121 122 untimed events 182 183 video ringtones 165 workbooks 204 206 credentials 261 281 cropping pictures 166 currency symbols 243 Currency tab 243 customer assistance 289 Customer Feedback icon 262 Customize the playlists check box 168 customizing applications 244 249 calendar 185 186 camera 161 163 chat settings 131 Contacts application 179 dates and time 254 email accounts 112 Excel Mobile 215 format settings 243 Internet Explorer Mobile 146 147 Media Player Mobile 172 Messaging application 1
74. setting 201 indented lists 198 indenting text 201 indicator light 5 10 33 information accessing 29 256 backing up 67 265 267 beaming 228 entering 19 25 26 erasing all 275 filtering 212 losing 197 267 moving 202 214 232 protecting 249 253 receiving 229 removing battery and 268 restoring 267 268 searching for 199 214 221 222 sharing 227 sorting 212 storing 229 287 synchronizing 69 71 275 transferring 265 updating 67 infrared port See IR port infrared transmissions 85 292 Input icon 247 Input Method options 247 322 INDEX input options 24 Input screen 247 248 Insert Chart command 213 installation troubleshooting 268 286 installing ActiveSync 74 265 applications 223 226 286 287 bonus software 224 Mobile Device Center 75 Outlook 71 SIM smartcards 7 9 synchronization software 69 74 VPN clients 260 Windows drivers 266 Windows Media Player 71 instant messaging 133 286 internal memory See memory ernational calls 59 nternet Connection Sharing 151 153 nternet connections 173 260 273 ernet e mail option 98 ernet Explorer Mobile browsing with 141 146 z 3 closing 143 customizing 146 147 installing from 225 scrolling in 18 starting 141 unsupported elements for 141 284 nternet Sharing icon 152 invitations See meeting requests R connections 229 R port 6 85 228 292 SP mail systems 91 97 SP settings 260 SPs Internet Service Providers 260 283 talics opt
75. should With the included desktop sync software your Treo 750 can synchronize with the root folders of Microsoft Office Outlook Contacts Calendar Tasks and Notes Outlook sold separately a free trial version is available for download from the Windows Mobile Getting Started CD If you want to synchronize with a global Exchange Address Book you must copy the addresses to your local Contacts list in Microsoft Office Outlook right click the addresses and select Add to Personal Address Book Microsoft Office Outlook subfolders and public folders are not accessible with the included software You may want to use a third party solution instead 278 SYNCHRONIZATION If you re trying to sync offline be sure to set your Microsoft Office Outlook Calendar Contacts Notes and Tasks to be available offline If you re still having problems try the following Make sure you re synchronizing with the intended desktop personal information manager PIM The Windows Mobile Getting Started CD lets you synchronize with Microsoft Office Outlook for Windows If you use a different PIM you need to instal third party software to synchronize For more information consult the company that makes the PIM Open the desktop sync software on your computer and make sure the Files synchronization option is selected see Changing which applications sync Uninstall the desktop sync software reboot your computer insert the Wind
76. still camera press Menu and select Still 1 Press Start and select Programs 2 Select Camera lie 3 Adjust the position of your Treo 750 until you see the subject you want to photograph on the screen Your Treo 750 has a self portrait mirror next to the camera lens on the back of your Treo 750 Use the mirror when you re taking a picture and you want to be in the picture Optional Adjust any of the following Zoom Press Up A to zoom in or Down to zoom out CAMERA 159 rs YOUR PHOTOS VIDEOS AND MUSIC CHAPTER change the image quality 5 Optional Set a five second timer Press Menu C right action key select Mode and then select Timer 6 Press Center to capture the picture or start the timer 7 Hold your Treo 750 still until the picture renders and then do one of the following e Press Camera C left action key to take another picture e Press OK and then press Thumbnails C left action key to return to Thumbnail View Resolution Press Menu C right action key and select Resolution to DID You KNOW After three minutes of inactivity when previewing an image the camera goes into standby mode Press any key or tap the screen to return to the image preview Taking pictures in burst mode Burst mode takes five pictures in quick succession with one button press 1 Press Start and select Programs 2 Select Camera Ia 3 Press Menu C right action
77. tee eee cer OA oe A 25 Ema E E E E O AE E E TAE A 6 Se 282 WAG a AA A wera S AN AAA N A rms rear E 284 Camera reaa A A ate A A E AA ose ney ates nae 285 Ehird partysapplications ae a crores ae S ane 286 MENG ROOM CI WOU KEG 750 sc ccc cceeccuvuavtosnkeuanase 287 Nafta WPM ty a a E EA A E ae Sees aorea Iai eran et acct od eee 288 TROUBLESHOOTING oc Ww lt Transferring info from Reinstalling the another device desktop software For information on transferring your info If you have problems synchronizing using from a previous Windows Mobile device your desktop sync software you may need or from a Palm OS device to your new to reinstall the software Palm Treo 750 smart device visit http go palm com treo750 att for instructions BEFORE VOU BEGIN Make s re your computer profile includes administrator rights to install software In large DID YOU KNOW You can purchase a third party organizations these are usually granted application that lets you run Palm OS by the system administrator applications on your Treo 750 DID You KNOW If you have questions about 1 Shut down your computer and turn it on Windows Mobile you can go to the Microsoft again Windows Mobile website Search for Palm devices for information 2 On your computer click Start gt Control Panel gt Add or Remove Programs IMPORTANT Do not use a backup utility to 3 Remove your desktop software For transfer y
78. the following e Ground yourself when you re holding your device by simultaneously touching a metal surface that is at earth ground For example if your computer has a metal case and is plugged into a standard three prong grounded outlet touching the case should discharge the ESD on your body e Increase the relative humidity of your environment e Install ESD specific prevention items such as grounding mats Conditions that enhance ESD occurrences Conditions that can contribute to the buildup of static electricity in the environment include the following e Low relative humidity e Material type The type of material gathering the charge For example synthetics are more prone to static buildup than natural fibers like cotton e The rapidity with which you touch connect or disconnect electronic devices While you should always take appropriate precautions to discharge Oectricity if you are in an environment where you notice ESD events you may want to take extra precautions to protect your electronic equipment against ESD Precaution against hearing loss Protect your hearing Listening to this device at full volume for a long period of time can damage your hearing A pleine puissance l coute prolong e du baladeur peut endommager l oreille de l utilisateur Consultez notre site web www palm com fr pour plus d informations Waste disposal Please recycle appropriately For appropriate recycling and disposal instruc
79. to a multimedia message see 2 cannot be deleted are not listed in the Creating and sending a multimedia Remove Programs list message e You can synchronize to share info between your Treo 750 and your 5 Select Yes to confirm the deletion computer or between your Treo 750 and Microsoft Exchange Server 2003 or 2007 see Synchronizing information Shari ng information e f you are near someone you can beam files and applications between your Treo 750 and your neighbor s device using the IR port or Bluetooth wireless technology see Beaming information 4 Select Remove Your Treo 750 comes equipped with a variety of options for sharing information so that you can choose the quickest most convenient way to send e You can also store files on an expansion your info or to receive info from another card and share the expansion card see device Using expansion cards e When you have a file open in a program such as Notes or PowerPoint Mobile you can easily share a file by selecting Bea m ng information the Menu and then selecting Send via E Mail or Beam File Your Treo 750 is equipped with an IR e In Microsoft Outlook you can insert a infrared port that enables you to beam picture or attach a note or other file to information to another device that has an an email You can also receive pictures IR port The IR port is located on the side of and attachments see Your email your Treo 750 close
80. two rows so the original rows 1 and 2 and their contents are now rows 3 and 4 The rows containing the highlighted area and all rows beneath it move the same number of rows two in this example down Entire column Inserts the same number of new columns as the number of cells you highlighted horizontally in step 2 For example if you selected an area containing two cells horizontally say A1 and B1 selecting Entire column inserts two columns so the original columns A and B and their contents are now columns C and D The columns containing the highlighted area and all columns on the right move the same number of columns two in this example to the right Select OK 210 EXCEL MOBILE YOUR MICROSOFT OFFICE AND OTHER DOCUMENT TOOLS D tip To add a new worksheet press Menu and select Format gt Modify Sheets Select Insert enter a name for the worksheet and then press OK To change the order of the worksheets highlight a worksheet you want to move select Move Up or Move Down and then press OK Formatting cells 1 Open the workbook you want to format 2 Highlight the cells you want to format 3 Press Menu C right action key and select Format gt Cells 4 Select any of the following tabs Size Sets the row height and column width Number Sets the type of information the cells contain Align Sets whether text wraps within the highlighted cells and sets horizontal and vertical align
81. volume 57 ringer silencing 40 ringtone files 122 ringtone managers 286 ringtones assigning to contacts 57 165 178 creating video 165 downloading 55 making calls and 55 57 previewing 56 roaming 83 280 Roaming option 56 rotating pictures 162 166 RTF files 197 RTSP files 164 running multiple applications 28 Running Programs tab 29 258 S Save As command 145 200 Save as Template command 127 Save Image command 145 Save links option 146 Save password check box 82 96 99 Save to Contact Ring Tone command 165 Save to Contacts command 45 Save to list 231 Save to option 191 Saved folder 104 saving contact information 45 documents 197 198 200 202 email messages 104 files 231 multimedia messages 127 notes 191 249 passwords 96 99 phone numbers 44 45 pictures and videos 162 text messages 127 workbooks 204 206 215 Schedule command 83 scheduled syncs 280 282 schedules adding items to 181 182 183 184 187 organizing events for 185 removing items 185 188 sorting tasks on 188 unavailable time on 184 viewing daily 180 scheduling conflicts 181 scheduling synchronization 82 84 screen activating items on 20 activating wrong features 27 adjusting brightness 242 adjusting display 242 244 aligning 243 arranging web pages on 142 battery life and 12 caring for 5 changing color themes for 239 244 changing orientation 244 disabling touch sensitivity for 249 locking 250 moving around on 17 scrol
82. when you are behind the wheel Make people you are talking with aware you are driving and if necessary suspend phone conversations which have the potential to divert your attention from the road Use your Treo 750 to call for help Your Treo 750 is one of the greatest tools you can own to protect yourself and your family in dangerous situations with your Treo 750 at your side help is only three numbers away Dial 911 in the case of fire traffic accident road hazard or medical emergencies Remember 911is a free call on your Treo 750 IMPORTANT SAFETY AND LEGAL INFORMATION 9 Use your Treo 750 to help others in emergencies If you see an auto accident crime in progress or other serious emergency where lives are in danger call 911 as you would want others to do for you 10 Call roadside assistance or a special wireless non emergency assistance number when necessary Certain situations you encounter while driving may require attention but are not urgent enough to merit a call to 911 But you can still use your Treo 750 to lend a hand If you see a broken down vehicle posing no serious hazard a broken traffic signal a minor traffic accident where no one appears injured or a vehicle you know to be stolen call roadside assistance or other special non emergency wireless number NOTICE FOR CONSUMERS WITH HEARING DISABILITIES Digital Wireless Phones to be Compatible with Hearing Aids On July 10 2003 the Federal Communication
83. with step 7 of that procedure If prompted select either of the following as your email provider Inbox a 3 E mail Setup Your il provider Previous Internet e mail Select this option if you access email from any type of email account except a corporate account that uses an Exchange mail server Exchange server Select this option if you access email from a corporate email account using an Exchange server Press Next C right action key Enter your name and if you want change the account display name to something meaningful For example if this is your work email account you can change the display name to Work or your company s name SETTING UP GOOD MOBILE MESSAGING YOUR EMAIL oc Ww be a lt 14 Enter your account username and Inbox a Jj o password E mail Setup 15 If you want your password entered Your name a5 User automatically check the Save Beene Keen Seat password box If you want to enter 7 your password each time you access The name For this account on this device this account do not check this box Previous i Tip For a corporate email account ask your system administrator if it is OK to store your 10 Press Next gt right action key corporate email password on your Treo 750 for increased security you may need to enter your password each time you access your email If it is not OK don t check the Save
84. you are not actively transmitting data You can still make or receive calls NOTE In most cases when your phone is connected to a UMTS network either 3G or HSDPA but you are not actively transmitting data the 3G icon appears The H icon may appear when your phone is connected to an HSDPA UMTS network but you are not actively transmitting data 272 NETWORK CONNECTION Your phone is on and an HSDPA t UMTS data connection is active You can make and receive calls and transmit data simultaneously Your phone is connected to an E EDGE network but you are not actively transmitting data You can still make or receive calls By Your phone is on and an EDGE al data connection is active You can still make or receive calls but the data transmission is automatically interrupted Your phone is connected to a G GPRS network but you are not actively transmitting data You can still make or receive calls A Your phone is on and a GPRS data connection is active You can still make or receive calls but the data transmission is automatically interrupted My Treo 750 won t connect to the Internet Your Treo 750 supports GPRS or UMTS 8G HSDPA wireless data networks TROUBLESHOOTING To connect to the Internet you must subscribe to data services with AT amp T CHAPTER Contact AT amp T to verify that your subscription plan includes data services and that these services have been corre
85. you can easily share info with others electronically Benefits e Track current future and past e Set reminders for appointments appointments birthdays important tasks and e Make to do lists that get done more In this chapter COMtAGTS eee ee rue tee ae ah nr rr oer Uae nt 177 Calendan TEA ne ye ry er aig eee ee pete tn Alegre see 180 AICI CSR E E eaten A earns Gn ams cree A RC Petes odes wratatr 187 189 Contacts Adding a contact 1 Press Start and select Contacts 2 Press New C left action key 3 Select the type of contact to create Outlook Contact This type of contact is stored in the Contacts application on your Treo 750 and synchronizes with the Contacts application in Microsoft Outlook on your computer SIM Contact This type of contact is stored on the SIM card in your Treo 750 and does not synchronize If you use the SIM card with another Treo 750 you can access any contacts on the SIM card see Using SIM Manager YOUR PERSONAL INFORMATION ORGANIZER 9 Use the 5 way navigator to move between fields as you enter information CHAPTER Contacts Name Picture Select a picture Company Department Job title File as Work tel Work fax Work addr Tip If you have set up a Windows Live account see Using Windows Live you can save the contact as a Windows Live contact A Windows Live contact synchronizes with your Hotmail contacts list but not with Microsoft Outl
86. your Treo 750 within easy reach 4 Let the person you are speaking to know you are driving if necessary suspend the call in heavy traffic or hazardous weather conditions 5 Do not take notes or look up phone numbers while driving 6 Dial sensibly and assess the traffic if possible place calls when you are not moving or before pulling into traffic 7 Do not engage in stressful or emotional conversations that may divert your attention from the road 8 Dial 911 to report serious emergencies This is a free call from your Treo 750 9 Use your Treo 750 to help others in emergencies 10 Call roadside assistance or a special non emergency wireless number when necessary Driving Safety Tips Details 1 Get to know your Treo 750 and its features such as speed dial and redial Carefully read your instruction manual and learn to take advantage of valuable features most Treo 750 models offer including automatic redial and memory dial most Treo 750 models can store up to 99 numbers in memory dial Also work to memorize the Treo 750 keyboard so you can use the speed dial function without taking your attention off the road 2 When available use a hands free device A number of hands free Treo 750 accessories are readily available today Whether you choose an installed mounted device for your Treo 750 or a speaker phone accessory take advantage of these devices if available to you Make sure you place your Treo 750 within easy reach
87. 1 0 Contents WORO 4 4 cai hecnak eb See esr 565 54 ab he aera ke gnh toka a gers he end 1 What s in the DOX wis yon ageane cee Sees dae ee ES US EERE Te eee eee eee fl What do need to get started 2 eee 2 TRAE NE SUG RAG UD aaia ia bats a i aalag la a N Ade deals 3 Palm Treo 750 smart device OvervioW 1 ee ce eee eee tenes 5 Inserting the SIM card and battery 0 0 0 0 0020 eee 7 Charging the batteny ecse scod ied 8 gaene doce Rand awhile ee aoa ee Ba ed added 9 Making yourTirstcall 424 0 c0c0 iaaiaee ap Pde awa dob ha deg 12 Setting up synchronization sesed seseratan pi aa i a a ip oip E R iep 14 Chapter 2 Moving around on your Palm Treo 750 smart device TS Navigating around the SCheehi ices ainiin i Ried praia leat Whos aude i Sine eae 17 Using the keyboard 224 045 c 4e4 eca ga gete rade eed A ea ey oa E ease 24 Opening and closing applications 0 0 2 eee 28 USING VOU Today SCEE s 25 06 nose ale a Roan aed Mae REEDS GRE R EE Moe 29 Chapter 2 DORS aenean iar cee ete 4 c8 a aig gop eee ai Turning your Palm Treo 750 smart device on off 2 0020000 33 aking calls trom the Today Screen ic csave nc0tGs tear date een eae ee 4 34 Other WaysiOr MmaKkiMGiCallS x visives cia savage emanis bd i aA eai nr Peds whe Bebe 39 Receiving CallS sico arenira Soe ee gas Qe Loe Reh od gad ke eee ate eed 40 Using voicemail siere eena manare ina teres Rip and ane eE E
88. 11 is already installed on Windows Vista computers To sync media files with your computer set the Media sync option on your Treo 750 see Setting synchronization options On your computer open Windows Media Player Optional If you re transferring media files to an expansion card insert a 32MB or larger expansion card into your Treo 750 Connect your Treo 750 to your computer with the USB sync cable Do one of the following Windows XP When the Device Setup Wizard opens on your computer click Automatic Check the Customize the playlists that will be synchronized box Windows Vista Select the Syne tab and then select Treo gt Set Up Sync Check the Syne this device automatically box Select the playlists you want to sync On a Windows Vista computer select the All Photos and All Videos playlists to synchronize pictures and videos between your Treo 750 and your computer Click Finish to begin the transfer If you are transferring files to an expansion card be patient transferring media files to an expansion card can take several minutes Playing media files on your Treo 750 1 2 3 Press Start and select Programs Select Windows Media Press Menu C right action key and select Library Select the Library list in the upper left and then select the library you want to use If you can t find a media file on your 168 WINDOWS MEDIA PLAYER MOBILE expansion card update the library
89. 12 formatting options for 211 inserting cells rows and columns 209 moving between 207 naming 211 removing cells rows and columns 214 renaming 212 Writing mode 191 x Xpress Mail 92 93 94 105 Xpress Mail website 93 Y Year View 181 Z ZIP files 223 zoom buttons camera 159 Zoom command 199 zoom icons 203 Zoom In command 203 zoom settings 159 205 207 249 INDEX
90. 173 MOBI eotie sreda d aa E GE end E E E E da AS E A E 174 Chapter 9 Your personal information organizer n assas aserria errar 175 COMTACTS eare sabe ah Se wee ee SEO E ea E hel PAAR OORT nE 177 Calendar ca cccetecteceekaie neeedoere Sho E eee de Renee ogee eed E E aed 180 Taska ahs crise See extend Gna tee a a ketene Miecton eS a a o beer ede 187 NOLES ni cis PRAT AGAR ee OL See ER Ame AS oe eed econ Agee 189 Chapter 10 Your Microsoft Office and other document tools 193 Synchronizing your Microsoft Office files 0 00 0000 cece eee 195 NNOUGUIVIOD INC e ren ee sree ose Ea e ants Ale ceieet E due sene cee were mince Bee oe eens 197 PowerPoint Mobile y sipini ise e ee eed sa cede bad eee eee ae eae 203 ExGellIMOD IG area aneri ei aE ic quer aqun aa NE givers anand EE SEEE pom T heels 204 PDF ViGWER oigre du piura edith as papes GAs aidi p dbp G Baina a athlete 216 Chapter 11 Your application and info management tools 219 FAMGINGHMTONMALION 1 2 54 cos a mee s d eame i eap a mate ede be 221 IAstaling applications nerro esy ereng ees Lose win ye ee a em e Seated 223 R moving applicatonS s cessas sraa Os eRe E EAEE TE Ree OR AE 226 Sharing information sas terde rundei poite E ae as Aaa da EE a EE aes 227 Beaming MTORMAION sess wei ariaa ie epar E i Sh a ee Eae iii ame y piece ehi 227 CONTENTS vi USING EXPANSION CAAS si pere os wes Geeta ginal Giga cee bse aunt alee Danie gh sds
91. 2 Now Playing playlist 171 122 Now Playing screen 171 number format settings 243 INDEX 327 number pad 12 number sign symbol 243 Number tab 243 numbered lists 201 numbers See also phone numbers entering 24 25 formatting 205 209 pasting into Calculator 234 o Off Hold button 43 Office Outlook See Outlook Office Word documents See documents offline synchronization 279 OK button 5 29 One Column option 142 online address book 108 109 114 179 online support Palm 289 Open URL command 170 opening ActiveSync 77 applications 28 230 244 attachments 106 documents 198 email applications 285 File Explorer 222 Inbox application 103 items in folders 223 Mobile Device Center 77 multimedia messages 126 PDF Viewer 197 Quick Tour 289 spreadsheet templates 206 Today screen 12 29 35 Wireless Manager 33 operating system device 270 295 305 operating systems PCs 74 operational warnings 299 Option key 18 24 25 35 293 Option Lock 25 options displaying 184 highlighting 18 19 23 selecting 23 Options screen Calendar 185 Options screen Inbox 112 Options screen Internet Explorer 146 Options screen messaging 130 134 132 Options screen Notes 191 Options screen Tasks 189 Options tab 239 248 253 organizer features 34 175 orientation screen 244 orientation slides 204 orientation options 244 Orientation tab 204 outages 273 Outbox 129 outgoing mail options 100 102 Out
92. 208 209 cell insertion options for 210 changing order of worksheets 21 1 creating 204 defining filters for 213 deleting elements in 214 display options for 207 entering info in 206 209 formatting 204 211 scrolling 207 searching 214 sorting in 212 unsupported features 206 SSL protocol 141 294 standby mode 160 161 Start button 5 28 Start menu 28 244 294 starting Calendar application 180 Contacts application 177 data connections 261 Excel Mobile 206 Internet Explorer Mobile 141 Messaging application 121 PowerPoint Mobile 203 Tasks application 187 Word Mobile 198 static electricity 302 303 stereo headphones 167 Still command 159 Still image compression level list 162 Stop command 169 stopping playback 169 stopping synchronization 87 Storage Card folder 233 storage card symbol 223 Storage Card tab 232 258 storage cards See expansion cards 336 INDEX storage space 257 280 Storage tab 114 storing device 5 6 information 229 287 streaming 295 Streaming Music application 173 Strikethrough option 201 Strong alphanumeric password type 35 252 stylus 7 Suggest words when entering text check box 248 support 289 Swap button 46 47 Symbol command 208 symbols 25 26 27 208 Sync button 84 sync cable 11 74 78 79 sync conflicts 82 sync schedules 280 282 synchronization battery life and 11 Bluetooth devices and 84 85 defined 295 getting started with 14 hard resets and 267 268 initiating
93. 229 Calculator eerren a aa E a cave cota te teas Sed Metin eee Gas E EINA 234 Chapter 12 Your persenal SRNE occ ccc eugsce eeoih wah aia CAE we Plagne 237 Today SCreen SCtINOS 22 ocKckatenseatabade arses aheneee tak adeaeeaaed 239 System sound Settings wp fe cde ave kiw ke ake rendesie DEE er E nue aged 240 Display and appearance Settings a sgce ca caade dae dbo k ease see Pawn cha aed 242 Application settings 4 222 445 d20c e40e 4eideasud diacadbetdaed ban Geesa 244 Locking your Tre 750 ANGiintO ia sine tardisiahe ened Ook Mind Guna eea Lana ns 249 System Seting oss nas copiare et Gee chad add Mek aed RA ads pak Pee 254 ConnectionisettingS secies orren dn eewkad eens Hae oeeuny Fees baa On Gea e ed 260 Submitting usage information to Microsoft 0 00 0 eee 262 Chontor Va Tu bleSnOOING n s dct tune tee oe E 263 Transferring info from another device 0 000 eee eet eee 265 Reinstalling the desktop software 65 c00cce neg oes seriws eee Gea Pee e 265 Resetting your Teo 750 cos stakes teea eae auieansa Osa eaws ad E ona E 266 P MOMNMAaNCG nass eet eae eapo dE AEG Ekle a dhe GOH SE ee th wale a Se Soe 270 SCREGM 15 cek cpe ei A E EATE dash pate dink E EA A EEE Guay E TEE E EEA A 271 Network CONNECHON sei 20 b24 emcce pege oe bed p eea ikre dd E ke bad Ea 271 SYNCHONIZALON gespa se ieee naaa e oe Ee EEE O eae ated 275 Emal aeoaea e a aa E de E A N aioe ge kee ees 282 WeDo 22 cuca re eraa ate btatGare a bbe
94. 3 Select the application that opens the file Word Mobile Ww Excel Mobile 3g or PowerPoint Mobile ja e Press Start select Programs and then select File Explorer Tap the Show list in the upperleft and select My Device gt My Documents Word Mobile You can create and edit documents and templates and save them as DOC RTF TXT and DOT files You can also edit Microsoft Office Word documents and templates that you create on your computer However keep in mind that some of the information and formatting may be lost when you save the document on your Treo 750 CHAPTER DID You KNOW If you have a PDF file pdf you can view the file using PDF Viewer Press Start select Programs and then select PDF Viewer see PDF Viewer The following features are not supported in Word Mobile e Backgrounds e Bidirectional text e Document protection e Metafiles e Artistic page borders Lined page borders are supported e Password protected files Remove password protection on your computer before opening the file on your Treo 750 e Shapes and text boxes e Smart tags The following features are partially supported in Word Mobile Picture bullets supported Regular bullets are WORD MOBILE D YOUR MICROSOFT OFFICE AND OTHER DOCUMENT TOOLS CHAPTER Revision marks Documents appear as though all revisions were accepted if the document is saved revision marks are lost Ta
95. 30 132 network settings 132 Notes application 191 PDF Viewer 217 phone 55 63 system settings 254 259 system sounds 240 tasks 189 Today screen 239 Word Mobile 202 Cut command 165 200 232 cutting See deleting D daily schedules 180 data 267 See also information data connection icons 272 data formats 243 data service icons 272 data service providers 260 213 283 data services 1 91 272 273 data transmission speeds 1 date format settings 243 Date tab 243 dates 209 243 254 See also calendar Day View 180 186 day planner formats 180 decimal places 243 decimal symbols 243 decompression utility 223 default document template 202 default format settings 243 Default mode option 191 Default option 142 default PINs 251 Default template option 191 Default zoom level options 249 INDEX 315 defined names spreadsheets 211 delays 34 274 Delete all messages command 129 Delete Appointment command 185 Delete Cells command 215 Delete command 129 202 215 Delete Contact command 179 Delete Files button 146 Delete Task command 188 Deleted folder 115 288 deleting 129 130 applications 226 288 Bluetooth connections 150 certificates 256 contacts 179 directory services 109 documents 202 email accounts 100 o emailmessages 110 113 116 events 185 favorites 144 files 223 287 items from libraries 170 items from playlists 171 items in folders 223 notes 191 partnerships 150 275 pictures 1
96. 4 tip You can hide your speed dial buttons on your Today Screen and still use your Quick Keys to call a speed dial number Dialing by contact name You can look up contacts quickly by entering just a few letters of a contact s name directly from your Today screen BEFORE YOU BEGIN Before you can dial a number by contact name you must create some contacts see Adding a contact or import them by synchronizing see Synchronizing information Make sure your phone is on and that you re inside a coverage area See Turning your phone on 1 Go to your Today screen 2 Using the keyboard begin entering one of the following for the contact you want to call E mail MAKING CALLS FROM THE TODAY SCREEN e First name JOH for John e Last name SMI for Smith e First initial a space and then last initial J S for John Smith e A few letters of the first name a space and then a few letters of the last name JOH SMI for John Smith For example entering SM finds both Smilla Anderson and John Smith Entering SM AN finds only Smilla Anderson To clear the Dial Lookup field and start another Contacts search press OK To delete letters when correcting a misspelled name press Backspace Tip To see a contact s address company and other details press Up on the 5 way to highlight the name and then press Center 3 Several options for contacting the person are displayed depending on what inf
97. 423 6 147 314 6 115 248 6 064 342 D421 251 D429 252 D466 128 D478 091 Patent pending This product also is licensed under United States patent 6 058 304 Palm Inc is an authorized licensee of the MultiMediaCard trademark This product is protected by certain intellectual property rights of Microsoft Corporation Use or distribution of such technology outside of this product is prohibited without a license from Microsoft or an authorized Microsoft subsidiary All rights reserved Disclaimer and limitation of liability Palm Inc and its suppliers assume no responsibility for any damage or loss resulting from the use of this guide Palm Inc and its suppliers assume no responsibility for any loss or claims by third parties that may arise through the use of this software Palm Inc and its suppliers assume no responsibility for any damage or loss caused by deletion of data as a result of malfunction dead battery or repairs Be sure to make backup copies of all important data on other media to protect against data loss End user notice Microsoft Voice Command Version 1 5 for Windows Mobile IMPORTANT Do not become distracted from driving safely if operating a motor vehicle while using Device Software Operating certain parts of this Device requires user attention Diverting attention away from the road while driving can possibly cause an accident or other serious consequences Even occasional short diversions of attention
98. 6 digits long and then press Next right action key IMPORTANT Some hands free devices have a predefined passkey If your hands free device has a predefined passkey you can find it in the documentation for that device Other devices provide a screen where you enter a passkey that you make up In either case you must use the same passkey on both your Treo 750 and your hands free device We recommend that you use a passkey of 16 digits where possible to improve the security of your Treo 750 The longer the passkey the more difficult it is for the passkey to be deciphered DID YOU KNOW The Bluetooth icon on your Today screen indicates the status of the Bluetooth feature See The Bluetooth status icon for details 8 If the passkey is not predefined enter the same passkey on the other Bluetooth device and then press Finish C right action key 9 Check the Hands Free box and then press Finish C right action key 10 Press OK You can now communicate with this device whenever it is within range and the Bluetooth feature on your Treo 750 is turned on The range varies greatly depending on environmental factors The maximum is about 30 feet 10 meters DID You KNOW When your Treo 750 is connected to a Bluetooth headset a headset icon appears on your Today screen USING A PHONE HEADSET Using a Bluetooth hands free device To learn how to set up and connect to Bluetooth devices see Conne
99. 66 speed dial buttons 51 tasks 188 text 20 text messages 129 130 web files 146 workbooks 215 worksheets 215 descending sort order 212 Desktop option 142 desktop software 265 292 See also applications software device additional information for 289 caution for electrostatic discharge and 303 caution for resetting 267 charging 9 11 compatible hands free devices for 52 53 components included with 1 connecting to PCs 77 defined 33 disabling touch sensitivity for 250 disposing of 300 303 features described 1 freeing space on 226 287 getting help with 263 289 getting phone number for 13 getting started with 2 3 locking 249 252 losing 79 253 low lighting conditions and 24 management tools for 219 moving around on 15 not responding 266 272 286 personalizing 237 resetting 252 266 268 272 specifications for 305 storing 5 6 system requirements for 307 third party applications and 286 troubleshooting 263 289 316 INDEX turning on and off 298 unlocking 252 updating information on 67 usage guidelines for 297 device names See usernames Device Setup Wizard 168 devices See also Bluetooth devices device battery life and 11 beaming to 228 discovering trusted 147 148 151 enabling TTY TTD 57 58 transferring information from 265 Devices tab 149 275 diagnostic information 256 Dial Lookup field 30 Dial Lookup list 13 Dial Pad 37 38 39 dialing 30 34 38 39 50 dialog b
100. 9 touchscreen See screen touchscreen lockout 249 250 touch sensitive feature 249 transactions 285 transition effects slides 204 transmission delays 274 Transparency level list 165 Treo smart device See device troubleshooting 263 289 Trusted Device list 148 trusted devices 147 148 T51 trusted pairs See partnerships TTY devices 57 58 299 TTY TDD icon 58 Turn on Bluetooth check box 53 148 turning on or off alarms 241 255 device 298 keyboard backlight 24 25 Keyguard 250 phone 33 reminders 241 Ringer switch 240 screen 33 34 258 TXT files 197 256 Typing mode 191 Cc MTS networks 44 295 nauthorized users 249 256 navailable time slots 184 nderline option 201 nderlining text 198 201 ndo command 166 nfreeze Panes command 207 Unknown Caller option 56 unlocking device 252 SIM smartcards 251 ecce Ce Cc spreadsheet rows and columns 207 unread messages 129 unretrieved voicemail 41 unsafe areas 298 untimed events 182 183 Update Library command 170 updating information 67 upgrades 265 uppercase letters 25 249 urgent message icon 129 RLs 170 203 See also web links sage information 262 SB connections 152 SB controllers 278 SB hubs 277 SB ports 78 277 SB sync cable 78 79 se network time zone check box 255 User Guide 289 usernames 295 V Validity Period list 125 vCal attachments 283 c CC ec Cc ces vCard attachments 124 283 INDEX 339 Vibrate
101. A Ei anaie Sod a a E eR 4 What cani ldoduringia cal 24 0 5 eydc recs os edebaesdepdsedecanbigeraeds 42 Defining speed dial buULIONS sevr 0206 deeca towed dean eni eei 48 Usmgaphone headset aeons ce dwea wk wrens anenee aa a er ae LES 5 Customizing phone settings 0 00 miera nete Ea EEE EE E E 55 What are all those icons 2 0 ete 64 CONTENTS Chapter 4 Synchronizing MONATON o u 5 cca aued Chad ai ia deh ao 67 Synchronization overview 00 0 ccc cette teen eee 69 HOw do l SVNChFONIZE ic se oac ose bea eeuie tehieees dee Heeb abe censuses 69 What ican Synchronize cs cca cchmaceatog duns Seine ieee eT adsa eons obs eed 71 Setting up your computer for synchronization 0000 00 e eee eee 74 Synchronizing using the sync cable 2 000200 cece cee 79 Setting up wireless synchronization 0000000 cece eects 80 Other ways tosynchroniz e 12 0scs4c808 sae wn teg tia KENE wee ERE aS 84 Setting SyNChronization OPtlONS s seasea recre stages Giweadwt agers evacs sein 86 Cnepter 5 VOur SMa 25 24a de caiwaden eeu bead erate tet bane peed Pea 89 SSTUING UPL eMail se cove 2 shad aie Saeed t RELA shld oes Saeed e EAP AEoneeed 91 Setting up Xpress Mail sre ss scence cserendeaveeeered lagi EEGA E wee ee are aos 93 Setting up Microsoft Exchange ActiveSync 0 00002 c eee 94 Setting up Good Mobile Messaging n nanaon anaana cece eee 94 Sending and receiving mess
102. AGES Gs QO YOUR EMAIL CHAPTER Tip To save memory limit the number of emails that are downloaded to your Treo 750 by selecting a larger time interval for automatically downloading messages or a smaller time interval for how many days worth of messages are downloaded 6 Select Advanced Settings and then select any of the following Inbox a Y E mail Setup Advanced Settings Send receive when I click Send o Use automatic sendjreceive schedule when roaming When deleting messages Delete them off the server bd z Cancel Send receive when I click Send Specifies whether you can manually send and receive messages in addition to automatically downloading them Use automatic send receive schedule when roaming Specifies whether automatic downloading takes place when you are roaming This may result in higher connection charges than downloading while in your home network When deleting messages Specifies whether messages should be deleted from the mail server when you delete them on your Treo 750 or whether messages you delete on your Treo 750 should remain on the server Press Done C left action key Press Next C right action key Select either of the following me Inbox a 3 E mail Setup Message format z Message download limit 2 KB X Previous i Finish Message format Select the format for sending and receiving messages If you
103. Anderson w Movie tonite 13 characters 1 message Send f Menu If the recipient s name and mobile number are in your Contacts list type the first few letters of the first or last name or simply enter the first initial followed by a space and then the last initial to find a name Press Center to view a list of recently used addresses and select the recipient from the list Select Add Recipient to add a recipient from your Contacts list If the recipient s name is in an online address book press Center enter the name press Menu C gt right action key and then select Company Directory Select the name and then select either the USING THE MESSAGING APPLICATION 121 Q YOUR TEXT AND MULTIMEDIA MESSAGES CHAPTER phone number or the email address For more information see Using an online address book e If the recipient s name and mobile number are not in your Contacts list enter the full mobile number or email address tip To address a message to multiple recipients separate the addresses by pressing Enter or entering a semicolon You can send a message to up to 20 addresses TIP To send a message to a different number for a contact select the contact in the To field and then edit the number that appears in the box directly below the contact number You can also select a number by pressing Center on the 5 way and then edit it 4 Enter your message or tap and then
104. BILE rs YOUR PHOTOS VIDEOS AND MUSIC displays a website where you can find music and videos to play CHAPTER indicates the rating of the current file Select the star to change the rating Tip If you don t see a media file that you added manually update the library DID YOU KNOW You can play streaming files from the web To play an MMS Microsoft Media Streaming file press Menu on the Library screen and select Open URL Select URL and enter the website address or select History and select a site you ve visited before DID You KNOW If you close the Windows Media Player Mobile window your music continues to play in the background Press Start and select Programs Select Windows Media Press Menu right action key and select Library Press Menu C right action key and select Update Library Wait for the files to be added and then select Done Working with libraries A library represents each of the storage locations available to Windows Media Player Mobile so you should have two libraries My Device and My Storage Card Each library contains links to the media files in that location Windows Media Player Mobile usually updates the My Device library automatically but you must manually update the My Storage Card library TIP To delete an item from a library highlight the item and then press and hold Center on the 5 way to open the shortcut menu Select Delete from Lib
105. Beam Appointment ESHU Delete Appointment Lunch with 12 00p 1 00 Team meet 1 00p 2 00p Press and hold Center to open the shortcut menu Selecting options in a shortcut menu Most applications also provide access to context sensitive shortcut menus similar to the right click menus on a computer The shortcut menu options vary based on the highlighted selection Tip You can also tap and hold the stylus on an item to open the shortcut menu Press Up a or Down to highlight a menu item Press Center to select the menu item or press Left 4 to cancel your selection 22 NAVIGATING AROUND THE SCREEN MOVING AROUND ON YOUR PALM TREO 750 SMART DEVICE 2 Selecting options in a list CHAPTER tip When selecting fields you might not see the downward pointing arrow until you press Center on the 5 way Lists enable you to select from a range of options You can identify whether a list is available when you select the field If a rectangle appears around the field along with a downward pointing arrow a list is available Lists are different from the menus described earlier in this section e Use the 5 way to highlight the field and then press Center to display the items in the list Press Up a or Down to highlight the item you want and then press Center to make your selection To select from a list do any of the following Calendar Subject Location
106. Device 293 obile Device Center 75 77 295 obile Device folder 225 mobile devices 228 265 obile Favorites folder 71 obile Messaging See GoodLink Mobile Messaging mobile networks 271 272 mobile phone numbers 177 mobile phones 302 obile to Market certificates 224 obiTV application 174 odem tab 260 modems 151 odify Sheets command 212 216 onth View 181 most recently dialed numbers list 38 moving documents to folders 202 223 files to expansion cards 167 170 231 232 information 202 214 232 pictures and videos 165 speed dial buttons 51 text 200 workbooks 214 moving around the screen 17 moving through web pages 142 MP3 files 167 MP4 files 167 MPEG files 164 MPEG4 files 123 multi connector 5 multi line fields 18 multimedia features 155 multimedia file types 122 multimedia files 163 287 multimedia messages 129 130 automatically resending 130 creating 122 124 deleting 129 130 dialing from 39 downloading 125 130 internal memory and 287 opening 126 playing 126 previewing 124 receiving 125 replying to 127 requirements for 1 saving 127 sending 123 124 setting options for 124 125 sorting 129 troubleshooting 274 viewing status of 129 Multimedia Messaging System See MMS messaging multiple recipients 103 122 326 INDEX music 40 167 169 241 See also media files music files 157 279 Music ID application 173 Mute button 43 My Device folder 222 M
107. For detailed information on synchronizing Word documents Excel spreadsheets and PowerPoint presentations see Synchronizing your Microsoft Office files For detailed information on synchronizing pictures videos and music files see Synchronizing your media files Stopping synchronization If you ever need to manually stop synchronization follow these steps 1 Press Start E and select Programs 2 Select ActiveSync 3 Press Stop C left action key Tip To end the sync relationship between you Treo 750 and a computer so that items are no longer synchronized with that computer select the computer name on the ActiveSync screen and then select Delete SETTING SYNCHRONIZATION OPTIONS SYNCHRONIZING INFORMATION CHAPTER 88 SETTING SYNCHRONIZATION OPTIONS CHAPTER 5 Your email You already know how efficient email is for staying in touch Now your Palm Treo 750 smart device brings you a new level of convenience email on the go Enjoy the ease and speed of communicating with friends family and colleagues anywhere you can access AT amp T s data network You can send photos to your friends and family or create Microsoft Word or Excel files and send them to your colleagues You can also receive attachments to view and edit at your convenience Benefits e Receive photos sound files Word e Save messages from your and Excel files and more computer to view at a convenient e Atta
108. GIN To take advantage of all the sync features available in the Notes application install the desktop synchronization software from your Windows Mobile Getting Started CD Creating a note 1 A WN 5 YOUR PERSONAL INFORMATION ORGANIZER 9 CHAPTER Press Start E and select Programs Select Notes Press New C left action key Do one of the following Grocery list Milk Eggs Cereal Type the text using the keyboard If you turned on writing mode see Customizing Notes write the text with the stylus Press Menu C right action key select Draw and then draw a sketch with the stylus crossing at least three ruled lines Press OK 6 NOTES 9 YOUR PERSONAL INFORMATION ORGANIZER CHAPTER 1 2 3 Creating a voice note Press Start E and select Programs Select Notes M To add a voice recording to an existing note open the note to which you want to add the recording If the voice note controls are not visible at the bottom of the screen press Menu C right action key and select View Recording Toolbar Tap the Record icon Dua Grocery list Speak into the microphone on your Treo 750 or hold it close to another sound source After you finish recording tap the Stop E icon A Recording 2 icon appears 8 in the note or note list depending on where you recorded the note Press OK el DID YOU KNOW You can add several voice notes within a sin
109. HAPTER Add Favorite ay y BR Add Favorite Address URL http www microsoft com windowsmab Create in Mobile Favorites bd 3 Optional Select Name and enter a different description 4 Optional Select Create in and then select the folder where you want to create the favorite 5 Select Add Tip To delete a favorite or folder press Menu and select Favorites Select the Add Delete tab highlight the item you want to delete and then select Delete Select Yes to confirm the deletion and press OK Viewing a favorite 1 Press Start and select Internet Explorer 2 Press Menu C right action key and select Favorites 3 Select the page you want to view in the list Organizing your favorites You can create folders to help you organize your favorites For example you can store travel links in one folder stock links in another and business links in a third folder 1 6 Press Start and select Internet Explorer Press Menu C right action key and select Favorites Select the Add Delete tab Select New Folder Enter a name for this folder and then select Add Press OK Downloading files and images from a web page You can download files that are usable on your Treo 750 such as new applications MIDI ringtones or pictures BROWSING THE WEB YOUR CONNECTIONS TO THE WEB AND WIRELESS DEVICES DID YOU KNOW You can select the Downloads favorite t
110. ION a gt Y Be Save the item that is playing multimedia message only Press Menu C right action key and select Save See a summary of the message including sender date and time Press Menu right action key and select Message Details Reply to the message Press Menu right action key and select Reply or Reply All NOTE If the message is a single picture with no audio select Reply c left action key to reply to the message YOUR TEXT AND MULTIMEDIA MESSAGES Q Forward the message Press Menu C right action key and select Forward CHAPTER Call the sender Press Menu right action key and select Call Sender Add the sender s information to your Contacts list Press Menu right action key and select Add to Contacts Save the message as a template for other messages Press Menu right action key and select Save as Template DID You KNOW When viewing a multimedia message containing multiple slides you can press Right on the 5 way to move to the next slide or press Left on the 5 way to move to the previous slide 3 Press OK 6 Using Messaging to chat When you exchange more than one message with a single contact the messages you exchange with that person are grouped into a chat session When you USING THE MESSAGING APPLICATION 127 Q YOUR TEXT AND MULTIMEDIA MESSAGES CHAPTER select a chat session from your message list the upper part of the scr
111. KEYBOARD MOVING AROUND ON YOUR PALM TREO 750 SMART DEVICE oc wi e a Symbols and accented characters z Press Alt Press Alt Press Alt and and and press to select press to select press to select a n x or X xo A AAAAAA amp N N y vy borB B o 606606 Y YY c c O O OOO00EO llo Cc C O porP q 1 1h y eee rorR 2 E EEEE s R 3 234 forF f S BS i i flit torT L GS flit u Oion 2 43 K i bork U UUUU Option N Press Alt by itself to select these characters 18 2 NE LXESTI lt gt rO Gu USING THE KEYBOARD 27 MOVING AROUND ON YOUR PALM TREO 750 SMART DEVICE CHAPTER Opening and closing applications Opening applications You can access all the applications on your Treo 750 through the Start menu 1 Press Start E to open the Start menu 2 Use the 5 way navigator to highlight the application you want to use To view additional applications select Programs Programs amp Today Calendar FE Contacts amp Inbox Internet Explorer E Messaging f Pictures amp Videos E Programs 6 Settings 7 Help Calculator B Internet Messenger tip With the Start menu open press the letter underlined in the application s name to open the app For example press H to open Help Or select the shortcut icons at th
112. Menu and select Edit gt Go To Select Cell reference or name and enter the target cell info or select Current region Select OK EXCEL MOBILE D YOUR MICROSOFT OFFICE AND OTHER DOCUMENT TOOLS CHAPTER Calculating a sum 1 Press View C left action key and select Toolbar Highlight the cell where you want to insert the sum Select W Tap and drag the stylus across the cells you want to add Press Enter Tip For simple calculations use the Calculator see Calculator Entering a formula 1 Highlight the cell where you want to enter the formula Enter an equals sign followed by any values cell references name references operators and functions Examples e B4 25 100 e Revenue Expenses Press Enter TIP To insert a symbol place the cursor where you want the symbol Press Menu and select Insert gt Symbol Highlight the symbol you want to insert and select Insert Referring to a cell or range in a formula 1 Open the workbook where you want to refer to a cell or range in a formula Begin entering a formula in a cell Select the cell or select an entire range to set the reference Finish entering the formula and press ok e TIP To refer to a cell from another worksheet in your formula enter the worksheet name followed by an exclamation point and the cell range or name reference Example Sheet1 Earnings Tip To create a 3 D refe
113. Message command 105 Download messages option 115 download options 102 115 ITZ downloading applications 223 225 attachments 106 107 email 82 102 115 files 144 images 145 167 multimedia messages 125 130 Palm specific information and updates 289 pictures 163 ringtones 55 videos 167 Downloads favorite 145 downwarc pointing arrows 23 drawing 189 driving safety tips 51 301 Drop and Answer command 46 drop down lists See lists drop down menus See menus E earpiece 5 288 echoes 288 EDGE connections 292 Edit command 166 178 Edit Server Settings screen 81 Edit Speed Dial command 50 51 editing See changing electrostatic discharge 302 303 email adding address book for 108 adding attachments 103 adding contacts and 177 183 addressing 103 114 creating 103 deleting messages 110 118 tis dialing from 39 downloading 82 102 115 finding messages for 109 forwarding 110 getting from corporate servers 260 284 internal memory and 287 receiving 104 105 receiving attachments with 106 107 replying to 110 113 requirements for 1 retrieving 282 saving 104 selecting addresses 20 sending 104 105 118 148 223 282 setting outgoing mail options for 100 102 setting priority for 104 synchronizing 71 104 105 106 109 275 282 284 troubleshooting 282 284 318 INDEX email accounts 91 93 100 102 112 282 email applications 91 285 email client soft
114. PTER to have administrator privileges to install software on your computer Contact your company s IT department for help 1 Close any applications that are currently running on your computer including those running in the background Your computer must have all its resources available to install the software 2 Insert the Windows Mobile Getting Started CD into the CD drive on your computer If prompted click RunStart exe Click Continue Select your language and click Next Select Setup and Installation Make sure the Windows Mobile Device Center box is checked and click Install N of B W 8 Follow the installation instructions that appear on both your computer and your Treo 750 During installation you connect your Treo 750 to your computer and sync for the first time Be sure to watch what s happening on both your computer and your Treo 750 For more info see Connecting your Treo 750 to your computer and Synchronization Using the desktop sync software After you install the desktop sync software synchronization happens automatically anytime you connect your Treo 750 to your computer as described in the next section You can also open the desktop sync software window on your computer to perform the following tasks e Install applications from your computer to your Treo 750 see Installing applications from your computer or to an expansion card inserted into the expansion card slot on you
115. Pictures amp Videos 3 Press Menu C right action key and select Play Slide Show The slide show plays automatically 4 Press Center to display the slide show toolba a choose from the following options Rotate kat Play Pause Reverse Forward and Stop Sending a picture or video You can send a picture or video to other picture enabled mobile Treo 750 devices or to an email address as an attachment You cannot send copyrighted pictures or videos that appear with a lock icon in Thumbnail View 1 Highlight the picture or video you want to send Press Menu C right action key and select Send Select the option you want to use to send the picture or video an email account MMS or Windows Live When the Inbox or Messaging application opens address and send the message see Creating and sending an email message or Creating and sending_ a multimedia message 164 PICTURES amp VIDEOS Creating a video ringtone You can save a video that you record as a ringtone 1 Highlight the video you want to use as a ringtone 2 Press Menu C right action key and select Save to Contact Ring Tone 3 Select the contact to whom you want to assign the ringtone Organizing pictures and videos You can move or copy pictures and videos to other folders or between your Treo 750 and an expansion card 1 Highlight the picture or video you want to move or copy 2 Do one of the foll
116. R APPLICATION AND INFO MANAGEMENT TOOLS CHAPTER 236 CALCULATOR CHAPTER 12 Your personal settings Customizing is optional But why not personalize your Palm Treo 750 smart device to make It match your lifestyle and work even harder for you You can easily customize the sounds fonts screen colors and more on your Treo 750 Take advantage of various levels of security Prevent making an accidental and expensive phone call by locking the keyboard Some preference settings can help extend the life of your battery There are lots of ways to make your Treo 750 work better for you Benefits e Conserve power e Make your screen easy to read e Secure your phone and your data e Streamline Treo 750 use In this chapter Todayisereenes etting Seen eae ate erie Ce Un ent 239 SVSTEMSOUNCESCTIMNG E S wera azn a een ee Ware eee eerie wane ty 240 Displayandtappearance Seting a 242 Applicawonisetings aa wearer alam E ra ar a era eres E 244 LiGEMINS VOUT ISO PRO andini Onna e a 249 SVSICMM SAS as sk ce te Ae eo hae o RR AAS RMSE ORAR SOE A EGE ARTS 254 COMMECTOMESCIPING Seerecermg neers eae errr eerie ea Pha ree ee 260 Submitting usage information to Microsoft 262 Today screen settings Selecting your Today screen background 1 Press Start A and select Settings 2 On the Personal tab select Today amp A Settings Today Select a theme for your device Guava Bubbles Indigo Windows Defau
117. R E EANN 40 UsmgVoicemallt aan aa T eit eee ee E T E T 41 Whaccan ac dunno aea ee a E 42 Defining SONS OM NOUNS co Ac ne secu A E 48 QUESIOMMIING OINOIME SEMMNGS 2 cccuchecseccosneeevatoemnce 55 Turning your Palm Treo 750 smart device on off The term smart device refers to the device and its physical aspects The term phone refers to the wireless feature of your Palm Treo 750 smart device that enables you to connect to AT amp T s network so that you can make and receive calls and send and receive data The phone and the screen of your Treo 750 can be turned off and on separately This means you can wake up the screen to use just the organizer features of your device without turning on the phone Also when the screen is turned off the phone can be on and ready for you to receive phone calls or messages Turning your phone on Press and hold Power End ja When your Treo 750 locates a signal AT amp T s name appears in the upperleft of the screen and the signal strength Fi icon appears at the top of the screen YOUR PHONE When you turn on your phone it connects to a mobile network so that you can make and receive phone calls and use other wireless services if supported by the local network When you are inside a coverage area the signal strength jJ icon has bars in it If you re outside a coverage area the indicator light flashes amber and no bars appear in the signal strength icon CHAPTER Tu
118. Short date 1 17 07 Long date Wednesday January 17 2007 coon punoo caren me ote amp 3 On the Region tab select a region from the list The region selection sets the default format settings 4 Optional Select any of the following tabs to customize the format settings Number Sets the decimal symbol and number of decimal places the digit grouping symbol and group size list YOUR PERSONAL SETTINGS CHAPTER separators negative number sign symbol and format leading zero display and measurement system metric versus U S Currency Sets the currency symbol and position the decimal symbol and position the digit grouping symbol and group size and negative number format Time Sets the time style separators and AM and PM symbols Date Sets the short date style separators and long date style 5 Press OK 8 Aligning the screen to correct tapping problems Occasionally your screen may need to be readjusted You know your screen needs adjustment when the wrong feature is activated when you tap the screen To fix the problem align the screen 1 Press Start l and select Settings 2 Select the System tab and then select Screen 3 DISPLAY AND APPEARANCE SETTINGS 12 YOUR PERSONAL SETTINGS CHAPTER 3 On the General tab select Align Screen 4 Tap the screen where indicated 5 Press OK Changing the system color scheme e Landscape right handed e Landscape
119. TSI EN 301 908 1 e ETSI EN 301 908 2 e ETSI EN 300 328 e ETSI EN 301 489 1 7 17 24 e EN60950 1 e EN 50360 We hereby declare that the above named product is in conformance to all essential requirements of the RTTE Directive 1999 5 EC The conformity assessment procedure referred to Article 10 and detailed in Annex IV of directive 1999 5 EC has been related to Articles e R amp TTE Article 3 1 a Health and Safety e R amp TTE Article 3 1 b EMC e R amp TTE Article 3 2 Spectrum Usage Identification mark 0984 notified body CE This identification mark is permanently provided on the device label The technical documentation relevant to the above equipment will be held at Palm Inc 950 W Maude Avenue Sunnyvale CA 94085 U S A Person responsible for making this declaration Del Ub David Woo Sr Compliance Engineer Sunnyvale August 31 2006 Antenna Care Unauthorized Modifications Use only the supplied integral antenna Unauthorized antenna modifications or attachments could damage the unit and may violate FCC regulations Any changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user s authority to operate the equipment Potentially Unsafe Areas Potentially explosive atmospheres Turn off your Treo 750 when you are in any areas with a potentially explosive atmosphere such as fueling areas gas or petrol stations or storage facilities for fuel or chemicals
120. Today screen or which applications sync set up a sync schedule and more Using Windows Live Mail BEFORE YOU BEGIN Make sure that your phone is on and that you re inside a coverage area see Turning your phone on 1 Press Start and select Programs 2 Select Windows Live amp 3 To synchronize email contact and or Windows Live Messenger information do the following e Press Right gt or Left 4 until Sync is highlighted e Press Center Information is synchronized for any of the three applications you selected during setup 4 To read your email do the following YOUR TEXT AND MULTIMEDIA MESSAGES Q CHAPTER e On your Windows Live main page select Mail The Inbox application opens displaying your Windows Live mail You can view send and work with messages in your Windows Live account in the same way as with messages for any other account See Your email for information Using Windows Live Messenger BEFORE YOU BEGIN You must have an existing Hotmail account to use Windows Live Messenger If you do not have an account use the web browser on your Treo 750 to go to www hotmail com and follow the steps to set up an account Make sure that your phone is on and that you re inside a coverage area see Turning your phone on Press Start E and select Programs Select Messenger amp 3 USING WINDOWS LIVE 138 Q YOUR TEXT AND MULTIMEDIA MESSAGES CHAPTER tip You can also ope
121. a button a Jan 17 07 sMs H 4 o i 5 list entry or a check box is highlighted by al Dra default The highlight identifies which item To00s 1100s Centra Scroll bar is affected by your next action Use the Lunch with Greg with slider 5 way to move the highlight from one item rE to another before opening or selecting it Team meeting 4 1 00p 2 00p Da E e Tip The best way to learn to use the 5 way is to experiment Press the 5 way buttons and as you do follow the movement of the highlight around the screen The behavior of e Tap and drag the slider of an onscreen the 5 way varies slightly in each application scroll bar Scroll arrows The highlight can take one of two forms Closing screens depending on what is highlighted To accept the information you entered on a screen and to return to the previous screen or to return to the previous screen without making any changes do one of the following e Border This rectangular border highlights items such as an onscreen button such as OK Dismiss or Hide a check box an option or a web link e Press OK e Contacts a We ir Name J Vasquez Y e Use the stylus to tap EA or EJ in the Pcie Boeta pare upper right corner of the screen These Company IT Manager NAVIGATING AROUND THE SCREEN MOVING AROUND ON YOUR PALM TREO 750 SMART DEVICE CHAPTER e Light text on a dark background This highlights items suc
122. ab 255 albums 164 alerts See notifications aligning the screen 243 alignment settings 201 204 Allow cookies check box 146 Allow USB connections check box 277 Alt key 24 291 alternate characters 26 27 AMR files 122 animation 167 203 204 anniversaries 183 answering the phone 40 46 antenna 298 application buttons 245 application icons 28 application menus 21 22 applications See also third party applications battery life and 11 closing 28 29 258 copying 232 customizing 244 249 deleting 226 288 displaying 28 258 downloading 223 225 error reporting for 256 hard resets and 267 included with device 307 installing 223 226 286 287 losing information in 267 memory usage for 257 moving through 18 19 opening 28 230 244 phone calls and 43 44 reinstalling 265 267 running 28 231 288 selecting 28 synchronizing 71 86 transferring 232 troubleshooting 268 270 turning sounds on or off for 241 appointments adding 181 appearing in wrong time slots 279 deleting 185 marking as private 184 overlapping 181 scheduling repeating 183 INDEX setting options for 186 setting reminders for 182 viewing 180 Appointments tab 186 Area code option 179 arrow icons 17 ascending sort order 212 ASF files 164 Assign a program list 245 AT amp T Mall 153 AT amp T Music 173 174 AT amp T service contracts 1 See also accounts attachments adding 103 downloading 106 107 embedded objects in 107 internal memory and 287
123. access o your corporate email and personal information management PIM info from your Treo 750 and offers enhanced usability eatures and enterprise class security eatures BEFORE YOU BEGIN Do the following e Make sure you have a PDA Connect for GoodLink data plan on your AT amp T Wireless account If you re not sure call 04 SETTING UP MICROSOFT EXCHANGE ACTIVESYNC kb WRN customer care by dialing 611 from your Treo 750 or 866 429 7222 Contact your system administrator to make sure you have been added as a user to the Good Mobile Messaging server Make sure you have received a confirmation email message after you were added to the Good server this message includes pertinent information for setting up your account Make sure your phone is on Press Start and select Programs Select Get Good i When prompted select Save amp Open Follow the onscreen instructions to download and run OTA overthe air Setup On the next screen enter your email address and the 30 digit numeric PIN contained in the confirmation email Follow the onscreen instructions to download install and connect to GoodLink YOUR EMAIL DID You KNOW After installation the Get Good program entry is replaced by GoodLink Setting up a POP IMAP account in the Inbox application Common email providers Follow this procedure if you have a common email provider such as AOL EarthLink or Yahoo Mail Plus If you are s
124. accessible to other devices until you 1 Go to your Today screen and tap uncheck the box Bluetooth 2 Select the Mode tab and check the Turn on Bluetooth box to turn on the Bluetooth feature on your Treo 750 CONNECTING TO DEVICES WITH BLUETOOTH WIRELESS TECHNOLOGY YOUR CONNECTIONS TO THE WEB AND WIRELESS DEVICES oc wi e a lt q The Bluetooth status icon 3 Select the Devices tab and then select z The Bluetooth icon on your Today screen Add new device indicates the status of the Bluetooth feature saans Bluetooth Q Bluetooth off a E ranch a te noah its settings re Bluetooth on Connected to a Bluetooth device roe com pors secre z e Call in progress with a Bluetooth headset or car kit KEY TERM Partnership Two devices for example your Treo 750 and a hands free device that can connect because each BEFORE YOU BEGIN To prepare your Treo device finds the same passkey on the other Requesting a connection with another Bluetooth device 750 to be able to accept a connection from device After you form a partnership with a a requesting device enter the basic device you don t need to enter a passkey to Bluetooth settings as described in Entering connect with that device again Partnership is basic Bluetooth settings also known as paired relationship pairing trusted device and trusted pair 1 Go to your Today screen and tap Bluetooth 4 Wait for your Treo 750 t
125. ag S 2 0 0 eee 102 Working with email messages 000 ccc teniri aeaiia baana 107 Working with meeting invitations 0 0000 eee 117 Sending email messages from within another application 118 Chapter 6 Your text and multimedia messages 0 eee eee eee Ms Using the Messaging application 0 65 0st ee ence aes ae ne ee enna 121 Customizing the Messaging application 00 00 c eee ee eee ee 130 Using WIndows DNS Se ciceis duaeteciape odie ph ka thani Goad abhi aed eoagad Slade dpsaa aa 133 Chapter 7 Your connections to the web and wireless devices 139 Browsing the WED stss ii aisti tani neha thane dnd ravi AS an ana A areca dle ene Mena A ard 141 Connecting to devices with Bluetooth wireless technology 147 Using your device as a wireless modem 1 eee 151 Gi CONTENTS USinGrAT SE Mall masesa aac aga ted an hag whee hee dees tides 153 Using TeleNav GPS Navigator 2 0 eee 153 Chapter 8 Your photos videos and music 0000000 e eee eee ee 155 Synchronizing your media files 00 000 e cece eee 157 Camera osc cecda dae ee imina eai eee in E nia ass kaye Eee ek eee ees 158 PICtUES Se Videos o onc tieecn ck et ate SD Acd oR Da Rade e OA RE DP ase Redon 163 Windows Media Player Mobile 0 00 0000 cece 167 ATS MUSIC giari aise n esa aE e waeia ade ha ede A e dah gaar E aoa eir a
126. all the desktop synchronization software on your computer see Installing ActiveSync desktop software Windows XP or Installing Windows Mobile Device Center Windows Vista 1 Insert the expansion card into the expansion card slot see Inserting and_ removing expansion cards 2 Connect your Treo 750 to your computer using the USB sync cable 3 Open My Computer or Windows Explorer on your computer 4 Double click the icon representing your Treo 750 5 Navigate to the folder representing the expansion card 6 Copy the application file s into the expansion card folder Removing applications To free up memory on your Treo 750 you can remove applications that you no longer use You can remove only applications patches and extensions that you install you cannot remove the built in applications that reside in the read only memory ROM portion of your Treo 750 1 Press Start and select Settings 2 Select the System tab and then select Remove Programs 5 Settings Remove Programs Programs in storage memory Vidya Pocket Screen Capture SOTI Pocket Controller Remove Total storage memory available 45583K 3 Highlight the application that you want to remove 226 REMOVING APPLICATIONS YOUR APPLICATION AND INFO MANAGEMENT TOOLS oc W e a lt e You can attach a picture video or sound DID YOU KNOW Built in applications that file
127. ally downloading email from every 5 minutes to once a day If you do not want to automatically download messages select Manually Review all download settings Select this option to change download settings see Changing email download settings for information Press Finish C right action key If prompted select OK to download messages for this account now Sending and receiving messages Selecting which email account to use If you set up more than one email account on your Treo 750 see Setting up email you can select the account you want to use to view or send messages in one of two ways e By default when you open the Inbox application a list of all of your email accounts appears Select the account you want e If you turn off the option to display the list of accounts see Customizing your email settings when you open the Inbox application the last account you were using is displayed Press Left 4 to cycle through your accounts until the name of the account you want appears in the title bar Tip Also press Left to switch to a different account after you have finished working in the first account you selected SENDING AND RECEIVING MESSAGES Creating and sending an email message 1 Go to your Today screen 2 Press E mail C left action key DID YOU KNOW You can also access the Inbox application from the Start menu 3 Select the account you want to use to send a message
128. ansion card Tip Your applications are usually located in the My Device Program Files folder 1 Insert an expansion card into the ue expansion card slot Z 5 Press Menu C right action key 2 Open the application from which you and select Edit gt Copy or Edit gt Cut want to move the info 6 Go to the folder where you want to place the selected item 7 Press Menu C right action key and select Edit gt Paste 3 Go to the list view tap the Show list in the upperleft and select the file or application you want to move 4 Press Menu C right action key and select Rename Move 8 Press OK 5 Select the Location list and then select where you want to move the info Storage Card or Main Memory F 1 Insert the expansion card into the 6 Press OK expansion card slot Copying or moving applications and files 2 Press Start 5 and select Settings between your Treo 750 and an expansion 3 Select the System tab and then select Viewing available expansion card memory card Memory 3 1 Insert the expansion card into the 4 Select the Storage Card tab expansion card slot 5 Press OK el 2 Press Start B and select Programs Select File Explorer Q Select the file or application you want to 1 Insert the expansion card into the copy or move see Exploring files and expansion card slot folders 2 Press Start and select Programs Exploring files on an expansion card A Ww 232 USING EXPANSION CARDS
129. as instruct you to do so Hospitals or health care facilities may be using equipment that could be sensitive to external RF energy Interference to Other Electronic Devices RF energy may affect improperly installed or inadequately shielded electronic operating and entertainment systems in motor vehicles Check with the manufacturer or representative to determine if these systems are adequately shielded from external RF energy Also check with the manufacturer of any equipment that has been added to the vehicle Repetitive Motion Injuries When using the keyboard or playing games on your Treo 750 you may experience discomfort in your neck shoulders hands arms of other parts of the body To avoid any injury such as tendonitis carpal tunnel syndrome or other musculoskeletal disorder make sure to take necessary breaks from use take longer rests such as several hours if discomfort or tiring begins and see a doctor if discomfort persists Blackouts and Seizures Blinking lights such as those experienced with television or playing video games may cause some people to experience blackout or seizure even if never experienced before In the event a Treo 750 user should experience any disorientation loss of awareness convulsion eye or muscle twitching or other involuntary movements stop use immediately and consult a doctor Individuals with personal or family history of such events should consult a doctor before using the device To limit t
130. ay Sound list and then select the alarm sound you want to use 9 Press OK twice 10 If prompted select Yes to accept your changes Managing identity certificates Your Treo 750 may include preinstalled certificates Certificates are digital documents that are used to authenticate and exchange information on networks Certificates can be issued for a user a device or a service 1 Press Start and select Settings 2 Select the System tab and then select Certificates amp 3 Select any of the following tabs Personal Displays certificates that establish your identity when you log in to a secured network such as a corporate network Intermediate Displays certificates issued by the root whose purpose is to then issue personal certificates Root Displays certificates that identify the computers such as servers to which you connect These certificates help prevent unauthorized users from accessing your Treo 750 and information 4 Press OK TIP To delete a certificate tap and hold the certificate in the list and then select Delete from the shortcut menu Enabling error reporting The Error Reporting option sends info that helps diagnose application errors for devices running Windows Mobile software When an error is detected a text file is created You can review the file and choose whether you want it delivered to 256 SYSTEM SETTINGS Microsoft technical support Th
131. beet a e ama tedden 284 CAMS Na E ETE N E AE E anepee EE E E E atpce die aes aeemaace cna 285 Third party applications eo biena e Gone deh dees Ged aee dia d Eee 286 Making room on your Treo 750 so eers eee 287 Voice qual 3 3 nag esanei aiius faa ien die IR ASN er Goa ale die ade Med 288 WRAS tO leam o 6554 20 r4608 oboe tester hd ee bee dhe eroien ead por 289 NOM E REEN ENAP bean on Sk E AOTEA fe bee dee ee aoe ew ees 297 vil CONTENTS Important safety and legal information 0 0 00 0 297 Specifications lt hesieadau o beg ecbaedeaiandeseebeas o6oe en ee sera 1 808 Welcome Congratulations on the purchase of your Palm Treo 750 smart device In one compact and indispensable device you now have all of the following e An advanced wireless smart device using Windows Mobile 6 Professional edition e Portable expansion capability miniSD e High speed data with GPRS EDGE and UMTS 3G HSDPA support e A 1 3 megapixel digital camera camera version only DID You KNow The AT amp T business to business sales department offers a Treo 750 without a camera e Support for numerous mobile email solutions e Text and multimedia messaging e Windows Media Player Mobile e Microsoft Office Mobile suite This guide will help you set up your Treo 750 and quickly learn to use it NOTE If you want to use your phone and send and receive text messages you need a service contract with AT amp T
132. ble styles Some or all of the formatting is lost if the document is saved Underline styles Unsupported styles are mapped to one of the four supported styles regular dotted wavy or thick bold wide Legacy Pocket Word files You can open PSW files but if you edit a file you need to save it in DOC RTF TXT or DOT format The following features are not supported on your Treo 750 but they remain in the file so that when you open the file on your computer they appear as expected Fonts and font sizes Original fonts are listed on your Treo 750 and are mapped to the closest font available Footnotes endnotes headers and footers Lists Indented lists are mapped to the closest indentation level supported by Word Mobile Page breaks Although not displayed all page breaks except a break placed at the end of a document are retained in the document Creating a document 1 Press Start and select Programs 2 Select Office Mobile Ps 3 Select Word Mobile W 4 The first time you open Word Mobile a new document opens Otherwise press New C left action key Enter the text of the document Press OK to save the file When you save a new document it is automatically named after the first several words in the file oO ol Opening an existing document 1 Press Start and select Programs 2 Select Office Mobile Pe 3 Select Word Mobile W 4 In the document list select the document you want to o
133. cal network time box 5 If you want to keep your Treo 750 date and time set for your selected location uncheck the Use network time zone box Setting system alarms System alarms let you set alarms that are not associated with a task or appointment For example you can use your Treo 750 as YOUR PERSONAL SETTINGS an alarm clock when you travel or set alarms to remind you when it s time to take medication or pick up the kids 1 Press Start and select Settings Select the System tab and then select Clock amp Alarms B 3 Select the Alarms tab Clock amp Alarms V lt Description gt w sHTtwrTFs 6 00 AM lt Description gt w sHTtTwTFs 6 00 AM lt Description gt w sHTtwTFs 6 00 AM Time Alarms More Check a box to turn on that alarm Select the description next to the box you checked and enter a description for the alarm ol 6 Select the days of the week you want the alarm to go off You can select multiple days for each alarm 7 Select the time you want the alarm to go off and then press OK CHAPTER SYSTEM SETTINGS 258 12 YOUR PERSONAL SETTINGS CHAPTER 8 Select the alarm icon and then check the boxes to select how you want the alarm to go off You can choose a flashing light a single sound a repeating sound or vibration tip To change the alarm sound select the alarm sound icon select the Pl
134. can be dangerous if your attention is diverted away from your driving task at a critical time Do not change system settings or enter data non verbally using your hands while driving Stop the vehicle in a safe and legal manner before attempting these operations This is important since while setting up or changing some functions you might be required to distract your attention away from the road and remove your hands from the wheel Microsoft makes no representations warranties or other determinations that ANY use of the Software Product is legal safe or in any manner recommended or intended while driving or otherwise operating a motor vehicle General Operation Voice Command Control Many of the functions of the Device Software can be accomplished using only voice commands Using voice commands while driving allows you to initiate the command with a button and then operate the Device mostly without removing your hands from the wheel Prolonged Views of Screen If you are driving do not access any function requiring a prolonged view of the screen Pull over in a safe and legal manner before attempting to access a function of the system requiring prolonged attention Even occasional short scans to the screen may be hazardous if your attention has been diverted away from your driving task at a critical time Volume Setting Do not raise the volume excessively Keep the volume at a level where you can still hear outside traffic and e
135. can use this feature see Your email e To adjust the size of the text on web pages press Menu right action key select View gt Text Size and then select the size you want To view a web page s properties press Menu C right action key and select Tools gt Properties To view each item in a list select the list and scroll using Up A or Down Y In a list press Left 4 or Right gt to cycle between items and then press Center to accept the change In a form such as a browser search field press Center to interact with the form and then press Center to stop interacting with the form Press OK to close Internet Explorer Mobile CHAPTER Tip To send a link press Menu right action key and select Tools gt Send Link Select the option you want to use to send the link SMS MMS Windows Live if you have set up Windows Live on your Treo 750 see Using Windows Live or an email account Creating a favorite Favorites let you bookmark a web page so that you can instantly access it without entering the web address BEFORE YOU BEGIN Create the folders where you want to store your favorites first After you create a favorite you can t move it to another folder see Organizing your favorites 1 Go to the page you want to mark as a favorite 2 Press Menu right action key and select Add to Favorites BROWSING THE WEB YOUR CONNECTIONS TO THE WEB AND WIRELESS DEVICES C
136. certain electronic equipment may not be shielded against the RF signals from your Treo 750 Pacemakers The Health Industry Manufacturers Association recommends that a minimum separation of six inches 6 be maintained between a Treo 750 and a pacemaker to avoid potential interference with the pacemaker These recommendations are consistent with the independent research by the recommendations of Wireless Technology Research Persons with pacemakers should e ALWAYS keep the Treo 750 more than six inches from their pacemaker when the Treo 750 is turned ON e Not carry the Treo 750 in a breast pocket e Use the ear opposite the pacemaker to minimize the potential for interference e Turn the Treo 750 OFF immediately if you have any reason to suspect that interference is taking place Audio Safety Some hearing aids may be affected by some digital Treo 750 models You may want to consult your doctor in the event of you experience interference with your hearing aid while using your Treo 750 When using the speakerphone feature it is recommended that you place your Treo 750 at a safe distance from your ear Other Medical Devices If you use any other personal medical device consult the manufacturer of your device to determine if it is adequately shielded from external RF energy Your physician may be able to assist you in obtaining this information Turn your Treo 750 OFF in health care facilities when any regulations posted in these are
137. cess your Today screen press 2 On the Running Programs tab do one Phone Send of the following tip If you press Phone Send while a number is highlighted your Treo 750 dials the number Memory If a number is highlighted deselect the Running Programs List number or use the Start menu to access the Ino Today screen ActiveSync a E tip You can also open the Today screen by pressing Power End unless you are on a call Activate Stop Stop All If you re on a call pressing Power End hangs Main Storage Cara running Programs up the call If the Today screen is already Find large files using storage memory a fs displayed and you re not on a call pressing Power End turns off the screen display e Select the application you want to close and then select Stop to close it e Select Stop All to close all your open applications USING YOUR TODAY SCREEN CHAPTER MOVING AROUND ON YOUR PALM TREO 750 SMART DEVICE Title bar and status info Start Cingular ee Type a name or number Speed dial_ j Fi H entries E mail Title bar and status info See What are all those icons to learn about the icons that appear in this area Dial Lookup field Type the number you want to call and press Center to dial or begin typing a name to look up the associated number in Contacts See Dialing by contact name for more info Gly 4 21
138. ch and send files of almost any time type In this chapter SEn e Ianvell hs eaters cts erste At ep alr plore SAA Rely eee Oe we amp 91 sending ZING MEACOMING Messages 12s ceaacuwaceoneaunuesoons 102 Woikmowithemaillmessage Sr onc eae seen ooeae convo re cne 107 Wor sne viin MESNE MICUONS no 0oeee coc ove kcoengternne 117 Setting up email BEFORE YOU BEGIN Do the following e You must have a data plan with AT amp T to use email on your Treo 750 To find out if you have a plan or to sign up if you don t have one call Customer Service by dialing 611 from your Treo 750 or 1 866 246 4852 or check your most recent bill from Wireless Services from AT amp T e If you want delivery of Microsoft Office Outlook email using Direct Push Technology make sure that your IT administrator has upgraded your Exchange Server 2003 to Service Pack 2 Tip Use the web browser to view your free Yahoo or other free web based mail account on the web Entering settings for an email account You can use your Treo 750 to access email from both personal and corporate email accounts You can easily set up personal or corporate wireless email yourself or you YOUR EMAIL can work with your company s IT administrator to obtain access to your corporate email system The following setup applications are available for do it yourself setup and IT assisted setup You can use one or more of these applications to access email for al
139. chronize pictures music and videos you need to have Windows Media Player 10 or later installed on your computer Tip If you don t already have Outlook or Windows Media Player installed on your computer you can install them from the Windows Mobile Getting Started CD Insert the CD into your computer s CD drive select Add Programs Windows XP or Bonus Software Windows Vista and then select Windows Media Player or the link to download a trial version of Outlook 2007 CHAPTER WHAT CAN I SYNCHRONIZE 7 SYNCHRONIZING INFORMATION CHAPTER Tip If you want to synchronize with a personal information manager PIM other than Microsoft Office Outlook you must install a third party solution Contact the PIM s vendor to learn whether software is available for your Treo 750 The following table lists the types of info you can synchronize and the methods to use Info type Method Where to learn more Outlook Contacts Calendar Tasks Desktop sync software syne with computer or Exchange ActiveSync direct sync with server Setting up your computer for synchronization or Setting up wireless synchronization Outlook Email Desktop sync software or Setting up your computer for Exchange ActiveSync synchronization or Setting up wireless synchronization Word Excel Desktop sync software Setting up your computer for PowerPoint PDF synchronization files
140. contact you want to view or edit e First name e Last name e First initial and last initial separated by a space e Phone number 2 Select the entry you want to open DID YOU KNOW When you select a contact entry you are presented with several options for contacting the person depending on what information you have entered for the contact For example you may see options for calling a number associated with the contact sending an email to the contact s email address or calling the last number you dialed to call the contact 3 Press Menu C right action key and select Edit Make changes to the entry as necessary 5 Press OK CONTACTS DID YOU KNOW You can find a contact by company name Press Menu right action key and select View By gt Company Select a company name to see the contacts who work there Tip To view a particular group of contacts press Menu right action key select Filter and then select the category you want to view Deleting a contact 1 Inthe Contacts list highlight the contact you want to delete 2 Press Menu C right action key and select Delete Contact 3 Select Yes to confirm the deletion Customizing Contacts 1 Go to the Contacts list 2 Press Menu C right action key and select Options 3 Set any of the following options Show alphabetical index Displays the alphabet at the top of the Contacts list You can use this index to find a contact
141. count After you complete the setup on the website follow the instructions given there for downloading the Xpress Mail application to your computer and transferring it to your Treo 750 There you complete the setup by entering account CHAPTER SETTING UP XPRESS MAIL QO YOUR EMAIL CHAPTER info for the email you want to receive on your Treo 750 For complete information on setting up Xpress Mail go to http go palm com treo750 att Setting up Microsoft Exchange Activesync Does your company use Microsoft Outlook as its email solution Does your company also use Microsoft Exchange Server 2003 or 2007 as its email server If so you may be able to wirelessly synchronize the email and other Outlook info on your Treo 750 and the same info stored on the Exchange server using Microsoft Exchange ActiveSync To use Exchange ActiveSync the following must take place e For push email your IT Exchange administrator must enable Mobile Services on the Exchange server Contact your IT administrator for info e You must have an active PDA Connect for Microsoft Direct Push data plan on your AT amp T Wireless account Contact AT amp T for more info For setup instructions see Setting up wireless synchronization Setting up Good Mobile Messaging Your company must have Good Mobile Messaging server software in order for you o use Good Mobile Messaging on your Treo 750 Good Mobile Messaging provides
142. cting to a Bluetooth hands free device Here are tips for working with a Bluetooth hands free device e To transfer a call from the handset to a Bluetooth hands free device during a call press Menu C right action key and select Connect Bluetooth To transfer the call back to the headset press Menu C right action key and select Cancel Bluetooth e To transfer a call from a wired headset to a Bluetooth headset or car kit that is within range and with which you ve previously set up a partnership Bluetooth headset or car kit required sold separately unplug the wired headset and press the button on the Bluetooth headset or car kit e To find out how to transfer your contacts from your Treo 750 to your car kit go to http go palm com treo750 att YOUR PHONE CHAPTER DID YOU KNOW If you re using a Bluetooth hands free device and it is within range your Treo 750 routes all calls to the hands free device instead of to the earpiece on your Treo 750 Bluetooth range is up to 30 feet 10 meters in optimum environmental conditions Customizing phone settings Selecting ringtones and display notices You can set different tones for different types of incoming phone calls and notifications You can download MP3 MIDI AMR WAV and WMA ringtones directly to your Treo 750 see Downloading files and images from a web page You can also download ringtones to your computer and then email them to your
143. ctivity information and to ensure that the TTY device supports digital wireless transmission To use TTY you may need to make additional arrangements with AT amp T Please contact AT amp T s customer service department for more information 1 Press Start and select Settings 2 Select Personal and then select Phone 3 Select Phone 4 Select the TTY TDD list and then select either On or Off 5 Press OK A keyboard icon appears at the top of your Today screen whenever TTY is enabled To disable TTY repeat the steps above Operational Warnings IMPORTANT INFORMATION ON SAFE AND EFFICIENT OPERATION Read this information before using your integrated multi service portable radio For the safe and efficient operation of your radio observe these guidelines Potentially Unsafe Areas Potentially explosive atmospheres Obey all signs and instructions regarding turning off your Treo 750 In particular turn off your Treo 750 when you are in any areas with a potentially explosive atmosphere such as fueling areas gas or petrol stations below deck on boats storage facilities for fuel IMPORTANT SAFETY AND LEGAL INFORMATION 299 or chemicals blasting areas and areas near electrical blasting caps and areas where there are chemicals or particles such as metal powders grains and dust in the air Interference to Medical and Personal Electronic Devices Most but not all electronic equipment is shielded from RF signals and
144. ctly activated AT amp T should also be able to tell you if there are any outages in your location Press and hold Power End z to turn off your phone and then press and hold the same button to turn it back on Perform a soft reset see Performing a soft reset Confirm that data services are correctly configured on your Treo 750 by doing the following Press Start and select Settings Select the Connections tab and then select Connections o On the Tasks tab select Manage existing connections If the AT amp T name appears in the list press OK If not contact AT amp T for assistance NETWORK CONNECTION 73 13 TROUBLESHOOTING CHAPTER I can t send or receive text or multimedia messages Make sure your phone is on and that you re inside a coverage area see Turning your phone on Contact AT amp T to verify that your plan includes messaging services that these services have been correctly activated and that they are available at your location AT amp T should be able to tell you if messaging services have been experiencing transmission delays If possible contact the recipient or sender of the message and make sure the receiving device can handle the type of message you re sending If a text message arrives but does not display a notification perform a soft reset see Performing a soft reset l can t make or receive calls using a hands free device with Bluetooth wireless tec
145. d a personal touch to your Treo 750 use your pictures as your Today screen background and as caller ID images or use your videos to create video ringtones If your Treo 750 does not have a built in camera the Camera and Video options do not apply to you Even if your Treo 750 does not have a camera you can still receive and view pictures and videos and send pictures and videos as attachments or multimedia messages see Pictures amp Videos Or add a picture to a contact see Adding a contact You can also move pictures and videos to a computer by synchronizing your Treo 750 with your computer 158 CAMERA Taking a picture By default pictures are stored in the My Pictures folder on your Treo 750 If you want to store your pictures on an expansion card you can change where pictures are stored see Customizing your Camera settings For information on accessing your pictures on your computer see Synchronizing media files Windows XP YOUR PHOTOS VIDEOS AND MUSIC rs CHAPTER Pictures amp Yideos Hs qe Be Thumbnails DID YOU KNOW Pictures are captured and stored in 16 bit color JPG format Resolution settings range from a low end of QOVGA 120 x 160 pixels to a high end of 1 3 megapixels 1280 x 1024 pixels You can change the default setting See Customizing your Camera settings for details Tip If you see a camcorder icon below the preview image video mode is on To turn on the
146. deos 124 164 sensitivity options 184 187 Sent folder 113 129 servers troubleshooting 280 281 284 See also Exchange servers service contracts 1 Set as Hands Free command 275 Set as Today Background command 165 Set reminders for new items option 186 189 Set up my proxy server option 261 Set up Show command 204 334 INDEX setting alarm clock 255 settings See options shaded lightning bolt 10 sharing information 227 sheet list 207 Shift cells options 215 Shift key 24 25 Short Messaging Service See SMS messaging shortcut menus 22 shortcuts 20 111 Show alphabetical index option 179 Show contact names only option 179 Show half hour slots option 186 Show icons option 186 Show list 164 231 Show Pictures option 142 Show start and due dates option 189 Show Tasks entry bar option 189 Show time stamps of each message option 131 Show week numbers option 186 Shuffle command 169 ide button 5 ignal searching for 12 ignal strength 64 271 288 ignal strength icon 33 259 ignature box 131 ignatures 111 131 ignatures screen 111 ilencing system sounds 7 240 silencing the ringer 40 silent alarm 241 242 SIM Contact option 177 SIM Manager 180 SIM smartcards 7 9 62 251 294 mple PIN password type 35 253 Size option 201 sketching 189 Skins tab 173 ide Show tab 162 slide show toolbar 164 slide shows 124 162 164 203 204 ide Timing command 124 slide timing option 204 s
147. desktop sync software is called ActiveSync desktop software If you have a Windows Vista computer the desktop sync software is called Windows Mobile Device Center NOTE See Exchange ActiveSync wireless synchronization for help with direct wireless synchronization with an Exchange server The desktop sync software does not respond to sync attempt As you complete the following steps synchronize after each step If the synchronization is successful you do not need to complete the remaining steps 1 Verify that the USB sync cable is securely connected at all points see Setting up your computer for synchronization 2 Make sure that all the files you re trying to sync are closed on both your computer and your Treo 750 3 Ona Windows XP computer look for the ActiveSync icon at the top of your Treo 750 screen and the ActiveSync amp icon in the taskbar on your computer to make sure ActiveSync desktop software is running on your computer On a Windows Vista computer look for the connection g icon at the top of your Treo 750 screen If the correct icons are not displayed do the following Treo 750 Press Start select Programs and select ActiveSync Press Menu c right action key and select Connections Make sure the Synchronize all PCs using this connection box is checked and that USB is selected from the list 276 SYNCHRONIZATION Windows XP computer Click Start navigate
148. e information is used by programming groups at Microsoft for quality control and is not used for tracking individual users or installations for any marketing purpose The info that is collected is technical info about the state of your system when the error occurred No documents or any info contained in them are intentionally sent with the report To ensure further security the report is transmitted by means of a secure connection and is kept confidential and anonymous in a limited access database DID YOU KNOW This errorreporting method meets the privacy regulations of the European Union EU as well as the Fair Information Practice Principles of the Federal Trade Commission in the United States To view the Fair Information Practice Principles visit the Federal Trade Commission website at www ftc gov reports privacy3 fairinfo htm Your Treo 750 must be connected to your computer when you send the error report provided that your computer is connected to the Internet 4 YOUR PERSONAL SETTINGS Press Start and select Settings Select the System tab and then select Error Reporting al Select whether you want to enable or disable error reporting Press OK e CHAPTER How much storage space do have left 1 2 Press and hold OK Select any of the following tabs Main Displays the amount of memory assigned to your applications and info as well as the amount of memory in use versus the
149. e Changing email download settings for information 19 Press Finish C right action key If prompted select OK to download messages for this account now DID YOU KNOW On the Accounts tab in Messaging Options an asterisk appears next to the accounts you create TIP To delete an email account or to edit account settings for example if you need to change the name of the outgoing mail server press Menu right action key and select Tools gt Options To delete an account highlight the account you want press and hold Center on the 5 way and then select Delete To delete an Outlook Email account use the ActiveSync application not the Inbox application To edit an account select the account and go through the screens to change the settings you want to edit Entering outgoing server settings If during account setup you do not receive an alert saying that AT amp T has set the outgoing mail options you need to manually enter these settings SETTING UP GOOD MOBILE MESSAGING BEFORE YOU BEGIN Work with your email provider or system administrator to gather the following info e Mail server name for sending mail e Any special security requirements 1 On the screen for entering outgoing mail settings select the correct settings for the following Inbox a Yj E mail Setup Outgoing SMTP mail server icwmx com o Outgoing server requires authentication Advanced Server Settings
150. e Formatting toolbar format 2 Position the cursor in the paragraph you Checking spelling in a document want to format 3 Press Menu C right action key and select Format gt Paragraph 2 Press Menu right action key and select Tools gt Spelling To check the spelling of specific text highlight it 1 Open the document you want to check 4 Set any of the following options Alignment Aligns the text paragraph before you select the Spelling with the left right or center of command the page WORD MOBILE D YOUR MICROSOFT OFFICE AND OTHER DOCUMENT TOOLS 3 CHAPTER If an unknown or misspelled word is encountered do one of the following e Select the correct word in the list if the word is spelled incorrectly e Select Ignore if the word is spelled correctly e Select Add to add a new word to the spelling dictionary Organizing your documents You can rename your documents move your documents to another folder and move your documents between your Treo 750 and an expansion card 1 2 3 Go to the documents list Highlight a file Press Menu right action key and select Rename Move Select Name and enter a new name for the document Select the Folder list and then select the folder to which you want to move the document Select the Location list and then select Main memory or Storage card Press OK Tip To create a new folder go to the documents list tap the Show
151. e and enter a new name 7 Press Finish C right action key 8 When your Treo 750 is receiving info a notification tells you that a transmission is in progress To stop the transmission press Cancel C right action key To close the notification press Hide C left action key Using your device as a wireless modem Internet Connection Sharing ICS is the feature that converts your Treo 750 into a modem so that you can access the Internet from your computer You can set up Internet Connection Sharing in one of two ways e Connect your Treo 750 to your computer using the USB sync cable e If your computer is enabled with Bluetooth wireless technology you can set up your Treo 750 as a wireless modem using the built in Bluetooth technology CHAPTER USING YOUR DEVICE AS A WIRELESS MODEM 51 Gs YOUR CONNECTIONS TO THE WEB AND WIRELESS DEVICES CHAPTER Setting up a USB ICS connection 1 Connect your Treo 750 to your computer using the sync cable On your Treo 750 press Start A and select Programs Select Internet Sharing p Select the PC Connection list and then select USB Press Connect C left action key On your computer open your web browser to confirm that you can connect to the Internet Creating a Bluetooth Internet Connection Sharing connection NOTE Create a partnership between your Treo 750 and your computer We recommend that you initiate the partnership from y
152. e message type displayed on a notification for a single incoming message If the box is unchecked the notification displays the text of the message Acknowledge when messages are received read multimedia messages only Indicates whether you want a confirmation sent to the sender when you receive or read a multimedia message 5 Press OK Customizing network settings IMPORTANT Changing the network settings can cause the Messaging application to stop working correctly We recommend that you keep the default network settings Press Start E and select Messaging Press Menu C gt right action key and select Options Select the Advanced tab Messaging Gl T E Options Network Configuration Automatic Manual Warning Changing network configuration may cause this program to stop working reson G wat amp Select Manual and then select Edit Edit the network settings you want to change Tip Select Automatic on the Advanced tab to restore the default settings 6 Press OK twice 132 CUSTOMIZING THE MESSAGING APPLICATION Using Windows Live Windows Live is a set of services that combines onl ine search features email and instant messaging Live Search on the web di Enables you to search for text rectly from your Treo 750 Windows Live Mail The next generation of the Hotma il web based email application Windows L
153. e settings The remaining options vary based on the event you select Play sound Lets you turn the sound on off for the selected event To select a different sound select the list to the right of this setting and then select a different sound To preview the sound select Play Sound and then select Play Repeat Indicates whether the sound plays more than once if turned on 5 Display message on screen Indicates whether a notification message appears onscreen for the selected event Vibrate Indicates whether your Treo 750 vibrates to notify you about the selected event Press OK Display and appearance settings Adjusting the brightness 1 2 3 Press Option amp and then press Press Left 4 and Right gt to adjust the brightness Press OK el Changing the text size and clarity 1 2 Press Start and select Settings Select the System tab and then select Screen Select the Text Size tab Press Left 4 and Right gt to adjust the text size DISPLAY AND APPEARANCE SETTINGS 5 Select the Clear Type tab 6 To smooth the edges of screen fonts check the Enable Clear Type box 7 Press OK e Setting display formats 1 Press Start E and select Settings 2 Select the System tab and then select Regional Settings Settings Regional Settings Appearance samples Positive numbers 123 456 789 00 Positive currency 123 456 789 00 Time 9 47 46 AM
154. e top of the Start menu to open recently used applications In Programs press a letter to jump to the first app that begins with that letter For example press C to jump to Calculator Press C again to jump to Camera and so on DID YOU KNOW You can open apps by pressing and holding Option and then pressing Phone Send Start or OK You can change which app a button combination opens see Reassigning buttons 3 Press Center to open the highlighted application 4 Optional Press OK to return to Programs and open another application The current application continues to run in the background Closing applications You can have several applications open at once so you don t need to exit an application to open another one In most cases applications close automatically OPENING AND CLOSING APPLICATIONS MOVING AROUND ON YOUR PALM TREO 750 SMART DEVICE 2 CHAPTER when available memory is low but you can U Si ng your Today also close applications manually NOTE If you press OK to leave an screen application the current application continues to run in the background Manually closing applications helps conserve battery power and frees up memory From your Today screen you can quickly look up a contact make a call see your latest calendar appointments see the number of unread email messages and even perform a web search 1 Press and hold OK to open Memory p Settings To ac
155. e varies greatly depending on environmental factors The maximum is about 30 feet 10 meters DID YOU KNOW If you have both a compatible Bluetooth headset and a car kit the one you connected to your Treo 750 last becomes the active device 1 If necessary prepare the device with which you want to connect to accept a new connection Check the device s documentation for details Be sure to find out if the device has a predefined 3 YOUR PHONE passkey that you need to enter on your Treo 750 in step 7 Go to your Today screen and tap Bluetooth Select the Mode tab and check the Turn on Bluetooth box Settings Bluetooth A Turn on Bluetooth Make this device visible to other devices To connect to a device click on the Devices tab below amp Select the Devices tab and then select Add new device Settings Bluetooth Tap Add new device to search For other Bluetooth devices Tap on a device to modify its settings ree com rors sce amp CHAPTER USING A PHONE HEADSET 53 YOUR PHONE CHAPTER 5 Wait for your Treo 750 to search for devices and to display the device list Settings a y Select a Bluetooth Device Select a device to connect with and tap Next Palm Device Cancel 6 Select the device you want to connect to and then press Next C right action key 7 Enter a passkey between 1 and 1
156. ected by this setting See Optimizing power settings beam The process of sending or receiving an entry or application using the infrared port on your Treo 750 or using Bluetooth wireless technology See Beaming information Bluetooth wireless technology Technology that enables devices such as smart devices mobile phones and computers to connect wirelessly to each other so that they can exchange information over short distances For more info visit www bluetooth com See Connecting to devices with Bluetooth wireless technology TERMS desktop software A personal information manager PIM application for computers such as Microsoft Outlook that helps you manage your personal information and keep it synchronized with your Treo 750 See Installing ActiveSync desktop software Windows XP dialog box A set of options and command buttons that is enclosed by a border and that enables you to carry out a specific task EDGE Enhanced Data rates for GSM Evolution An enhanced version of GPRS that delivers data speeds that are up to three times aster than standard GPRS connections with rates up to 236 8 Kbps Additional icons GPRS General Packet Radio Service A mobile Internet connectivity technology hat allows persistent data connections Additional charges may apply See What are all those icons charges may apply See What are all those HSDPA High Speed Download Packet
157. edia and email Internet Explorer Mobile web browser Camera Pictures amp Videos Windows Media Player Mobile File Explorer Contacts Calendar Tasks Notes Calculator ActiveSync Excel Mobile Word Mobile PowerPoint Mobile Voice Command Quick Tour Search Terminal Services Picsel PDF Viewer Bluetooth Plug in System requirements Windows XP or Vista later versions may also be supported 32MB of available memory RAM 170MB of free hard disk space Available USB port Operating and storage temperature range 32 F to 104 F 0 C to 40 C 5 to 90 RH SPECIFICATIONS Index SYMBOLS on battery icon 10 NUMERICS 112 calls 35 249 1st day of week option 186 3GP files 167 3GPP files 123 164 3GPP2 files 123 164 5 way navigator 5 17 19 287 911 calls 35 249 301 A AC charger 9 accented characters 26 27 accessing alternate characters 26 calculator 234 Dial Pad 38 information 29 256 menu items 20 21 22 on device help 289 online address books 109 options in lists 23 Outlook folders 278 Palm online support 289 remote files 260 web pages 141 143 260 284 accessories 5 297 accounts call forwarding and 48 conference calls and 46 customer support for 289 deleting email 100 messaging services and 121 missing phone numbers and 14 preventing unauthorized use of 249 256 selecting email 102 113 setting up email 91 93 troubleshoo
158. een displays all messages you ve exchanged with this contact and the lower part provides a text entry area 1 Press Start E and select Messaging 1 510 555 7592 E y Be 9 38 PM 5B 9 39 PM When is the meeting W 9 41 PM Moved from 10 to 11 9 43 PM Won t work I have to leave at 11 lOK What about 10 tomorrow 27 characters 1 message Do one of the following Start a new chat Select a message and reply to it Continue an existing chat Select a message with the chat fond icon Enter your message Press Send C left action key 5 Ina received message select EB to open a media file or click a link to download and open a new multimedia message TIP Only the last 50 messages in a chat session are displayed Select View older messages near the top of the screen to see earlier messages Using links in messages When you receive a text message that contains a telephone number email address or URL you can dial the number send an email message or go to the web page immediately Your Treo 750 automatically opens the appropriate application from the link 1 Open a message in the Inbox or another folder 2 Select the phone number email address or URL appears as underlined blue text USING THE MESSAGING APPLICATION Message status icons The status icons that appear next to each message in the Inbox Outbox and Sent folders indicate
159. email through their servers In this case you can almost TROUBLESHOOTING always receive email from these accounts but if you want to send email you must send it through another server see Setting up a POP IMAP account in CHAPTER the Inbox application Common email providers My vCard or vCal email attachment isn t forwarding correctly Microsoft Office Outlook provides several features including vCard and vCal that work with email client software on a Windows computer For these features to work correctly the email client software must be properly set up Follow these steps to check the settings 1 Click Start on your computer and then select Settings 2 Select Control Panel 3 Select Internet Options and then click the Programs tab 4 Make sure that the email field is set to the correct email client software 5 Click OK Start the email client software and make sure it is configured as the default MAPI client Consult the documentation o EMAIL 13 TROUBLESHOOTING CHAPTER for your desktop email application for more information When I sync with my Exchange server my info is not downloading to my Treo 750 Check with your system administrator to obtain the name of the mail server that offers you wireless access to the corporate mail system If you cannot obtain the name of this server some companies do not give it out because they do not want wireless access to their se
160. enough free space in the internal memory to run the application 1 Insert the expansion card into the expansion card slot 2 Press Start and select Programs 3 Select File Explorer a 4 Tap the Show list in the upperleft and select Storage Card Show list File Explorer a Y amp Business 5 Select the application you want to open Saving files to an expansion card You can save space on your Treo 750 by saving files to an expansion card For example when you create new Word Mobile documents notes Excel Mobile workbooks pictures videos and audio files you can save them directly to an expansion card Saving files to an expansion card also makes it easy to share those files with others Some applications may not support this feature 1 Insert an expansion card into the expansion card slot 2 Open the application from which you want to save the info 3 Press Menu C right action key and select Options 4 Select the option for where to save info and then select Storage Card The option name changes depending on the application you are in tip If you don t see a Save to option on the Options screen look on the other tabs if present If you still can t find a Save to list the application may not support this feature 5 Press OK CHAPTER USING EXPANSION CARDS G YOUR APPLICATION AND INFO MANAGEMENT TOOLS Moving info between your Treo 750 and a CHAPTER an exp
161. enu C right action key and select Edit gt Find Replace Select Find what and enter the info you want to find Optional Check the Match case box to find text that matches the capitalization in any text you entered in step 3 Optional Check the Match whole words only box to find only full words that match any text you entered in step 3 Select Find to locate the first instance of the info you entered in step 3 or select Replace and enter the replacement info Select Next to find the next instance of the info or select Replace to replace it To replace all instances of the info select Replace All When you see a message indicating that Excel Mobile has finished searching press OK l Organizing your workbooks You can rename your workbooks You can also move them to another folder or move them between your Treo 750 and an expansion card 1 Go to the workbook list 2 Select a file 3 Press Menu right action key and select File gt Rename Move 4 Select Name and enter a new name for the workbook 5 Select the Folder list and then select the folder to which you want to move the workbook 6 Select the Location list and then select Main memory or Storage card 7 Press OK l tip When you go to a folder you can easily search your files by sorting by type Deleting cells rows and columns 1 Open the workbook containing the elements you want to delete 2 Highlight the area you wan
162. er when you synchronize If you do a hard reset you may lose info in these applications and you need to reinstall the application on your Treo 750 after the hard reset Please contact the application vendor to find out if your info is backed up during synchronization DID You KNOW When you synchronize after a hard reset the source folder in My Documents changes from Treo My Documents to WML_your name RESETTING YOUR TREO 750 13 TROUBLESHOOTING CHAPTER A hard reset can tell you whether a problem stems from your Treo 750 or from an application installed on it If you do not experience the problem after you perform a hard reset the problem may be related to software you installed See Third party applications for suggestions on diagnosing third party software issues 1 Synchronize your Treo 750 with your computer so that you can restore your Treo 750 applications and info by synchronizing again after you perform the hard rest 2 Open the expansion card slot door on the side of your Treo 750 3 If the screen is off press Power End to wake up the screen 4 While pressing and holding Power End use the tip of the stylus to gently press and hold the reset button next to the expansion card slot 5 Continue pressing and holding both buttons until the Erase all data prompt appears 6 Press Up a to confirm the hard reset 7 Wait for the progress bar on the Treo logo screen to fill before continuing to
163. ers from new callers By default you are prompted to add contact entries for numbers that are not already in your Contacts list You can turn this feature on or off 1 Press Start and select Settings 2 On the Personal tab select Phone amp CUSTOMIZING PHONE SETTINGS 3 On the Phone tab check the After calls from numbers that are not in Contacts ask if want to add them box 4 Press OK 6 Blocking calls You can block bar incoming or outgoing calls BEFORE YOU BEGIN You need to do the following e Make sure that call barring is supported by your service plan Check with AT amp T for more information e Ifthe feature is supported get a call barring password from AT amp T e Make sure your phone is on and that you re inside a coverage area see Turning your phone on 1 Go to your Today screen 2 Press Menu C right action key and select Preferences gt Phone Settings 3 Select the Services tab and then select Call Barring from the list YOUR PHONE CHAPTER Settings Phone Call Barring Block incoming calls A ing Block outgoing calls International Select the Block incoming calls list and then select one of the options Off No incoming calls are blocked When roaming All incoming calls are blocked when roaming All calls All incoming calls are blocked Select the Block outgoing calls list and then select one of the options Off No outgoing
164. ersonal tab select Voice Command Settings T TiS Be Yoice Command M Enabled Password Protected Checked items are voice enabled W calendar Contacts Media Iv Messaging Phone i Select Enabled Select the items you want to enable If an item is highlighted and the Options button is active select Options to choose the features you want enabled for the highlighted item Select Notifications and select the options for how you want to receive voice command notifications Using voice commands IMPORTANT Do not use voice commands in your car until you read the End user notice about this kind of usage see End_ user notice 1 2 Set the Ringer switch at the top of your Treo 750 to Sound On e Hold your device about nine inches 230mm away from your mouth and then press and release the assigned Voice Command button see Setting up voice commands A tone plays and a microphone icon appears at the top of your screen APPLICATION SETTINGS 3 Ina clear voice say the command For example e To access Help say Help After Voice Command finishes speaking a microphone icon appears at the top of your screen Say your answer For example say General to access general Help topics To access your Calendar say Start Calendar To access your music say Start Windows Media After Voice Command finishes speaking a microphone icon appears at
165. ess Menu right action key select Send and then select the type of file you want to send Capture or select the picture or other file you want 10 Press Send C left action key 11 Optional To exchange messages with more than one person press Menu right action key and select Options gt Add participant Select the participant you want to add 12 To end the messaging session press YOUR TEXT AND MULTIMEDIA MESSAGES Q CHAPTER Menu C right action key and select End conversation If you are exchanging messages with more than one person select End all conversations to stop all the sessions at once tip From the Messenger contacts list screen press Menu right action key and select options to add block or remove a contact change your status to Busy Away and so on add a display picture or personal message and more USING WINDOWS LIVE 137 Q YOUR TEXT AND MULTIMEDIA MESSAGES CHAPTER 138 USING WINDOWS LIVE CHAPTER 7 Your connections to the web and wireless devices You use the web for so many things finding driving directions getting news buying gifts checking web based email Now with the AT amp T network and your Palm Treo 750 smart device s built in web browser you can take the web with you almost anywhere you go The built in Bluetooth wireless technology on your Treo 750 helps you easily set up wireless connections to a number of devices
166. ess OK el DID YOU KNOW Options you select for an individual message see Setting message options override the general preferences you set for all messages Customizing chat settings 1 Press Start a and select Messaging 2 Press Menu C right action key and select Options 3 Select the Chat tab Messaging a 5 Be Options Create chats from messages Only if I Show time stamps of each message cra netfee avon amp YOUR TEXT AND MULTIMEDIA MESSAGES Q Select either of the following options Create chat from messages Indicates the conditions under which a chat session starts CHAPTER Show time stamps of each message Indicates whether you want chat session items to display a date and time indicator 5 Press OK Customizing notification settings Press Start and select Messaging Press Menu C right action key and select Options Select the Notification tab Messaging E J amp Options Request MMS receipts Li Privacy mode hide text Acknowledge when messages are received Acknowledge when messages are read Select any of the following options CUSTOMIZING THE MESSAGING APPLICATION 131 Q YOUR TEXT AND MULTIMEDIA MESSAGES CHAPTER Request MMS receipts Indicates whether you want to receive a confirmation when a multimedia message is delivered or when it is read Privacy mode hide text Indicates whether you want only th
167. et up your Treo 750 to synchronize wirelessly with the server To check press Start select Programs and then select ActiveSync Press Menu right action key If Configure Server appears instead of Add Server Source wireless sync is already set up and you can skip this procedure 1 Press Start E and select Programs 2 Select ActiveSync 3 Press Menu C right action key and select Add Server Source 80 SETTING UP WIRELESS SYNCHRONIZATION SYNCHRONIZING INFORMATION 4 4 Enter the server address Check the This server requires an encrypted SSL connection box if your server uses an encrypted connection CHAPTER ActiveSync E Edit Server Settings User name Password Domain Save password required for automatic sync Advanced ActiveSync a Fj Edit Server Settings Server address Note This is the same as your Outlook Web Access server address This server requires an encrypted SSL connection NOTE You can t see your password as you enter it so be careful Be sure Caps Lock and Option Lock are not on unless you need them For info on how to enter Cancel 5 Press Next right action key characters see Entering lowercase and 6 Enter the username and password you uppercase letters and Entering numbers use to access your corporate mail punctuation and symbols server and enter the Exchange server domain t
168. ether you want to store the file on your Treo 750 Main memory or on an expansion card Storage card Select Save Formatting text 1 Open the document you want to format Highlight the text you want to format Press Menu C right action key and select Format gt Font Set any of the following options for the highlighted text Font Specifies the typeface Font color Specifies the color WORD MOBILE YOUR MICROSOFT OFFICE AND OTHER DOCUMENT TOOLS D oc W z Size Specifies the point size List Creates a bulleted or numbered z Bold Indicates whether the text list appears normal or thick Indentation Changes the paragraph margins Italics Indicates whether the text appears upright or slanted Left Sets the left margin for the entire paragraph Right Sets the right margin for the entire paragraph Underline Indicates whether the text appears with an underscore Highlight Indicates whether the text appears with a yellow highlight Special Lets you indent the first line or set a hanging indent Strikethrough Indicates whether the By Sets the size of the special text appears with a line through it indentation 5 Press OK to return to the document 5 Press OK to return to the document Formatting paragraphs and lists Tip You can also use the Formatting toolbar to create a list and to align text To indent text in 1 Open the document you want to lists you must use th
169. etting up the Inbox application to work with your corporate email account or if you have a less common email provider see Setting up a POP IMAP account in the Inbox application Other email providers BEFORE YOU BEGIN Ask your email provider or system administrator for your account username and password if you don t know them 1 Go to your Today screen 2 Press E mail left action key 3 Select New E mail Account 4 Enter the email address that you want to set up Check the box to have the setup process get your account settings from the Internet CHAPTER SETTING UP GOOD MOBILE MESSAGING QO YOUR EMAIL CHAPTER Inbox a y E mail Setup E mail address myaccount example com Try to get e mail settings automatically from the Internet Privacy Statement Cancel 5 Press Next C right action key 6 If the setup process finds your account settings press Next gt right action key If the setup process does not find your account settings see Setting up a POP IMAP account in the Inbox application Other email providers and continue with step 7 of that procedure Enter your name and if you want change the account display name to something meaningful For example if this is your work email account you can change the display name to Work or your company s name i Inbox a Fj E mail Setup Your name 15 User Example Kevin Cook
170. existing partnership between your Treo 750 and your computer and create a new one by doing the following steps in turn e Disconnect your Treo 750 and your computer from the sync cable e Right click the gray ActiveSync icon in the taskbar in the lowerright corner of your computer screen and SYNCHRONIZATION en 13 TROUBLESHOOTING CHAPTER 1 then select Open Microsoft ActiveSync Click File and then click Delete Mobile Device When asked to confirm click Yes e Connect your Treo 750 and your computer to the sync cable e When the Synchronization Setup Wizard appears follow the steps to establish a sync relationship between your Treo 750 and your computer If your organization uses a firewall or a VPN connection synchronizing with ActiveSync may not work For a Windows XP computer only go to www microsoft com and search for the following topics to help with specific firewall setup situations e ActiveSync USB Connection Troubleshooting Guide e ActiveSync with Sygate Personal Firewall e ActiveSync with TrendMicro PC cillin Internet Security e ActiveSync with Norton Personal Firewall e ActiveSync with Zone Alarm Security Suite e ActiveSync with McAfee Personal Firewall e ActiveSync with Windows Firewall 12 Verify with your computer hardware vendor that your operating system supports your internal USB controller Synchronization finishes but info doesn t appear where it
171. fe 4 Press OK el 270 PERFORMANCE Screen The screen appears blank 1 If you re on a call when the time period specified in Backlight Settings expires the screen dims one minute later the screen automatically turns off Press any key except Power End to wake up the screen Pressing Power End hangs up the call 2 Look closely at the screen If you can see a dim image try adjusting the screen brightness see Adjusting the brightness 3 If that doesn t work perform a soft reset see Performing a soft reset 4 If that doesn t work connect your Treo 750 to the AC charger see Charging the battery and perform a soft reset again 5 If that doesn t work perform a hard reset see Performing a hard reset Tip If you are using a third party application make sure that the application supports 240 x 240 screen resolution TROUBLESHOOTING The screen doesn t respond accurately to taps or activates wrong features 1 Make sure there is no debris trapped under the edges of the screen 2 Press Start and select Settings 3 Select the System tab and then select Screen 4 On the General tab select Align Screen 5 Tap the screen where indicated 6 Press OK Network connection Signal strength is weak 1 If you re standing move about 10 feet 3 meters in any direction 2 If you re in a building move near a window Open any metal blinds 3 If you re i
172. for details DID You KNOW After three minutes of inactivity when previewing an image the camera goes into standby mode Press any key or tap the screen to return to the image preview If the camera goes to standby while the recording is paused the video recording is stopped and the video is saved Customizing your Camera settings 1 2 Press Start and select Pictures amp Videos Press Menu C right action key and select Options On the General tab set any of the following options Pictures amp ideos o Tie Bk Options When sending pictures in e mail pictures can be resized so that they transfer Faster Use this picture size When rotating a picture rotate 90 degrees O Left Right roe cone wo amp CAMERA rs YOUR PHOTOS VIDEOS AND MUSIC CHAPTER Use this picture size Sets the size of pictures you send with the Inbox application When rotating a picture rotate 90 degrees Sets the direction in which pictures rotate Select the Slide Show tab and set either of the following options Pictures amp Videos ly Yas BE Options During slide shows optimize For viewing Portrait pictures oO Landscape pictures o Play screensaver when connected to my PC and idle for 2 minutes sie sron eea ew amp During slide shows optimize for viewing Sets whether pictures are optimized for portrait or landscape format during s
173. formation on your Today screen See Selecting which items appear on your Today screen for details System settings Setting the date and time Use Clock amp Alarms Settings to set the time zone time and date for your home location and a location that you visit To set the display format for the date and time see Setting display formats 1 Press Start and select Settings 2 Select the System tab and then select Clock amp Alarms B 3 On the Time tab select Home Clock amp Alarms Home GMT 8 Pacific US 7 1 53 57 aM aly 1 18 2007 Visiting Time Alarms More Select the first list and then select the ime zone for your home location Select the hour and then press Up a or Down to increase or decrease the hour setting Repeat this process for the minute seconds and AM PM settings Optional Select Visiting and set the info for a location that you visit often Press OK el If prompted select Yes to accept your changes 254 SYSTEM SETTINGS Synchronizing the date time and time zone with the network By default your Treo 750 synchronizes the date time and time zone with the AT amp T network whenever your phone is on and you are inside a coverage area 1 Press Start E and select Settings 2 Select the System tab and then select Clock amp Alarms B 3 Select the More tab 4 To disable this option uncheck the Enable lo
174. g an active call Phone Lock Requires a PIN for turning on your phone so you can make and answer calls LOCKING YOUR TREO 750 AND INFO 12 YOUR PERSONAL SETTINGS CHAPTER System password lock Requires a password for viewing any information on your Treo 750 Tip To avoid accidentally pressing onscreen buttons while you re holding your Treo 750 up to your ear to speak you can disable the screen s touch sensitive feature during active calls When the screen s touch sensitive feature is disabled you must use the 5 way navigator to access items on the screen Locking your keyboard Keyguard By default your keyboard locks so that you don t accidentally press buttons or activate screen items while your Treo 750 is in a pocket or bag e To dismiss Keyguard press Center e To manually turn on Keyguard when your Treo 750 screen is on press Option Q Power End J Tip If you re using a headset or hands free device and your Treo 750 is in a pocket or bag you can manually turn on Keyguard during a call to prevent accidental key presses Turning on Auto Keyguard Auto Keyguard enables you to configure the Keyguard feature 1 2 4 Press Start and select Settings On the Personal tab select Keyguard a Select the Auto Keyguard list and then disable the Auto Keyguard feature or set the period of inactivity that passes before the keyboard automatically locks Settings a y am
175. g radio The Buzz View official Billboard charts and information about your favorite artists Music ID Place your Treo 750 next to a radio or other audio source and this application attempts to identify the artist and song If available the application also provides a link for downloading the song AT amp T MUSIC 173 rs YOUR PHOTOS VIDEOS AND MUSIC CHAPTER BEFORE YOU BEGIN Each of the AT amp T Music applications requires a monthly subscription Contact AT amp T for information and rates The Buzz also requires a data plan with AT amp T 1 Press Start and select Programs 2 Select AT amp T Music MobiTV With MobiTV you can view select channels or the full range of channels right on your Treo 750 BEFORE YOU BEGIN The MobiTV application requires a monthly subscription Contact AT amp T for information and rates 1 Press Start and select Programs 2 Select MobiTV Li 174 MOBITV CHAPTER 9 Your personal information organizer Say good bye to paper calendars and throw away those scribbled to do lists Your Palm Treo 750 smart device is all you need to organize your personal information and keep it with you wherever you go You never lose your information even if your battery is completely drained All your personal information is backed up each time you synchronize and your information is kept private when you use the security features available on your Treo 750 Also
176. ghlight the speed dial button you want to edit 3 Press and hold Center to open the shortcut menu and then select Edit Speed Dial Make the desired changes 4 5 Press OK 6 Tip You can also edit a speed dial button by pressing Menu selecting Speed Dial Options and then selecting the button you want to edit DEFINING SPEED DIAL BUTTONS Deleting a speed dial button 1 Go to your Today screen 2 Highlight the speed dial button you want to delete 3 Press and hold Center to open the shortcut menu and then select Edit Speed Dial 4 Press Delete right action key 5 Select Yes to confirm the deletion Arranging your speed dial buttons 1 Go to your Today screen 2 Press Menu C right action key and select Speed Dial Options 3 Highlight the button you want to move 4 Press Option Left 4 or Right gt or Up a or Down to move the button in that direction YOUR PHONE CHAPTER Using a phone headset You can connect a phone headset for hands free operation You can use either the headset that came with your Treo 750 or a compatible third party headset IMPORTANT If driving while using a Treo 750 is permitted where you are and you need to make a call we recommend using a phone headset or a hands free car kit sold separately If you must use the wired headset while driving place a speaker in only one ear Leave the other ear free to hear outside noises Make such a call o
177. gle note TIP To play a recording select the voice note in the Notes list or open the note containing the recording and tap the Recording icon Tap the controls at the bottom of the screen to control playback and volume Creating a note from a template 1 2 oa fb WwW Go to the Notes list Tap the Show list in the upperleft and then select Templates Open the template you want to use Enter the information Press OK el Rename the note and move it to the appropriate folder See Organizing your notes for details NOTES YOUR PERSONAL INFORMATION ORGANIZER 9 Tip To create a new template open the note you want to save as a template Press Menu right action key and select Rename Move Select Name and then enter a name for the template Tap the Show list select Template and press OK Organizing your notes You can rename your notes move notes to another folder and move notes between your Treo 750 and an expansion storage card 1 Go to the Notes list and highlight a note you want to move 2 Press Menu C right action key and select Rename Move 3 Select Name and enter a new name for the note 4 Select Folder and then select the folder in which you want to store the note 5 Select Location and then select Main memory or Storage Card 6 Press OK el Tip To create a new folder go to the Notes list tap the Show list in the upperleft and then select Add Delete Select New ente
178. h as a phone number an email address text or an item in a list Help Excel Mobile Outlook E mail ActiveSync After highlighting an item with the 5 way you can select or activate it by pressing Center or by tapping the item with the stylus Highlighting text You can use the stylus to highlight text on the screen Tap and drag the stylus across the text you want to highlight To highlight a word double tap it To highlight a paragraph triple tap it Tip When text is highlighted you can press Backspace to delete the highlighted text Using the action keys The left and right action keys give you quick access to tasks that you can do on the current screen so the action key items vary from application to application and from screen to screen Look on the screen directly above the action key to see the action that it takes in the current context In some contexts these keys may do nothing at all In most cases the right action key gt opens the menu and the left action key activates a specific command such as New or Edit Remember that action key functions vary from screen to screen so be sure to check the onscreen label before pressing the action keys NAVIGATING AROUND THE SCREEN MOVING AROUND ON YOUR PALM TREO 750 SMART DEVICE 2 CHAPTER Right action key activates this command Left action key activates this command Left action key Right act
179. hat you trust to communicate with your security standards associated with your Treo 750 When communicating with Treo 750 trusted devices your Treo 750 skips the 5 Press OK E discovery process and creates a secure link as long as the device is within range Bluetooth range is up to 30 feet 10 meters CONNECTING TO DEVICES WITH BLUETOOTH WIRELESS TECHNOLOGY YOUR CONNECTIONS TO THE WEB AND WIRELESS DEVICES in ideal conditions Performance and range are affected by physical obstacles radio interference from nearby electronic equipment and other factors CHAPTER Settings Gl y amp Bluetooth Turn on Bluetooth C Make this device visible to other devices When you configure a headset see Connecting to a Bluetooth hands free device the headset is automatically added to your trusted device list Follow the steps Mode COM Ports Securty in this section to add other devices to your 8 trusted device list such as your computer To connect to a device click on the Devices tab below 3 Check or uncheck the Make the device visible to other devices box DID YOU KNOW Check your battery level before establishing a Bluetooth connection If the Check this box to allow Bluetooth battery level is low you can t make a devices that are not on your Trusted Bluetooth connection Device list to request a connection with your device Your device remains Entering basic Bluetooth settings
180. he following Contacts a Ge ESmith Jill To beam select a device Treo Tap to send Wayne Tap to send BEAMING INFORMATION YOUR APPLICATION AND INFO MANAGEMENT TOOLS Bluetooth When the name of the Receiving beamed information receiving device appears select Tap to 1 Turn on your screen if it is not already send to begin the transfer A blue icon on indicates a Bluetooth connection CHAPTER 2 If you are beaming over an IR IR Point the IR port on your Treo 750 connection point the IR port on your directly at the IR port of the receiving Treo 750 directly at the IR port of the device A red icon indicates an IR transmitting device connection 3 When the Receiving Data message appears select Yes to receive the beam Tip If you can t receive beamed info press Start and select Settings Select the Connections tab and then select Beam Make sure the Receive all incoming beams box is checked If you still can t receive info try a soft reset see Resetting your Treo 750 name of the receiving device before you continue using your Treo 750 Usi ng expansion Tip The regional setting determines the list of Ca rds characters that can be used when info is beamed between devices If you try to send or receive a character that is not on the list it The expansion card slot on your Treo 750 appears as a question mark see Setting enables you to add miniSD card
181. he possibility of such symptoms wherever possible every hour take a minimum of 15 minutes use in a well lighted area view the screen from the farthest distance and avoid exposure to blinking lights if you are tired Aircraft While in aircraft follow all instructions regarding the operation of your Treo 750 Use of your Treo 750 while on board on aircraft must be done in accordance in compliance with airline instructions and regulations Vehicles with Air Bags Your Treo 750 should not be placed ina position that would affect the operation of air bag deployment or in a position that should the air bag inflate could propel the Treo 750 Air bags will inflate with great force and care should be taken to protect within a vehicle that has air bags Battery Your Treo 750 includes an internal lithium ion battery Please note that use of certain data applications can result in heavy battery use and may require frequent battery charging Any disposal of the Treo 750 must comply with laws and regulations pertaining to lithium ion batteries IMPORTANT SAFETY AND LEGAL INFORMATION Driving Safety Tips Overview Always obey all laws and regulations on the use of the Treo 750 in your driving area Safety Your most important call The Wireless Industry reminds you to use your Treo 750 safely when driving 1 Get to know your Treo 750 and its features such as speed dial and redial 2 When available use a hands free device 3 Position
182. he selection 6 Select OK Adding cells rows and columns 1 Open the workbook you want 2 Highlight the area where you want to insert elements 3 Press Menu C right action key and select Insert gt Cells EXCEL MOBILE D YOUR MICROSOFT OFFICE AND OTHER DOCUMENT TOOLS CHAPTER 4 Select how you want to insert the elements Shift cells right Inserts the same number of new cells as the number of cells you highlighted horizontally in step 2 For example if you selected an area containing two cells horizontally say A1 and B1 selecting Shift cells right inserts two horizontal cells so the original A1 and B1 and their contents are now C1 and D1 The highlighted area and all cells on the right move the same number of columns two in this example to the right Shift cells down Inserts the same number of new cells as the number of cells you highlighted vertically in step 2 For example if you selected an area containing two cells vertically say A1 and A2 selecting Shift cells down inserts two vertical cells so the original A1 and A2 and their contents are now A3 and A4 The highlighted area and all cells below it move the same number of rows two in this example down Entire row Inserts the same number of new rows as the number of cells you highlighted vertically in step 2 For example if you selected an area containing two cells vertically say A1 and A2 selecting Entire row inserts
183. hments box If you are synchronizing with Outlook on your computer and want to download attachments automatically do the following 7 Press Start and select Programs Select ActiveSync Press Menu C gt right action key and select Options Select E mail and then select Settings Check the Include file attachments box Optional To automatically download attachments up to a certain size only check the Only if smaller than box and enter the maximum attachment size Press OK To automatically download attachments from an IMAP4 email account typically an ISP account or an account that you access using a VPN server connection typically a work account see Connecting to a VPN do the following 1 2 3 Go to your Today screen Press E mail C left action key Do one of the following e If the account list is displayed press Menu C right action key and select Options 108 SENDING AND RECEIVING MESSAGES YOUR EMAIL CHAPTER If the message list for a specific Working with ema il account is displayed press Menu C right action key and select messages Tools gt Options On the Accounts tab select the IMAP4 account name Press Next C right action key until you reach Server information and then select Options Adding a contact from an email message You can add a contact name or email address to your Contacts list directly from the To cc or bcc field of a
184. hnology Verify all of the following The Turn on Bluetooth box is checked in Bluetooth Settings Your Bluetooth device is charged and turned on Your Treo 750 is within range of the hands free device Bluetooth range is up to 30 feet 10 meters in optimum environmental conditions which include the absence of obstacles radio interference from nearby electronic equipment and other factors The Bluetooth Settings screen is closed You are away from other devices using the 2 4 GHz radio frequency such as cordless phones microwaves and Wi Fi equipment If this is impossible move the phone closer to the hands free device The device specifications are compatible with your Treo 750 l lost the connection between my Treo 750 and my Bluetooth headset 1 2 Press Start and select Settings Select the Connections tab and then select Bluetooth Select the Devices tab Select your headset name from the list 274 NETWORK CONNECTION 5 In Partnership Settings make sure the Hands Free option box is checked 6 Select Save 7 Highlight the headset name 8 Press and hold Center to open the shortcut menu and then select Set as Hands Free 9 Test your headset by making or receiving a call If the headset still doesn t work delete the existing partnership and create a new one To delete the partnership Press Start and select Settings 2 Select the Connections tab and then select Bluetooth
185. hortcuts You can perform common email tasks for messages you ve received by pressing and holding certain keys on the keyboard Either highlight a message on the message ist or open a message from the list and then press and hold any of the following Press and hold To H View all email shortcuts A Reply to the sender of a message and all other addressees Reply to the sender only Mark a message read or unread F Flag a message with a reminder NOTE The flag feature is not supported on your Treo 750 M Move a message between folders O Forward a message D Delete a message YOUR EMAIL CHAPTER IE Fully download a partially downloaded message S Synchronize your Treo 750 with the server to get and send new messages Adding a signature to your messages You can use a different signature with each email account 1 Go to your Today screen 2 Press E mail C left action key 3 Do one of the following e f the account list is displayed press Menu C right action key and select Options e f the message list for a specific account is displayed press Menu C right action key and select Tools gt Options 4 On the Accounts tab select Signatures 5 Select the account for which you want to create a signature WORKING WITH EMAIL MESSAGES O QO YOUR EMAIL CHAPTER 9 D Wis R Signatures Select an account Outlook E mail a Use signa
186. how only those messages containing the letters you have entered 4 Continue entering letters to narrow the display until the message you want appears DID YOU KNOW If you synchronize with Microsoft Outlook 2007 you can also find messages stored on your mail server Replying to a message 1 Open the message to which you want to reply 2 Press Reply C left action key 3 Address the message and enter any text you want to add 4 Optional Select Edit sender s message to edit the original sender s message text that you include in your reply 5 Press Send C left action key DID You KNOW If you reply to a message sent as HTML the reply is sent in HTML also Forwarding a message 1 Open the message you want to forward 2 Press Menu C right action key and select Forward 3 Address the message and enter any text you want to add 4 Press Send left action key Deleting messages You can delete a message you are reading or you can delete one or more messages from the message list To delete a message you are reading e Press Menu C right action key and select Delete To delete messages from the message list 1 Highlight the message s you want to delete To highlight multiple messages tap and drag the stylus across the messages in the list 2 Press Delete C left action key 3 Select Yes to confirm the deletion Qo WORKING WITH EMAIL MESSAGES Using email s
187. however during normal operation the unit will transmit much less than maximum power Transmit power is controlled automatically and in general is reduced as you get closer to a cellular base station This reduction in transmit power will result in a lower RF energy exposure and resulting SAR value FCC RF Safety Statement In order to comply with FCC RF exposure safety guidelines users MUST use one of the following types of bodyworn accessories e A Palm brand body worn accessory that has been tested for SAR compliance and is intended for use with this product e An accessory that contains NO metal snaps clips etc and provides AT LEAST 1 5 cm of separation between the users body and the unit Do NOT use the device in a manner such that it is in direct contact with the body i e on the lap or in a breast pocket Such use will likely exceed FCC RF safety exposure limits See www fec gov oet rfsafety for more information on RF exposure safety Responsible party North America Palm Inc 950 W Maude Ave Sunnyvale CA 94085 Europe Roy Bedlow Buckhurst Court London Road USA Wokingham Berkshire RG40 1PA www palm com UK IMPORTANT SAFETY AND LEGAL INFORMATION Declaration of Conformity We Palm Inc declare under sole responsibility that the product Model name Treo 750 Description PDA phone Is in conformity with the following standards and or other normative document e ETSI EN 301 511 e E
188. icon to open the reminder You have an alert from Microsoft If the alert is not displayed on your Today screen tap the icon to open the alert 66 WHAT ARE ALL THOSE ICONS CHAPTER 4 Synchronizing information Synchronizing means that information that has been entered or updated in one place your Palm Treo 750 smart device your computer or your corporate server is automatically updated in the other There s no need to enter information twice Some types of synchronization can happen on an automated schedule so you don t even have to think about it After you get into the habit of synchronizing regularly you ll know what a powerful tool synchronization is for transferring updating and backing up large amounts of information on your Treo 750 Benefits e Quickly enter and update e Send photos and videos to your information on your computer and Treo 750 from your desktop your Treo 750 computer e Protect your information In this chapter SWAG MROMIPZMOMONEIMIEW spp casoccssbangssddusbpousgooauead 69 LON CloHII WANG MIRON E a eas ot ew eta nr a gamae woe soon e 69 NNE CET I SVINGNIOMIPS onc co cospenosgeuceeoosaaeoseuvende 71 Setting up your computer for synchronization 74 SAC MROMIPAING US MORNAS ymer able 5 co ee eo E VE Setting up wireless synchronization 00 80 CHAE WAYS 1O SYMGMIOMZA 2sdsnecesechbsovesooonsnvsduve 84 SSLiMGES VNC MOM IZalt Ol
189. icrosoft Office you can carry create view and edit Microsoft Word and Excel files directly on your Treo 750 You can also view carry and manage PowerPoint files on your Treo 750 You can keep updated copies of the files on both your Treo 750 and your computer so that you can work on them in the most convenient location at any time You can also use PDF Viewer to view PDF files on your Treo 750 Benefits e Manage Word Excel and e Work with PDF files PowerPoint files on your Treo 750 e Improve productivity by taking important docs spreadsheets and presentations with you In this chapter Swnchroniaing VOUM CrO SOOMES 195 NAV o Olll Tol ol E saree tt gatk Gri or fr ee eons RRL Oe Ee eo 197 Power Ont MORIE a a Gumiee lem pakteee ole A A A 203 EXGEIRIMIOB IG E ar ace ete Jaen re cura ae ara oss roe ee A 204 AB re AVATSW NLS fears rate ease Sae ore a ot can fat ar or Cr NTE A E E 216 YOUR MICROSOFT OFFICE AND OTHER DOCUMENT TOOLS D Synchronizing your Microsoft Office files You can create and edit Microsoft Office files on your computer or on your Treo 750 and then synchronize the files so that changes you make show up on both your computer and your Treo 750 To synchronize Microsoft Office files you must first choose Files as one of your synchronization options on your Treo 750 if you did not do so during desktop software installation see Setting up your computer for synchronization and Changing which applicati
190. icture files 123 picture formats 163 picture size 162 Picture Speed Dial button 49 pictures adding as backgrounds 165 239 adding as screensaver 162 adding caller ID 178 adding sounds to 124 adding to messages 124 adjusting resolution of 160 166 default resolution settings for 285 deleting 166 downloading 163 editing 166 hiding on web pages 142 naming groups of 162 previewing 160 161 286 receiving 158 saving 162 sending 164 setting default size 162 storing 287 synchronizing 71 157 taking 159 160 285 viewing 157 158 163 Pictures amp Videos application 161 163 167 M applications 292 294 Ms 72 266 279 N unlock key 62 294 Ns 62 251 294 ay button 169 ay Slide Show command 164 Play Sound check box 242 Play Sound list 256 playback options 172 204 Playback screen 172 173 vuu 330 INDEX Playback tab 172 204 playing media files 168 multimedia messages 126 voice notes 190 voicemail messages 42 playlists 167 168 171 plug ins 141 240 Pocket Word files 198 POP accounts 95 100 105 POP servers 92 101 pop up menus See menus port numbers 261 portable radio See radio ports See IR port USB ports Power icon 258 Power screen 258 Power End button 5 29 33 PowerPoint files 193 PowerPoint Mobile application 203 204 PowerPoint Mobile icon 203 preferences 125 237 See also customizing preinstalled applications 226 307 presentations 203 204 See also PowerPoint Mobile Pre
191. ideos with 160 161 specifications for 305 taking pictures 158 160 troubleshooting 285 312 INDEX camera lens 6 Camera Preview Mode 286 camera settings 161 163 Camera tab 162 Cancel Bluetooth command 55 capitalization 25 249 Caps Lock 25 captions 124 case sensitive searching 199 214 cell patterns 204 cell phones 302 certificates 141 256 Certificates icon 256 changes undoing 166 changing alarm sounds 256 color themes 239 244 connections 260 contact information 178 date and time settings 254 email accounts 100 picture or video resolution 160 161 285 PIN numbers 252 speed dial buttons 50 text 199 242 character sets 146 characters capitalizing 25 249 entering 24 26 208 247 phone calls and extra 34 50 scrolling 18 text messages and 122 charge indicator 5 10 charger cable 9 charging device 9 11 charts 205 213 Chat icon 128 chat sessions 127 128 131 Chat tab 131 check boxes 19 Clear Cookies button 147 Clear History button 146 Clear Now Playing command 72 ear Type tab 243 ock amp Alarms icon 254 255 Clock amp Alarms Settings screen 254 255 closing applications 28 29 258 menus 22 notification messages 126 screens 19 Cc color settings 286 color themes 239 244 commands See menu items voice commands company directory 179 Company Directory command 109 121 123 company names 39 179 comparisons 213 completed tasks 187 188 compliancy statement 298 com
192. iewer MP3 CD or e Arrange your photos videos and mini disc player songs In this chapter Cimera eer Pictures amp Videos WAIN KONNS IMIGClEY RIEWEIr IMIG cc ea eae E Synchronizing your media files You can synchronize pictures videos and music files between your Treo 750 and your computer so that changes you make show up on both your computer and your Treo 750 To synchronize media files you must first choose Media as one of your synchronization options on your Treo 750 see Changing which applications sync The procedure for synchronizing media files is different for computers running Windows XP and computers running Windows Vista Synchronizing media files Windows XP BEFORE YOU BEGIN You must install ActiveSync desktop software from the Windows Mobile Getting Started CD see Installing ActiveSync desktop software Windows XP and select the option to synchronize media see Changing which applications sync YOUR PHOTOS VIDEOS AND MUSIC rs CHAPTER When you synchronize your Treo 750 your pictures and videos are synchronized between your Treo 750 and your desktop computer On your computer you can view the pictures and videos and you can also send them to friends using your desktop email application To find all synchronized pictures and videos on your computer look in C Documents and Settings lt Username gt My Documents Treo My Documents You use Windows Media Player to
193. ifies whether a list of your email accounts appears when you open the Inbox application allowing you to select the one you want to use If the box is unchecked the Inbox application opens to the last account you used Tip If the Display account picker when opening Inbox box is unchecked repeatedly press Left on the 5 way after you open the Inbox application to cycle through your accounts 5 Select the Message tab and set any of the following options YOUR EMAIL CHAPTER When replying to e mail include body Keep copies of sent items in Sent folder Warn when deleting messages in the message list After deleting or moving a message Show next message messes pares sere amp When replying to e mail include body Indicates whether the body of a message you received appears in your response to that message Keep copies of sent items in Sent folder Indicates whether messages you send are stored in the Sent folder Warn when deleting messages in the message list Specifies whether a confirmation message appears when you delete one or more messages from the message list After deleting or moving a message Specifies what you want to see after you delete or move an email message you are reading the account Inbox or the next message WORKING WITH EMAIL MESSAGES 13 QO YOUR EMAIL CHAPTER 6 Select the Address tab and set any of the following
194. ight the workbook you want to save as a template Press Menu right action key select Rename Move select Name and then enter aname for the template Select the Folder list and select Templates Press OK CHAPTER DID YOU KNOW You can also switch worksheets by selecting the sheet list at the bottom of the screen Viewing a workbook 1 2 3 4 Press Start and select Programs Select Office Mobile Bs Select Excel Mobile 38 In the workbook list select the workbook you want to view Press View C left action key and select any of the following Full Screen Shows as much data as possible on the screen To return to the normal view select Restore in the upperright Zoom Sets the magnification level so that you can easily read the worksheet Sheet Lets you switch to a different worksheet Split Divides the window into two scrollable areas To move the split bar tap and drag it To remove the split bar select View gt Remove Split Freeze Panes Locks rows and columns so they remain visible while you scroll Highlight the cell at the point at which you want to lock before you select this command To unlock the rows or columns select View gt Unfreeze Panes Toolbar Indicates whether the toolbar appears onscreen Status Bar Indicates whether the status bar appears onscreen Show Indicates whether headings and scroll bars appear onscreen Tip To jump to a cell or region press
195. igning buttons You can use Buttons Settings to select which applications to associate with many of the buttons and key combinations on your Treo 750 1 Press Start E and select Settings 2 On the Personal tab select Buttons di YOUR PERSONAL SETTINGS CHAPTER Settings Buttons 1 Select a button Assignment lt Start Menu gt lt OK Close gt 2 Assign a program Start Menu gt Program Buttons Up Down Control On the Program Buttons tab highlight the button or key combination you want to change in the Button list The hardware buttons are mapped to the following items e Start A Start menu OK OK Close Option Phone Send Messaging e Option Start Calendar e Option OK Task Manager e Hold Side Windows Media Player Select the Assign a program list and then select the application you want to assign to the button or key combination you selected in step 3 APPLICATION SETTINGS 12 YOUR PERSONAL SETTINGS CHAPTER 6 Select the Up Down Control tab and adjust the settings for the Up and Down buttons on the 5 way Press OK el Setting up voice commands Voice commands enable you to use speech to execute some commands on the Start menu and the Programs screen 1 Assign the Hold Side button to Voice Command See Reassigning buttons for details Press Start and select Settings On the P
196. ile and are removed or modified when you open a workbook on your Treo 750 Hidden dialog and macro sheets VBA modules Text boxes Drawing objects and pictures Lists Conditional formats and controls Pivot table data converted to values Creating a workbook 1 2 3 4 Press Start and select Programs Select Office Mobile Ps Select Excel Mobile Bg The first time you open Excel Mobile a new workbook appears Otherwise press New C left action key Highlight a cell where you want to enter text or other info Enter the info in the cell and then press Enter Repeat steps 4 and 5 to enter the remaining info 8 Press OK to save the file When you save a new workbook it is automatically named and placed in the workbook list Creating a workbook from a template 1 2 Go to the workbook list Tap the Show list in the upper left and select Templates If you don t see Templates in the Show list select More Folders to access this folder Open the template you want to use Press Menu C gt right action key and select File gt Save As Select Name and enter a new name for the workbook Select the Folder list and then select the folder where you want to save the workbook Select the Type list and then select the format in which you want to save the workbook Select Save 206 EXCEL MOBILE YOUR MICROSOFT OFFICE AND OTHER DOCUMENT TOOLS D Tip To create a new template highl
197. indows Vista a computer you need access to that e Windows Media Player 10 computer during setup Additional software for your Treo 750 You must also have your Treo 750 within User Guide this guide range of AT amp T s cellular coverage 2 WHAT DO I NEED TO GET STARTED 4 lt ra CHAPTER 1 Setting up Congratulations on the purchase of your new Palm Treo 750 smart device You re about to discover the many things about your Treo 750 that will help you better manage your life and have fun too As you become more familiar with your Treo 750 you ll want to personalize the settings and add applications to make it uniquely yours But first follow these few easy steps to set up your Treo 750 and get it running Benefits e Know where your Treo 750 e Start using your Treo 750 right controls are located away In this chapter Palm Treo 750 smart device OVErVIEW hienen o orr ears o E 5 Insentingaheces Micatdkan clip atten yan a ena eet ee ee a a 7 Charging Ne pattern naa steal ee ence eae ens Se 9 MEN SIRE OWI NSIC CE ins Hac se ab oak eee eh hod Aware moe 12 SEUNG US SVMEMOMIZETHON oo se wow sec csveuoocedsuuoboseudes 14 SETTING UP CHAPTER Palm Treo 750 smart device overview Front view Earpiece 5 way navigator with Center button Right action key Charge indicator light visible when Treo 750 is connected to AC Ue charger ig Volume Side button
198. information When you make or receive a call the active call info appears on your Today screen 42 WHAT CAN DO DURING A CALL Start Gy e 4 37 Call in Progress g en Type a name or number Warren Hoffner 555 6980 Current duration of call Caller s name and number During a call you can do any of the following Navigate around the Today screen Use Up a and Down to move around or highlight items Put the call on hold Press Hold c left action key To take the call off hold press Off Hold c left action key Use the built in speakerphone Select Speakerphone t The button turns gray when the speakerphone is on To turn the speakerphone off select Speakerphone again YOUR PHONE Mute the microphone so you can t be heard Select Mute x The button turns gray when the microphone is muted To CHAPTER turn the microphone back on select Mute amp again Switch to another application Press Start GA and select the application DID YoU KNOW When a call lasts longer than one minute the screen dims After two minutes it dims more Press any key except Power End to light up the screen DID YOU KNOW You can send and receive text messages during a call This is a great way to stay connected with colleagues during a long call Ending a call Do one of the following Press Power End e Press the headset button if the headset is attached and has a
199. ing one thumb on the 5 way navigator In this chapter Navigating anrcundithe SOOM 2 a a 17 Vsmartheskeyboard aae a e te wari atr ern atte SEEN E 24 peningrandiclosingrapplicallonss ao aa a a re 28 USING OUT IGOR SCRE A E a A N 29 MOVING AROUND ON YOUR PALM TREO 750 SMART DEVICE Navigating around the screen To navigate around the Treo 750 screen you can use the 5 way navigator or you can tap items on the screen with the stylus As you become familiar with your Treo 750 you ll find your own favorite way to scroll highlight and select items Using the 5 way press Right gt Left 4 Up a or Down Y to move around the screen Press Center to highlight and select items Tip Some third party applications may not work with the 5 way navigator and you must use the stylus instead DID You KNow Custom navigation features are available when you browse the web using Internet Explorer see Viewing a web page tip The arrow icons that indicate directions on the 5 way are different from the onscreen scroll arrows and the arrows that indicate that a list is available see Selecting options in a list Center Up A Right gt CHAPTER NAVIGATING AROUND THE SCREEN MOVING AROUND ON YOUR PALM TREO 750 SMART DEVICE Scrolling through screens CHAPTER tip When you are using applications such as Inbox Internet Explorer Mobile and Word Mobile press and hold Option while pre
200. ing playlist by tapping and dragging it to a new position e To add a file highlight the file select Add press Menu C right action key and then select Queue Up e To delete a file from the playlist highlight the file and select Remove x WINDOWS MEDIA PLAYER MOBILE 71 rs YOUR PHOTOS VIDEOS AND MUSIC CHAPTER e To view more info about a file highlight the file and select Properties J e To remove all items from the Now Playing playlist press Menu C right action key and select Clear Now Playing Customizing Windows Media Player Mobile 1 If you are on any screen other than the Playback screen press OK to go to the Playback screen 2 Press Menu gt right action key and select Options 3 On the Playback tab set any of the following options Windows Media a Y Be Options Show time as Pause playback while using another program Resume playback after a phone call sat ls nern ry sin amp 4 Show time as Sets whether the time remaining or time elapsed appears in the Playback screen Pause playback while using another program Sets whether playback continues if you switch to another application Resume playback after a phone call Sets whether playback continues after you finish a phone call Select the Video tab and set either of the following options Play video in full screen Sets whether videos automatically play in
201. install them to your Treo 750 by synchronizing 1 Make sure your phone is on and that you are in a coverage area see Turning your phone on 2 Press Start and select Internet Explorer 3 Go to the page that contains the link to the application you want to download 4 Press Left 4 or Right gt to highlight the link to the file and then press Center to start the download process 5 When the download has finished press Start and select Programs 6 Select File Explorer Q 7 Go to the My Documents folder in File Explorer 8 Tap the file you downloaded to start the installation program Installing applications from your computer BEFORE YOU BEGIN To install an application from your computer to your Treo 750 you must first install the desktop synchronization software on your computer see Installing ActiveSync desktop software Windows XP or Installing Windows Mobile Device Center Windows Vista 1 Open My Computer or Windows Explorer on your computer 2 Double click the icon representing your Treo 750 3 Copy the application file s into the folder 4 Connect your Treo 750 to your computer to synchronize and install the application s on your Treo 750 CHAPTER INSTALLING APPLICATIONS YOUR APPLICATION AND INFO MANAGEMENT TOOLS CHAPTER Installing applications onto an expansion card BEFORE YOU BEGIN To install an application from your computer on an expansion card you must first inst
202. ion 201 tems tab 239 J JavaScript 141 JPEG files 123 JPG files 163 K keyboard accessing alternate characters on 26 dialing from 12 34 35 49 entering information from 25 26 249 locking 250 scrolling with 18 selecting menu items from 22 setting key combinations for 245 specifications for 306 troubleshooting 287 keyboard backlight 24 25 259 keyboard icon 24 eyguard 12 249 250 eyguard icon 250 nown Caller option 56 L eading zeros 243 LED light 5 10 33 eft action key 20 181 Legacy Pocket Word files 198 ibraries media 170 Library command 169 Library list 168 Library screen 169 173 Library tab 173 ightening bolt 10 INDEX 323 Li lon battery 292 See also battery Link to contact option 49 links See web links list separators 243 List setting 201 listening to media files 167 voicemail messages 42 lists accessing drop down 23 cancelling selections in 23 closing onscreen 23 creating 201 displaying alternate character 26 formatting 201 highlighting in 18 23 navigating web page 143 opening documents and 198 scrolling through 18 selecting items in 20 23 Lithium lon battery 292 See also battery locating contacts 30 36 179 email messages 109 information 214 location specific information 243 254 Lock icon 141 164 252 locking SIM smartcards 251 spreadsheet rows and columns 207 the keyboard 250 the screen 250 Treo device 249 252 logging in to cor
203. ion key Tip You can also mark a task complete by tapping the check box next to the task on the Tasks list DID YOU KNOW Overdue tasks appear in red Organizing your tasks 1 Inthe Tasks list press Menu right action key and select Filter 2 Select which tasks you want to view All Tasks Recently Viewed No Categories Active Tasks Completed Tasks or a specific category such as Business or Personal 3 Press Menu C right action key and select Sort By 4 Select the sort method Status Priority Subject Start Date or Due Date Deleting a task 1 Highlight the task you want to delete 2 Press Menu C right action key and select Delete Task 3 Select Yes to confirm the deletion Customizing Tasks 1 Go to the Tasks list 2 Press Menu C right action key and select Options 3 Set any of the following options 188 TASKS Set reminders for new items Automatically adds a reminder to new tasks The default reminder is set to 8 00 on the morning the task is due You can override this setting for individual tasks Show start and due dates Displays task start and due dates in the Tasks list Show Tasks entry bar Displays the Tasks entry bar at the top of the Tasks list 4 Press OK el Notes Notes are a great way to capture thoughts questions and meeting notes on your Treo 750 You can also create a voice note or add a recording to an existing note BEFORE YOU BE
204. ion key ql IA Blo Soe Oraa aoe RRO e y Selecting menu items alendar ao In many applications a menu provides za ae access to additional features The menu is Delete Appointment hidden until you press Menu C right e e action key To get the most out of your 00a 11 004 PA Treo 750 it s a good idea to familiarize nch wi T yourself with the additional features Toan ae Tools available through the menu in various 1 00p 2 00p sl applications 1 Press Menu C right action key to display an application s menu 2 Press Up or Down to highlight a menu item NAVIGATING AROUND THE SCREEN 21 MOVING AROUND ON YOUR PALM TREO 750 SMART DEVICE 3 If an arrow appears next to a menu item press Center or Right gt to isplay additional options for that item and then press Up or Down to highlight a menu item To return to the main menu without making a selection press Left 4 4 Press Center to select the menu tem or press Left 4 or Menu C right action key to close the menu and cancel your selection CHAPTER Qa DID YOU KNOW You can select most menu items by pressing a key on the keyboard To quickly access a menu item press Menu right action key followed by the underlined letter in the menu item s name Highlight the item whose shortcut menu you want to see Calendar a ya amp jan 17 07 sMs H gt 3 1pm 5 RAEI
205. ion key Options 2 Select the Address tab Adding an online address book 3 Select the address book you want to Many email servers including servers check for email addresses and then running Exchange Server can verify names select Add with an online address book also called a 4 Enter the name of the directory service directory service or a Global Address List After you create and enable an email f o account the Inbox application checks your 6 If your server requires authentication ol Enter the server name contacts list and then the directory service check the box and enter your username to verify names that you enter in the To cc and password and bcc fields 7 Optional Check the Check name against this server box to enable this directory service 8 Select OK BEFORE YOU BEGIN Do the following e Ask your system administrator for the name of the directory service and the server and whether authentication is WORKING WITH EMAIL MESSAGES tip To delete a directory service highlight it press and hold Center on the 5 way and select Delete Using an online address book You can access contact information such as an email address or phone number from your organization s online address book or Global Address List GAL To access a GAL make sure you are accessing either Exchange Server 2007 or Exchange Server 2003 upgraded to Service Pack 2 This feature is useful only if you know the exact name
206. ip The Exchange server settings are case sensitive Be sure to enter uppercase and lowercase letters properly 7 Check the Save password box SETTING UP WIRELESS SYNCHRONIZATION SYNCHRONIZING INFORMATION CHAPTER tip Ask your system administrator if it is OK to store your corporate email password on your Treo 750 for increased security you may need to enter your password each time you access your email If it is not OK don t check the Save password box you must synchronize manually see Initiating a wireless sync manually 8 Optional Select Advanced to set the rules for fixing sync conflicts 9 Press Next C right action key and check the boxes for the types of information you want to synchronize with the Exchange server ActiveSync a y Edit Server Settings Choose the data you want to synchronize 25 fees E Calendar A E mail Tasks Finish 10 Optional Highlight an item and select Settings to change the synchronization settings for that type of information Settings are not available for all items Tip To automatically download more of an incoming email message than the default setting select E mail in step 9 and select a higher number from the Download size limit list If you don t increase this setting you can manually download the rest of the message at your convenience 11 Press Finish C right action key Synchroniza
207. irectly from the Internet on your Treo 750 without needing to download and save a file on your Treo 750 See Viewing a video TERMS synchronization The process in which information that is entered or updated on your Treo 750 your computer or a server is automatically updated in one of the other locations either wirelessly or by means of a cable connection See Synchronizing information UMTS Universal Mobile Telecommunications System One of the third generation 3G mobile phone technologies that is designed for high speed data transfer with rates up to 384 Kbps as well as voice and multimedia services It uses W CDMA as the underlying technology See What are all those icons username The name associated with your Treo 750 that distinguishes it from other Windows Mobile devices If you install the desktop sync software you are asked to give your Treo 750 a username If you only synchronize wirelessly using Microsoft Exchange ActiveSync you do not need to give your Treo 750 a username See Synchronizing with desktop sync software Windows Mobile The operating system of your Treo 750 Your Treo 750 uses Windows Mobile 6 Professional edition When installing third party applications to your Treo 750 be sure to install only apps that are written for Microsoft Windows Mobile 6 Professional Apps designed for Microsoft Windows Mobile 6 Standard or any edition of Windows Mobile 5 0 software are not
208. is is the first time you re making a Bluetooth connection to this computer SYNCHRONIZING INFORMATION 4 follow the onscreen prompts to set up a Bluetooth partnership with this computer See Connecting to devices with Bluetooth wireless technology for more information on partnerships 10 Select Sync 11 When synchronization has finished press Menu right action key and select Disconnect Bluetooth CHAPTER Synchronizing over an infrared connection If your computer has an IR infrared port you can synchronize with your computer wirelessly using the IR port on your Treo 750 BEFORE YOU BEGIN e Make sure your computer is equipped with an IR port e Turn on the IR functionality on your Treo 750 see Beaming information 1 Set up your computer to receive infrared beams See ActiveSync Help on your computer for details 2 Point the IR port directly on your Treo 750 at your computer s IR port OTHER WAYS TO SYNCHRONIZE SYNCHRONIZING INFORMATION CHAPTER 3 On your Treo 750 press Start and select Programs Select ActiveSync 5 Press Menu C right action key and select Connect via IR 6 Select Sync Synchronizing with multiple computers You can set up your Treo 750 to synchronize with up to two computers as well as with Exchange Server 2003 or 2007 When synchronizing with multiple computers the items that you synchronize appear on all the computers For example if y
209. iss i e To create a new contact for this number select Create New Contact e To add this number to an existing contact select Copy and Add and then select a contact name e To decline adding the number press Dismiss C left action key e To disable the Add Contact prompt select Don t show this again WHAT CAN DO DURING A CALL tip If you disable the Add Contact prompt you can turn it on again From your Today screen press Menu right action key and select Preferences gt Phone Settings On the Phone tab check the After calls from numbers that are not in Contacts ask if want to add them box Tip You can also save contact info from other applications such as Inbox If you don t add a number right away follow these steps to add it later 1 5 Go to the Call Log see Redialing a recently called number Highlight the number you want to save Press and hold Center to open the shortcut menu and then select Save to Contacts Enter the information for the entry Press OK e Making a second call You can make a second call while your first call is still active YOUR PHONE 1 Place your first call on hold by pressing Hold C left action key 2 Dial a second number using any of the methods described in Making calls from the Today screen If you re dialing by contact name or with the keyboard you must first use the 5 way to select the Dial Lookup
210. ive Mail offers more storage grea er message security and easier filing of messages Windows Live Messenger Enables you to see who s on ine and exchange instant messages IM Make calls to phones and computers including video calls and exchange pic ures and other files Using Live Search 1 Press Start and select Programs 2 Select Windows Live ee 3 In the search bar at the top of the screen enter the text you want to find 4 Press Cen ter YOUR TEXT AND MULTIMEDIA MESSAGES Q 5 Select the item you want from the search results If the item you want does not appear select Refine to change the text you enter or select More to see more results CHAPTER Setting up Windows Live Mail BEFORE YOU BEGIN You must have an existing Hotmail account to use Windows Live Mail If you do not have an account use the web browser on your Treo 750 to go to www hotmail com and follow the steps to set up an account 1 Press Start and select Programs 2 Select Windows Live 3 Select Sign in to Windows Live Windows Live a l amp USING WINDOWS LIVE 133 Q YOUR TEXT AND MULTIMEDIA MESSAGES CHAPTER The first time you sign into Windows Live press Accept C left action key Enter your Hotmail email address and password Check the box if you want to have your password entered automatically Windows Live a Fj e ooe 2 5 Sign in to Windows Live E mail address hotmai
211. key and select Mode gt Burst 4 Press Center Recording a video Videos can be any length provided you have enough storage space available By default videos are stored in the My Pictures folder on your Treo 750 If you want to store your videos on an expansion card see Customizing your Camera settings to change where videos are stored For information on accessing your videos on your computer see Synchronizing media files Windows XP 1 Press Start and select Programs Select Camera Ie 3 Press Menu C right action key and select Video 4 Adjust the position of your Treo 750 until you see the subject you want to record on the screen Your Treo 750 has a self portrait mirror next to the camera lens on the back of your Treo 750 Use 160 CAMERA the mirror when you re recording a video and you want to be in the video Press Menu and select Quality to change the video resolution Pictures amp Videos D ya we Thumbnails i Press Center to start recording When you ve finished recording press Stop C left action key or Center to stop recording Optional To review the video in Windows Media Player Mobile press Thumbnails left action key highlight the video and then press Center Press OK to return to Thumbnail View Tip If you don t like a video you recorded YOUR PHOTOS VIDEOS AND MUSIC rs CHAPTER delete it See Deleting a picture or video
212. l a third party VPN client to use this feature Ask your corporate system administrator for the following information e Your username and password e Your server s domain name 260 CONNECTION SETTINGS YOUR PERSONAL SETTINGS W e z e Your server s TCP IP settings 3 On the Tasks tab select Set up my e Your server s host name or IP address proxy server 4 Check both boxes near the top of the 1 Install your third party VPN client see screen Installing applications 5 Select Proxy server and enter the proxy 2 Press Start and select Settings server name 3 Select the Connections tab and then 6 Press OK e select Connections Fe 4 On the Tasks tab select Add a new Tip To change settings such as the port VPN server connection number proxy server type or credentials select Advanced 5 Follow the onscreen instructions to enter the settings provided by your corporate system administrator Ending a data connection If your service plan includes tip To manually start a data connection on the Minutes of use fees for data connections AT amp T network or another network go to you can reduce costs by ending the data Connections Settings and on the Tasks tab connection when you ve finished browsing select Manage existing connections Tap the web and hold the connection you want to start and then select Connect from the shortcut menu 7 Use the stylus to tap aS of the data connection icons
213. l com Password Save password Cancel Press Next C left action key Check the Live Search bar box to have the Live Search bar appear on your Today screen Check the Windows Live services box to have Windows Live Email and Windows Live Messenger appear on your Today screen Windows Live a Fj ee ooe 3 5 Show Windows Live on the Today screen Live Search bar v Windows Live services Cancel Press Next lt left action key 9 Select which application information contacts Windows Live Messenger and or email you want to synchronize between the Windows Live mail server and Windows Live on your Treo 750 For the applications you choose any information that appears in your Hotmail Windows Live account on the web for example your email messages and contact list appears in Windows Live on your Treo 750 when you synchronize NOTE If you synchronize email your Windows Live email account also appears in the Inbox application If you synchronize contacts your Windows Live contacts also appear in the Contacts application USING WINDOWS LIVE 10 Press Next C left action key 11 Press Done C left action key Your Windows Live main page is displayed tip You can later change the options you select during Windows Live setup Open Windows Live press Menu right action key and then select Options Change which items appear on the
214. l of your accounts CHAPTER NOTE Once you enter settings for an account using one of the applications listed here you view and compose messages for that account in the Inbox application on your Treo 750 The Inbox application is the home base for viewing and sending messages for all your email accounts Do It Yourself Setup Applications Xpress Mail Windows Live Inbox Use one of these apps to enter settings for a personal ISP account such as EarthLink Comcast or CompuServe or web based account such as AOL or Yahoo Mail Plus or for a corporate account that uses Microsoft Outlook or Lotus Notes IT Assisted Setup Applications GoodLink Mobile Messaging Microsoft Exchange ActiveSync Use these applications to securely synchronize SETTING UP EMAIL QO YOUR EMAIL CHAPTER email with your corporate email server Your IT administrator must have configured the server to work with these applications and must have set up an account for you on the server before you can begin setup Using a do it yourself setup application Xpress Mail VVhen you set up a personal or corporate email account using Xpress Mail email for this account is automatically pushed from the server to your Treo 750 Using Xpress Mail with a corporate account also enables wireless synchronization of calendar appointments contacts and files that are stored in the My Documents folder on your Treo 750 as well as wireless corporate direct
215. lect the Security tab and set any of the following options Allow cookies Sets whether your Treo 750 accepts cookies small files containing info about your identity and BROWSING THE WEB YOUR CONNECTIONS TO THE WEB AND WIRELESS DEVICES CHAPTER f Th ds the fil 1 ne Connecting to devices with Internet Explorer M Y BR e options Bluetooth Cookies Farce e wireless technology Security settings m Warn when changing to a page that is not secure With the built in Bluetooth wireless K Warn when page content is blocked Gae to s curky settings technology on your Treo 750 you can connect to a number of Bluetooth devices such as a headset or hands free car kit as well as to other phones handhelds or piconets When you connect to another device you create a partnership also Warn when changing to a page that referred to by terms such as trusted pair is not secure Sets whether a message trusted device or pairing with that device appears when you switch from a secure f your computer is enabled with Bluetooth page to one that is not secure wireless technology you can also synchronize wirelessly or use your phone as a wireless modem Clear Cookies Deletes any cookies stored on your Treo 750 Warn when page content is blocked due to security settings Sets whether a message appears when you attempt You can create a list of Bluetooth devices to open a page that does not meet the t
216. lect whether to use large or small onscreen keys If you select Large keys check the box if you want to use gestures for the space backspace shift and enter keys Options If you selected Letter Recognizer select Options and select the options you want Select the Word Completion tab and set any of the following options E Y Input M Suggest words when entering text Suggest after entering a space Suggest word s v Add a space after word Clear Stored Entries V Enable Auto Correct Input Method Word Completion Options Suggest words when entering text Indicates whether word suggestions appear as you enter text You can also specify how many letters you want to enter before a suggestion appears how many suggestions you want to see and whether a space appears after you insert a suggested word Tip To enter a suggested word press Down to highlight the suggestion and then press Center to accept it Clear Stored Entries Deletes the database of word suggestions Enable Auto Correct Indicates whether common misspellings such as teh are corrected automatically Select the Options tab and set any of the following options APPLICATION SETTINGS Input Voice recording Format 44 100 Hz 16 Bit Mono 86 KB s v Default zoom level For writing 200 Default zoom level For typing 100 v
217. les tasks and memos PIN personal identification number The password assigned to your SIM card by AT amp T Turning on the PIN lock secures your wireless account See also PUK See Locking the SIM card PIN2 personal identification number 2 A code that protects certain network settings such as fixed dialing PUK PIN unlock key A special extended password assigned to your SIM card If you enter the wrong PIN more than the allowed number of times your SIM is blocked and you must call AT amp T for the PUK See Locking the SIM card Secure Sockets Layer SSL A security protocol that enables you to send personal information in a more secure manner over the Internet SIM Subscriber Identity Module card The smartcard inserted into your Treo 750 that contains your mobile account information such as your phone number and the services to which you subscribe You can also store addresses phone numbers and SMS messages on the SIM card See Inserting the SIM card and battery SMS Short Messaging Service The service that exchanges short text messages almost instantly between mobile devices Your Treo 750 can send and receive text messages while you are on a call See Creating and sending a text message Start a The menu on your Treo 750 from which you can open all applications See Opening applications streaming Technology that enables you to watch a video or listen to an audio program d
218. les the timings recorded with each slide in a presentation If a presentation is set up as a timed slide show the slides advance automatically Presentations pause during zooming Loop continuously Advances to the first slide after playing the last slide in a presentation 6 Press OK Tip To turn the presentation into a continuously looping slide show check both the Use slide timings if present and the Loop continuously boxes Excel Mobile With Excel Mobile you can create and edit workbooks and templates on your Treo 750 You can also edit workbooks and templates that you create on your computer However keep in mind that you may lose some of the information and formatting when you save the workbook on your Treo 750 Note the following formatting considerations Alignment Vertical text appears horizontal Borders Appear as a single line Cell patterns Patterns applied to cells are removed 204 EXCEL MOBILE YOUR MICROSOFT OFFICE AND OTHER DOCUMENT TOOLS D Fonts and font sizes The original font is listed on your Treo 750 and mapped to the closest font available Original fonts reappear on your computer Number formats Microsoft Office Excel 97 conditional formatting is displayed in Number format Formulas and functions Unsupported functions are removed and only the returned value of the function appears Formulas containing the following are also converted to values e A
219. lide shows Play screensaver when connected to my PC and idle for 2 minutes Sets whether the pictures in your My Pictures folder are used as a screensaver when your Treo 750 is connected to your computer and ActiveSync desktop software is not running Select the Camera tab and set any of the following options Pictures amp Videos Hy Y BE Options Type filename prefix Save files to Main memory v Still image compression level High quality aa Camera video Type filename prefix Assigns a name to a series of pictures to be captured such as Seattle001 Seattle002 and so on Save files to Specifies whether pictures and videos are stored on your Treo 750 or on an expansion card Still image compression level Sets the default quality and size for newly captured still pictures CAMERA 6 Select the Video tab and set either of the following options Pictures amp Videos Hy V BE Options Include audio when recording video files Time limit for videos 30 seconds bd amp Include audio when recording video files Turns the microphone on and off so that you can record videos with or without sound Time limit for videos Limits the length of videos you record You can select the No limit option DID You KNOW Videos are captured and stored in 3GP format Video resolution ranges from 176 x 144 pixels to 352 x 288 pixels You can change the resolution se
220. lider 19 slides 127 smart device See device NANDA HD WD n 2 n n smartcards See SIM smartcards SMS messaging 121 294 SMTP servers 101 soft resets 266 software See also applications caution for hard resets and 267 included with device 2 307 installing 224 purchasing 270 reinstalling 265 267 songs See music Sort By command 188 Sort by list 212 223 Sort command 129 212 sort options 188 sort order 212 sorting folder items 223 History list items 146 information 212 messages 129 pictures and videos 165 tasks 188 sound clips 122 124 Sound Mode buttons 240 INDEX 335 sound settings 240 241 sounds adding to pictures 124 changing alarm 256 customizing 240 previewing 56 242 recording 241 selecting event 242 sending 241 setting system 241 silencing 7 240 turning off event 242 Sounds amp Notifications screen 55 Sounds amp Notifications Settings icon 241 Sounds amp Notifications Settings screen 241 242 Sounds tab 241 Space key 24 speaker 6 167 speakerphone 43 288 300 Speakerphone icon 43 special characters See alternate characters symbols special occasions 182 Speed Dial Options command 51 speed dial buttons 30 35 48 51 Spell Check command 104 spell checking 104 201 Spelling command 201 split bar 207 spreadsheet templates 204 207 215 spreadsheets See also Excel Mobile workbooks worksheets accessing 193 adding charts to 213 calculations in
221. ling in 18 19 249 selecting items on 20 INDEX 333 setting backgrounds for 165 239 setting delays for 34 specifications for 306 troubleshooting 243 271 turning on or off 33 34 258 waking up 34 43 screen fonts 243 Screen icon 242 243 screen protector 2 screen resolution 271 306 Screen taps check box 241 Screen view 243 screens returning to previous 19 screensavers 162 scroll arrows 19 scroll bar 19 Scroll upon reaching the last line check box 249 scrolling device screen 249 items on screen 18 19 slides 203 spreadsheets 207 web pages 142 SD expansion cards 229 Search button 222 Search dialog box 221 Search for list 222 Search icon 221 search results list 221 222 searching documents 199 email messages 109 spreadsheets 214 web pages 141 searching for files 221 223 searching for information 199 214 221 222 searching for signal 12 secure sockets layer 141 294 secure websites 285 security 150 249 253 256 security certificates 141 256 security options web 147 security software 249 Security tab 146 251 Select All Text command 145 self portrait mirror 6 159 Send Link command 143 Send meeting requests via option 186 Send Sound command 241 Send via E Mail command 227 Send Receive command 105 sending copyrighted items 164 email 104 105 118 143 223 282 meeting requests 109 183 184 186 multimedia messages 123 124 pictures 164 sounds 241 text messages 40 46 121 122 vi
222. list in the upperleft and select Add Delete Select New enter a name for the folder and then press OK tip When you go to a folder you can easily search your documents by sorting by type Deleting a document 1 Go to the documents list 2 Highlight the document you want to delete 3 Press Menu C right action key and select Delete 4 Select Yes to confirm the deletion Customizing Word Mobile 1 Go to the document list 2 Press Menu gt right action key and select Tools gt Options 3 Set any of the following options Default template Sets the default template for new documents Save to Sets the default location where new documents are stored WORD MOBILE YOUR MICROSOFT OFFICE AND OTHER DOCUMENT TOOLS D Display in list view Sets the types of files that appear in the documents list 4 Press OK PowerPoint Mobile With PowerPoint Mobile you can open and view slide show presentations created on your computer Many presentation elements such as slide transitions animations and URL links are also supported Microsoft Office PowerPoint features not supported on your Treo 750 include the following e Notes written for slides e Rearrangement or editing of slides e Files created in PPT format earlier than Microsoft PowerPoint 97 e HTML files in HTM and MHT formats Playing a presentation NOTE Ifa presentation is set up as a timed slide show the slides advance automatically P
223. look accessing folders for 278 copying addresses to 278 deleting email accounts for 100 email client software and 283 installing 71 installing drivers for 266 retrieving messages with 91 105 106 synchronizing with 71 80 109 Outlook Contact option 177 Outlook E mail screen 103 overdue tasks 188 Override playback options 204 328 INDEX owner information 253 Owner Information icon 253 Owner Information screen 253 P pacemakers 300 page breaks 198 paired relationships See partnerships pairing See partnerships Palm online support 289 Palm applications 225 Palm devices 265 Paragraph command 201 paragraph formatting 201 partial battery icon 10 partnerships 149 275 293 passkeys 54 150 Password tab 252 Password type options 35 252 passwords corporate email accounts and 82 99 entering 81 252 253 forgetting or losing 252 locking device and 250 252 making calls and 50 59 saving 96 99 spreadsheets and 205 Paste command 145 165 200 Pause playback option 126 172 PCS phones 302 PCs See computers PDF files 106 197 PDF Viewer 197 216 PDF Viewer icon 216 performance 270 286 Personal Address Book 278 personal events 184 personal identification numbers 62 251 294 personal information 175 252 2532 292 personal information managers 72 266 279 294 See also PIM applications Personal option 184 personalizing your device 237 phone See also phone calls phone numbers device adj
224. lt Windows Mobile Green Use this picture as the background 3 On the Appearance tab check the Use this picture as the background box 4 Select Browse 5 Select the picture you want to use 6 Press OK e tip To change the color theme for your Treo 750 select a new theme from the Appearance tab in Today Settings see Changing the system color scheme Selecting which items appear on your YOUR PERSONAL SETTINGS CHAPTER Today screen 1 2 Press Start A and select Settings On the Personal tab select Today amp Select the Items tab Settings Today Checked items appear on the Today screen Windows Live Speed Dial C1 owns Check the boxes next to the items you want to appear on your Today screen and uncheck any items that you do not want to appear Optional Highlight an item and select Move Up or Move Down to change the order in which items appear on the Today screen Optional Highlight an item and select Options if available to configure the settings for the item Press OK to return to Today Settings TODAY SCREEN SETTINGS 12 YOUR PERSONAL SETTINGS CHAPTER 7 Press OK l DID YOU KNOW There are lots of third party plug ins available for your Today screen Changing the clock format You can change the format of the clock on the Today screen from digital to analog and back If you select analog format
225. lug in choices are not backed up during synchronization so they can t be restored after a hard reset If you use a backup utility you may be able to restore a backup to recover your Today screen setting and other additional info Exchange ActiveSync wireless synchronization This section covers issues with direct wireless synchronization with an Exchange server See Desktop sync software for help with synchronizing using your desktop sync software Tip If you are synchronizing with an Exchange server and you re unable to change your lock settings check with your system administrator to find out if a systemwide locking policy is in place TROUBLESHOOTING An alert tells me that the server could not be reached Your Treo 750 had to wait too long to connect to the Exchange server The connection may have been lost the server may be temporarily overloaded or the server may have encountered an internal error Check your Exchange server name and proxy server settings see Setting up wireless synchronization and try again later CHAPTER An alert tells me that my account information could not be detected When you set up the Exchange server sync options the credentials page was left blank Correct the credentials see Setting up wireless synchronization or set up your Treo 750 to sync only with a computer and try to sync again An alert tells me the device timed out while waiting for credentials
226. manually 84 initiating offline 279 initiating wireless 70 80 85 IR ports and 85 Microsoft Office files and 195 196 multiple computers and 86 overview 67 69 scheduling 82 84 setting up 74 stopping 87 third party applications and 72 267 troubleshooting 266 275 281 284 USB hubs and 277 web browsers and 71 synchronization methods 72 synchronization options 71 86 synchronization software 69 74 76 system alarms 255 system dates and time 254 system errors 272 system locks 250 252 system requirements 74 307 system settings 254 259 system sounds 7 240 241 system warnings 241 T tables in documents 198 tabs 18 taking pictures 159 160 285 tapping 17 20 243 tapping sounds 241 task categories 187 188 tasks adding 187 188 completing 188 customizing 189 deleting 188 displaying 188 189 setting due dates for 187 setting reminders for 187 189 synchronizing 71 Tasks application 187 189 Tasks entry bar 188 189 Tasks icon 187 Tasks list 188 Tasks tab Connections 260 261 INDEX 337 TDD devices 57 58 299 technical support 289 TeleNav application 153 temperatures 307 templates documents 199 202 messages 127 notes 190 191 spreadsheets 204 207 215 tentative appointments 182 text aligning 201 changing 199 copying 145 deleting 20 entering 24 25 248 249 finding and replacing 199 248 formatting 200 highlighting 20 201 moving or copying 200 resizing 143 242 selecting 20
227. mbers Specifies whether week numbers 1 52 appear in Week View Select the Appointments tab and set any of the following options Calendar a y R Options Set reminders for new items 1s gt minute s Show icons EARE Al A Send meeting requests via Outlook E mail gt Set reminders for new items Specifies whether a reminder is automatically added to new events and how long before the event the reminder appears You can override this setting for individual events Show icons Specifies which icons appear next to events amp The event has a reminder The event repeats in a specified pattern The event has a note attached A location has been assigned to the event amp The event is a meeting The event is marked private tip Not all icons appear in all Calendar views Send meeting requests via Specifies the messaging method used to send meeting requests an email account or Windows Live 4 Press OK el CALENDAR YOUR PERSONAL INFORMATION ORGANIZER 9 CHAPTER Priority Specifies the priority level for Tasks this task Later you can arrange your tasks according to importance You can use Tasks to remind you of tasks you need to complete and to keep a record of completed tasks Status Indicates whether the task is now completed Starts Specifies when the task begins i task Adding a tas Due Specifies the due date fo
228. ment position Font Sets the typeface color size and style attributes Borders Turns borders on and off for various cell edges and sets the border and background colors 5 Press OK 8 CHAPTER Tip To name the highlighted cell or range of cells press Menu and select Insert gt Define Name Enter the name and select Add Press OK Formatting rows and columns 1 Open the workbook you want to format 2 Highlight the rows or columns you want to format 3 Press Menu C right action key and select Format gt Row or Format gt Column 4 Select any of the following AutoFit Adjusts the size of the highlighted rows or columns to their contents Hide Hides the highlighted rows or columns Unhide Displays hidden rows or columns in the highlighted area EXCEL MOBILE n D YOUR MICROSOFT OFFICE AND OTHER DOCUMENT TOOLS CHAPTER DID YOU KNOW You can adjust the column and row size by tapping and dragging the right edge of the column or the bottom edge of the row To automatically fit rows and columns to their contents double tap the lower edge of the row heading or the right edge of the column heading Renaming a worksheet 1 Open the workbook containing the worksheet you want to rename Press Menu C right action key and select Format gt Modify Sheets In the Sheets list highlight the worksheet you want to rename Select Rename enter a new name for the worksheet and then
229. mergency signals while driving Driving while unable to hear these sounds could cause an accident Let Your Judgment Prevail The Device Software is only an aid Make your driving decisions based on your observations of local conditions and existing traffic regulations The Device Software is not a substitute for your personal judgment Use of Speech Recognition Functions Speech recognition software is inherently a statistical process which is subject to errors It is your responsibility to monitor the speech recognition functions and address any errors Palm Take Back and Recycling Program As part of Palm s corporate commitment to be a good steward of the environment we strive to use environmentally friendly materials reduce waste and develop the highest standards in electronics recycling Our recycling program keeps Palm handheld devices Treo smartphones and mobile companions out of landfills by evaluating them for possible reuse and recycling Palm customers may participate in the recycling program free of charge Visit palm com recycle for additional details and information about how you can help reduce electronic waste This symbol indicates that Palm products should be recycled and not be disposed of in unsorted municipal waste Palm products should be sent to a facility that properly recycles electrical and electronic equipment For information on environmental programs visit www palm com environment PN 406 11306 00 v
230. n Windows Live Messenger from within the Windows Live application Press Right or Left on the 5 way until Messenger is highlighted and then press Center Press Sign in lt left action key If you have not already set up a Windows Live Mail account see Setting up Windows Live Mail the first time you sign into Windows Live Messenger press Accept C left action key If prompted enter your Hotmail email address and password To send an instant message to a contact who is online highlight the contact name and press Send IM C left action key Windows Live a y amp Online 1 Allonlyn allonlyn hotmail corn Send IM Tip If the contact you want is offline send an email message instead Highlight the contact name and press Send e mail left action key Enter a subject and body text for the email message and then press Send left action key Do one of the following Windows Live a yE x Chat with amp AllOnlyn You re chatting with AllOnlyn Voice clip Highlight the text entry bar and enter your message text Press Voice clip left action key and record a voice note by speaking clearly with your Treo 750 held up facing you Optional To add an emoticon to your message press Menu C right action key select Add emoticon and then select the emoticon you want USING WINDOWS LIVE 9 Optional To send a picture or other file pr
231. n a building move outdoors or to a more open area 4 If you re outdoors move away from arge buildings trees or electrical wires CHAPTER SCREEN En 13 TROUBLESHOOTING CHAPTER 5 If you re in a vehicle move your Treo 750 so that it s level with a window Tip Become familiar with low coverage areas where you live commute work and play so that you know when to expect signal strength issues My Treo 750 won t connect to the mobile network 1 Try the preceding suggestions for weak signals 2 Turn off your phone and turn it on again see Turning your Palm Treo 750 smart device on off 3 Perform a soft reset see Performing a soft reset My phone seems to turn off by itself If a system error and reset occur the phone automatically turns on if it was on before the reset However if your Treo 750 can t determine if your phone was on before the reset it does not automatically turn on the phone see Turning your phone on I can t tell if data services are available The following icons appear in the title bar to indicate whether data services are available 3G Your phone is connected to a 3G UMTS network but you are not actively transmitting data You can still make or receive calls GGN Your phone is on and a 3G UMTS data connection is active You can make and receive calls and transmit data simultaneously H Your phone is connected to an HSDPA UMTS network but
232. n array or array argument for example SUM 1 2 3 4 e External link references or an intersection range reference e References past row 16384 are replaced with REF Protection settings Most protection features are disabled but not removed However password protection is removed You must remove the password protection in Microsoft Office Excel on your computer before opening the file on your Treo 750 Zoom settings Worksheet specific zoom settings are not retained The zoom setting applies to the entire workbook Worksheet names Names that refer to other workbooks arrays array formulas or intersection ranges are removed from the name list causing those formulas to be resolved as NAME All hidden names are not hidden AutoFilter Settings AutoFilters that cause rows to be hidden are supported Use the Unhide command to display hidden rows Other AutoFilters are removed but you can use the AutoFilter command in Excel Mobile to perform similar functions Chart Formatting All charts are saved as they appear in Excel Mobile Unsupported chart types are changed to one of these supported types Column Bar Line Pie Scatter and Area Background colors gridlines data labels trend lines shadows 3D effects secondary axes and logarithmic scales are turned off CHAPTER EXCEL MOBILE D YOUR MICROSOFT OFFICE AND OTHER DOCUMENT TOOLS CHAPTER The following features aren t supported in Excel Mob
233. n easy way to check the battery level is by tapping the Battery icon in the title bar 4 Select the Advanced tab and set whether your Treo 750 screen turns off automatically after a specified period of inactivity You can assign different intervals for battery power and external power SYSTEM SETTINGS Power On battery power j Turn off device if not minute gt used for On external power Turn off device if not vi used For 1iminute Battery Advanced 5 Press OK Tip To conserve additional battery power adjust the display backlight setting Press Start and select Settings Select the System tab and then select Backlight On the Battery Power tab set whether the display backlight turns off automatically after a period of inactivity Turning wireless services on off 1 From the Today screen press Menu C right action key and select Wireless Manager YOUR PERSONAL SETTINGS CHAPTER WirelessManager ly Yj ai BE 2 Turn the wireless features on your Treo 750 on off Select All to turn all wireless features on off tip To change the settings for one of the displayed wireless features press Menu right action key and select the wireless feature you want to change 3 Press OK You can also turn wireless services on and off by tapping the signal strength j icon at the top of the screen and selecting Wireless Manager SYSTEM
234. n email message You can select the name or address from either an outgoing or an incoming message and you can either create a new contact or add the information to an existing contact Press Next twice and then select either Get full copy of messages and When getting full copy get attachments or Entire message depending on the option displayed 1 In an open message highlight the name DID YoU KNOW Embedded images and objects or address of the contact you want to cannot be received as attachments unless add you have an IMAP4 email account with TNEF 2 Press Center disabled Note that TNEF must be enabled to receive meeting requests 3 Press Save C left action key 4 Select lt New Contact gt to create a new contact entry for this name or address or select an existing contact to add the name or address to that entry WORKING WITH EMAIL MESSAGES QO YOUR EMAIL CHAPTER required for accessing an online address an Select a Contact e lf your company is using Exchange i Server 2003 upgraded to Service Pack 2 or Exchange Server 2007 you must first synchronize with the Exchange server to enable the Global Address List to find a contact 23 Smagala Kevin 25 Smeed A 23 Smith James 23 Smith John Select amp Cancel 1 Inthe message list press Menu 5 Enter or edit the contact information right action key and select Tools gt 6 Press Save C left act
235. nSewecma we eerie arom nrg err armen i T ts 223 Removingrapplications aar a a E a a E 226 E SEIRE an E E EREN E E E O E AAE 227 Beaming intonmmatio nee an ee E E E T E E 227 Usinatexpansionmcard S e E E E E TESE 229 CalCla TOET A E EET AT EE AA IE S E E EAN Pe ce 234 YOUR APPLICATION AND INFO MANAGEMENT TOOLS Finding information Quickly find who or what you re looking for by using one of these search features e Lookup Find and dial your contacts by name or phone number See Dialing by contact name for details e Search Look through the text in all the applications on your Treo 750 e File Explorer Browse through the files and folders on your Treo 750 or on an expansion card e Global Address List Lookup Look up names in your online corporate address list e Email message search Display only those messages whose senders recipients or Subjects match the text you enter see Finding messages e Windows Live Search Search for text on the web directly from your Treo 750 see Using Live Search TIP For information on opening and closing apps see Opening and closing applications Using Search CHAPTER Search for files and other items stored in the My Documents folder on your Treo 750 or on an expansion card You can search by file name or by words located in the item For example you can search for words within notes appointments contacts and tasks DID YOU KNOW Contacts on your SIM ca
236. ng You can t access contact entries without email addresses from your calendar 1 Create an event and then select it 2 Press Edit C left action key 3 Select Attendees Select Add Required Attendees and then select the name of the contact you want to invite To invite other attendees select Add Required Attendees and then select the names 4 Optional To invite optional attendees select Add Optional Attendees and then select the names DID YOU KNOW If you are using Exchange Server 2007 or Exchange Server 2003 with Service Pack 2 you can use your corporate Global Address List to find contact information for an attendee Select Attendees press Menu right action key and then select Company Directory Enter the name of the attendee and select Search 5 Press OK 6 CHAPTER CALENDAR 9 YOUR PERSONAL INFORMATION ORGANIZER CHAPTER The next time you synchronize the meeting request is sent to the attendees When attendees accept your meeting request the meeting is automatically added to their schedules When you receive their response your calendar is updated as well Replying to a meeting request You receive and reply to meeting requests in the Inbox application see Working with meeting invitations If you accept or tentatively accept an invitation it shows up as an appointment in your Calendar Marking an event as sensitive If other people have access to your Microsoft Office Outl
237. ng up your email application first An image or map is too small on my Treo 750 screen Internet Explorer Mobile has several viewing modes One Column Default Desktop and Full Screen Switch to Desktop to see the full size image see Viewing a web page A secure site refuses to permit a transaction Some websites don t support certain browsers for transactions Please contact the site s webmaster to make sure the site allows transactions using Internet Explorer Mobile TROUBLESHOOTING CHAPTER Camera If your Treo 750 does not have a built in camera the information in this section about taking pictures does not apply to you DID YOU KNOW Pictures are 16 bit color Resolution settings range from the low end of VGA 160 x 120 pixels to a high end of 1 3 megapixels 1280 x 1024 Video resolution settings range from a low end of 176 x 144 pixels to a high end of 352 x 288 pixels You can change the resolution setting by pressing Menu right action key and selecting Resolution still images or Quality video Here are some tips for taking good pictures with the built in camera e Clean the camera s lens with a soft lint free cloth e Take pictures in bright lighting conditions Low light images may be grainy due to the sensitivity of the camera e Hold the camera as still as possible Try supporting your picture taking arm CAMERA 13 TROUBLESHOOTING CHAPTER against yo
238. nly if it is both legal and safe to do so USING A PHONE HEADSET 5 YOUR PHONE CHAPTER Using a wired headset The headset button is context sensitive and it performs various actions based on the situation You can press the headset button to perform any of the following tasks e Answer an incoming call e Respond to call waiting e Hang up a single active call or all calls on a conference call if there is no extracted call Headset button Microphone e Swap between calls if there is one active call and one call on hold NOTE Your Treo 750 works with headsets that have a 2 5mm 3 pin connector look for two colored bands on the plug When in doubt ask the third party headset manufacturer if the product is compatible with your Treo 750 If you hear a headset buzz or poor microphone performance your headset may be incompatible with your Treo 750 USING A PHONE HEADSET Connecting to a Bluetooth hands free device Your Treo 750 is also compatible with many 2 headsets and car kits sold separately enabled with Bluetooth wireless technology version 1 1 or 1 2 For a list of compatible hands free devices with Bluetooth wireless technology go to http go palm com treo750 att After you set up a connection with a Bluetooth headset or hands free car kit you can communicate with that device whenever it is within range and the Bluetooth feature on your Treo 750 is turned on The rang
239. nt occurs If you checked the Play Sound box select the sound for the selected type of call You can also check the Repeat box to have the sound repeat Optional Select the Play icon to preview the sound Check the Display message on screen box to have a message displayed when the event occurs CUSTOMIZING PHONE SETTINGS 7 Check the Vibrate when boxes to turn the vibrate feature on off based on the Ringer switch setting 8 Repeat steps 4 7 to select ringtones for other types of calls 9 Press OK e DID YOU KNOW You can record preview delete and send sounds on your Treo 750 You can also set sounds for messaging notifications and calendar reminders See Selecting Sounds amp Notifications Adjusting call and ringer volume Volume AN YOUR PHONE Call volume While a call is in progress press Volume on the side of your Treo 750 to adjust the call volume CHAPTER Ringer volume When a call is not in progress and you are not playing music or a video press Volume to adjust ringer volume Assigning a caller ID ringtone 1 2 3 5 6 Press Start and select Contacts Highlight the contact s name Press Menu right action key and select Edit Select Ring tone Select a tone for this contact entry Press OK Enabling TTY You can enable your Treo 750 for use with a TTY TDD device A TTY also known as a TDD or Text Telephone is a telecomm
240. nter to turn e Keep your battery away from direct off Keyguard see Locking your sunlight and other sources of heat keyboard Keyquard for more info Temperatures over 50 degrees Celsius 120 degrees Fahrenheit can permanently reduce the capacity and life span of any lithium ion battery 3 Use the number pad on the keyboard to enter the number you want to call 12 MAKING YOUR FIRST CALL tip The Dial Lookup list might appear while you are dialing a number Continue entering numbers to place the call For more info on the Dial Lookup list see Dialing by contact name 4 Press Phone Send S to dial 5 When your call is complete press Power End 7 to end the call Search E mail Adjusting call volume While a call is in progress press the Volume button on the side of your Treo 750 to adjust the call volume SETTING UP CHAPTER What s my number 1 Make sure your phone is on see Turning your phone on 2 If you do not see your Today screen press Phone Send amp 3 Press Menu right action key Select Preferences gt Phone Settings 5 On the Phone tab look for your phone number below the title bar MAKING YOUR FIRST CALL 13 SETTING UP CHAPTER Look here for your phone number Settings a y BR Phone 1 408 555 5841 TTY TDD z Telecommunications Device for the Deaf v After calls from number
241. ntly 1 Press Menu C right action key and select History BROWSING THE WEB YOUR CONNECTIONS TO THE WEB AND WIRELESS DEVICES CHAPTER 3 Optional Tap the Show list in the upperleft and select how you want to sort the History list Select the web page you want to view Customizing your Internet Explorer Mobile settings 1 2 Press Menu C right action key and select Tools gt Options On the General tab set any of the following options Internet Explorer ly Y BE Options http www palm com medianetlanding Use Default Encoding Default character set Westen European Home Page Sets the page that appears when you open Internet Explorer Mobile To use the page you were on when you opened the menu select Use Current To select the original home page select Use Default 3 4 Encoding Sets the character set for the web pages you view Select the Memory tab and set any of the following options Internet Explorer M Y BE Options Save links to pages visited in the past Eio Clear History Delete web content that has been previously viewed or synchronized with the device Delete Files Save links to pages visited in the past Sets how many days of activity the History list stores Clear History Empties the History list Delete Files Removes web files that you previously viewed or synchronized with your computer Se
242. ntly dialed numbers Go to your Today screen press Phone Send highlight the number or contact name you want to call and then press Phone Send S to dial Start Gy Yj am 4 31 Cingular ka Type a name or number 1 408 555 5841 Joe Sadusky 1 510 655 0237 Yoicemail To select from a chronological list of calls Go to your Today screen press Phone Send S and then select Call Log Highlight the number you want to call and then press either Call c left action key or Phone Send S to dial Tip You can also access the Call Log and Dial Pad from the Today screen by pressing Menu right action key MAKING CALLS FROM THE TODAY SCREEN Other ways of making calls Your Treo 750 offers several ways to make phone calls other than from the Today screen Try them all and you ll discover which methods you prefer Dialing by company name BEFORE YOU BEGIN Make sure your phone is on and that you re inside a coverage area see Turning your phone on 1 Press Start and select Contacts 2 Press Menu C right action key and select View By gt Company 3 Press Phone Send S to go to your Today screen 4 Using the keyboard begin entering the first few letters of the company name 5 Select the number you want to dial 6 Press Phone Send to dial YOUR PHONE Dialing from a web page or message CHAPTER Your Treo 750 recognizes most phone numbers that appear in web pages or in messages
243. ntment Occurs Once Reminder None E Both morning and evening J Categories appointments Appointment Notes O An all day event Year Shows a calendar for a sixmonth 3 Enter a subject description and a period location 4 Select Starts and select the starting Tip To switch views press the left action key date and time Don t confuse the view name displayed above 5 Select Ends and select the ending date the left action key with the current view The and time left action key displays the name of the next view you see when you press the key 6 Press OK el 4 Use the 5 way to move to another day week month or year depending on the current view CALENDAR 9 YOUR PERSONAL INFORMATION ORGANIZER CHAPTER TIP To pencil in an appointment open the appointment select Status and then select Tentative Tip You can display your appointments on your Today screen see Selecting which items appear on your Today screen Adding an alarm reminder to an event 1 Create an event and then select it 2 Press Edit C left action key 3 Select Reminder and then select Remind Me 4 Enter the number of minutes hours days or weeks before the event you would like to receive the alarm Calendar Subject Location Starts All day recurring Ends All day recurring All Day Occurs Reminder Type of time units Number of time units 5 Press OK Creating an untimed even
244. nus screen 244 Message Details command 127 essage download limit option 117 Message format option 116 Message Options command 104 125 essage Options screen 125 essage Priority list 125 message Status icons 129 Message tab 113 Message validity period option 130 messages See also multimedia messages text messages voice notes adding signatures to 111 131 addressing 103 122 123 creating email 103 deleting 110 113 116 displaying notification 242 forwarding 110 127 invalid characters and 122 listening to 42 receiving email 104 105 receiving notifications for 125 126 131 274 replying to 110 113 saving 104 searching email 109 sending 119 sorting 129 spell checking 104 storing 287 Messages tab 130 Messaging application See also text messages multimedia messages adding contacts and 177 chat sessions and 128 customizing 130 132 messaging options in 125 notification options in 126 overview 121 play options in 126 starting 121 messaging applications 286 messaging services 274 298 Messenger icon 135 microphone 5 43 163 288 microphone icon 246 INDEX 325 icrosoft ActiveSync software See ActiveSync Exchange ActiveSync icrosoft Office files 193 195 205 icrosoft Windows Mobile 224 265 icrosoft Word documents See documents DI files 122 miniSD cards 229 mirror 6 159 issed call option 56 MS files 170 MS messaging 121 293 mobile accounts See accounts obile
245. o access AT amp T s downloads page 1 Go to the page that contains the link to the file you want to download 2 To download a file press Left 4 or Right gt to highlight the link to the file Press and hold Center and then select Save As To download an image tap and hold on the image select Save Image and then select Save As 3 Select Name and enter a new name for the file 4 Select the Folder list and then select the folder where you want to save the file 5 Select the Location list and then select where you want to store the file Main memory or Storage card 6 Press OK Copying text from a web page You can copy text from a web page and paste it in other applications CHAPTER Tip You can copy the text from the entire web page Tap and hold on the page and then tap Select All Text Tap and hold on the page again and then tap Copy 1 Use the stylus to highlight the text you want to copy 2 Press Menu C right action key and select Edit gt Copy 3 Go to the application in which you want to paste and then position the cursor where you want to paste the text 4 Press Menu right action key and select Edit gt Paste tip If Internet Explorer Mobile does not recognize a phone number as dialable you can copy the phone number as text and paste it into the phone Dial Pad Returning to recently viewed pages The History list stores the addresses of the pages you visited rece
246. o search for 2 Select the Mode tab and check the Turn devices and te dieplay thedevice list on Bluetooth box to turn on the Bluetooth feature on your Treo 750 CONNECTING TO DEVICES WITH BLUETOOTH WIRELESS TECHNOLOGY YOUR CONNECTIONS TO THE WEB AND WIRELESS DEVICES CHAPTER Settings Select a Bluetooth Device Select a device to connect with and tap Next f Palm Device Cancel 5 Select the device with which you want to connect and then press Next right action key 6 Enter an alphanumeric passkey between 1 and 16 characters long and then press Next C right action key IMPORTANT Some hands free devices have a predefined passkey If your device has a predefined passkey you can find it in the documentation for that device Other devices provide a screen where you enter a passkey that you make up In either case you must use the same passkey on both your Treo 750 and the other device We recommend that where possible you make up a passkey of 16 alphanumeric characters letters and numerals only to improve the security of your Treo 750 The longer the passkey the more difficult it is for the passkey to be deciphered 7 If the passkey is not built in enter the same passkey on the other Bluetooth device and then press Finish right action key 8 Press OK l You can now communicate with this device whenever it is within range and the Bluetooth feature on your Treo 750 is
247. o your Treo 750 by inserting it into the two sockets to the left on the bottom of the Treo 750 USB sync cable This button has no function with your Treo 750 78 SETTING UP YOUR COMPUTER FOR SYNCHRONIZATION Synchronizing using the sync cable Every time you connect your Treo 750 to your computer the desktop sync software automatically turns on and checks whether changes you made on the computer or on the Treo 750 need to be synchronized 1 Connect your Treo 750 to your computer see Connecting your Treo 750 to your computer This button has no function with your Treo 750 2 SYNCHRONIZING INFORMATION 4 CHAPTER Check for synchronization progress Windows XP Look for the animated ActiveSync icon at the top of your Treo 750 screen and the ActiveSync icon in the taskbar on your computer Windows Vista Look for the animated connection ee icon at the top of your Treo 750 screen If you don t see the correct icon make sure the desktop sync software that came with your Treo 750 is running on your computer If you have any problems synchronizing see Synchronization for troubleshooting suggestions tip We recommend that you install the backup and restore app from the Windows Mobile Getting Started CD A backup and restore app preserves your data and settings if your Treo 750 is ever lost or stolen and it protects your data during a hard re
248. ocate the receiving antenna e Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver e Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is connected e Consult the dealer or an experienced radio TV technician for help This device complies with part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation RF Safety Exposure To Radio Frequency Energy SAR Radio transmitting devices radiate Radio Frequency RF energy during its operation RF energy can be absorbed into the human body and potentially can cause adverse health effects if excessive levels are absorbed The unit of measurement for human exposure to RF energy is Specific Absorption Rate SAR The Federal Communications Commission FCC Industrie Canada IC and other agencies around the world have established limits that incorporate a substantial safety margin designed to assure the safety of all persons using this equipment In order to certify this unit for sale in the US Canada and Europe this unit has been tested for RF exposure compliance at a qualified test laboratory and found to comply with the regulations regarding exposure to RF Energy SAR was measured with the unit transmitting at its maximum certified RF power Often
249. of memory Move images to an expansion card or delete images from your Treo 750 see Pictures amp Videos Messaging Multimedia content and email CHAPTER Getting more help attachments can consume excessive memory Move multimedia content and attachments to an expansion card or delete large files from your Treo 750 see Deleting messages and Deleting a Contact the vendor of any third party software if you require further assistance MAKING ROOM ON YOUR TREO 750 13 TROUBLESHOOTING CHAPTER single message You may also want to empty the deleted items folder Internet If you save links to pages you ve visited in Internet Explorer Mobile you may want to clear all recent pages see Customizing your Internet Explorer Mobile settings Third party applications You can delete infrequently used applications or move them to an expansion card see Copying or moving applications and files between your Treo 750 and an expansion card Also remember that your Treo 750 includes an expansion card slot and that you can store applications and information on expansion cards However you still need free memory on the Treo 750 itself to run applications from an expansion card Voice quality Is the other person hearing an echo e Try decreasing the volume on your Treo 750 to avoid coupling or feedback on the other person s end This applies to both the speakerphone and the handset earpiece Positi
250. off for 250 hanging indents 201 hanging up phone 13 43 46 hard resets 252 267 hardware 1 Hardware buttons check box 241 headers 198 headset button 52 headset jack 5 headsets 51 54 148 250 hearing impaired devices 57 299 300 302 help 263 289 Help topics 28 hiding images 142 items on calendar 184 187 speed dial buttons 36 Tasks entry bar 189 highlight 19 INDEX 321 Highlight option 201 highlighting applications 28 items in folders 223 items on screen 18 19 20 menu items 21 22 options in lists 18 23 text 20 201 Hint tab 253 hints passwords 253 History command 145 170 History list 145 146 Hold button 43 home locations 254 Home page option 146 Hotmail 92 133 HSDPA networks 44 292 HTML messages 105 116 hypertext links See links icons battery 10 data connections 272 events 186 message status 129 phone status 64 signal strength 33 259 ICS connections 151 153 Identification tab 253 idle setting 34 Ignore with text message command 40 IM messaging 133 286 image file types 163 image files 123 287 images See also pictures attaching to email 107 dimmed 271 downloading 145 hiding web page 142 incorrect color settings and 286 setting background 165 239 troubleshooting web page 285 IMAP accounts 95 100 105 106 IMAP servers 92 101 inactivity 160 161 258 Inbox 18 126 129 Inbox application 91 92 103 Inbox folders 104 incorrect passwords 252 Indentation
251. oicemail access number To use your smart device s phone email or web features you need to insert a SIM card If a SIM card is not included in your Treo 750 box AT amp T will provide you with one To take advantage of the high speed data connection available on your Treo 750 you need to have a 3G SIM card A 3G SIM card has a blue back and has 3G on it Tip If you don t have a SIM card contact AT amp T customer care at 1 866 246 4852 or dial 611 from your Treo 750 INSERTING THE SIM CARD AND BATTERY 7 SETTING UP CHAPTER 1 Use one hand to press the Battery door release and use your other hand to slide the battery door downward to remove it from your Treo 750 Battery door release If the battery is installed remove it Slide your finger under the left side of the battery nearest the stylus and lift up to remove it tip It is easier to remove the battery if you first remove the stylus from your Treo 750 3 With the metal contacts facing the battery compartment slide the SIM card into the cutout in the lowerright corner of the compartment until you feel it snap into place Align the notches to make sure you have the card oriented correctly Notch Align the metal contacts on the battery with the contacts inside the battery compartment insert the battery into the compartment at a 45 degree angle and then press it into place Battery contacts Phone contacts
252. ollowing options Settings c Y BR Sounds amp Notifications Enable sounds for Events warnings system events Programs v Notifications alarms reminders O Screen taps C Hardware buttons Q amp Events Turns sounds on off for system warnings and error messages YOUR PERSONAL SETTINGS Programs Turns sounds on off in the applications on your Treo 750 CHAPTER Notifications Turns alarms and reminders on off in the applications on your Treo 750 Screen taps Turns sounds associated with tapping the screen on off and sets the volume level when this sound is turned on Hardware buttons Turns sounds associated with pressing buttons on off and sets the volume level when this sound is turned on tip To record preview delete and send sounds select the Manage tab To record a sound press Menu and select New Sound To play a sound select it and press Play left action key To delete a sound highlight it and press Backspace To send a sound highlight it press Menu and select Send Sound SYSTEM SOUND SETTINGS 12 YOUR PERSONAL SETTINGS CHAPTER 4 Select the Notifications tab and set any of the following options Settings Gl y amp Sounds amp Notifications Play sound Vibrate when ringer switch off Vibrate when ringer switch on Event Specifies the action for which you want to change th
253. on 1 Go to your Today screen 2 Press Menu gt right action key and select Preferences gt Phone Settings 3 Select the Network tab Settings Phone 14085555841 Current network Network Find Network Preferred Networks Network Selection Manual YOUR PHONE 4 To switch to another network select Find Network and select an available network CHAPTER 5 To change your preferred network select Set Networks check the box next to the networks you want and then select your order of preference 6 From the Network Selection list select an option Automatic The network connection is automatically made Manual Network connections are manually made If you are manually selecting a network select a network from the list of available networks NOTE Depending on your location the option to manually select a network may not be displayed 7 Press OK 2 CUSTOMIZING PHONE SETTINGS YOUR PHONE oc a a lt q What are all those Y The SIM card is locked You need to enter a PIN or a PUK to unlock icons the SIM card see Locking the SIM card A voice call is in progress You can monitor the status of several items il prog using icons at the top of your Today screen TTY TDD is turned on You missed an incoming call ol All calls are being forwarded You have a voicemail message 3G Your phone is connected to a 3G UMTS network b
254. on the Treo 750 closer to your ear to prevent sound leaking back to the microphone Keep your hand away from the microphone hole which is on the lowerright side of your Treo 750 e If you re using Speakerphone mode with your Treo 750 lying on a flat surface try turning the Treo 750 face down screen facing the surface Are you hearing your own voice echo Ask the other person to turn down their volume or to hold the phone closer to their ear Is your voice too quiet on the other end Be sure to hold the bottom of the Treo 750 or the hands free microphone close to your mouth Check the signal strength indicator If the signal is weak try to find an area with better coverage 288 VOICE QUALITY Where to learn more For a quick introduction Quick Tour The Quick Tour introduces you to many of your Palm Treo 750 smart device s features It is already installed on your Treo 750 and you can open it any time Press Start E select Programs and then select Quick Tour A While using your Treo 750 On device Help Your Treo 750 includes on device help that is specially formatted for your Treo 750 screen To view the on device help press Start and select Help Online support from Palm For up to date downloads troubleshooting and support information go to http go palm com treo750 att If you need further information Books Many books on Windows Mobile devices are available in local or
255. online book retailers look in the computers section Customer service from AT amp T For questions about your mobile account or features contact AT amp T customer care WHERE TO LEARN MORE 289 290 WHERE TO LEARN MORE Terms ActiveSync The software on your Palm Treo 750 smart device that exchanges and updates the information on your Treo 750 with the information on your computer ActiveSync desktop software The software on your Windows XP computer that exchanges and updates the information on your computer with the information on your Treo 750 To open ActiveSync on your computer double click the ActiveSync icon in the taskbar in the lowerright corner of your screen If the icon does not appear click Start click All Programs or navigate to the Programs group and then select Microsoft ActiveSync See Installing ActiveSync desktop software Windows XP On a Windows Vista computer the desktop synchronization software is called Windows Mobile Device Center Alt alternative The key that you use to enter accented characters and symbols that do not appear on your keyboard Press Alt a and then press a key on the keyboard to view the alternative characters available for that key See Entering other symbols and accented characters auto off interval The time of inactivity that passes before the screen on your Treo 750 turns off The wireless features on your Treo 750 are unaff
256. ons sync The procedure for synchronizing files is different for computers running Windows XP and computers running Windows Vista Synchronizing files Windows XP 1 Connect your Treo 750 to your computer with the USB sync cable NOTE Most ActiveSync desktop software options are available only when your Treo 750 is connected to your computer 2 On your computer double click the ActiveSync icon in the taskbar in the lowerright corner of your computer screen to open the ActiveSync desktop software window Tip If the ActiveSync icon does not appear in the taskbar go to Start navigate to Programs and then select Microsoft ActiveSync to open the ActiveSync window Synctwonized II Ty Y wnae synctronged Tone Mi caenter SEs Tasks Sore 3 Under Information Type double click Files to view a list of all synchronized files CHAPTER SYNCHRONIZING YOUR MICROSOFT OFFICE FILES D YOUR MICROSOFT OFFICE AND OTHER DOCUMENT TOOLS CHAPTER Tip If Files doesn t appear under Information Type open the Tools menu and select Options Make sure the Files box is checked 4 Do either of the following e To delete a file from the file sync folder on your computer and from your Treo 750 highlight the file name and click Remove e To copy a file from your computer to your Treo 750 click Add browse to and highlight the file and then click Open NOTE If you receive an error while synch
257. ontacts tasks and notes for Microsoft Outlook and Lotus Notes To use GoodLink you need an account on your company s Good Mobile Messaging server For setup instructions see Setting up Good Mobile Messaging Microsoft Exchange ActiveSync This app provides wireless synchronization of email contacts calendar and tasks If your company has Exchange 2003 and Service Pack 2 SP2 installed email and other info may be automatically pushed from the server to your Treo 750 otherwise you need to initiate synchronization manually or set up a sync schedule Setting up Xpress Mail Xpress Mail works with a corporate or personal account to transfer messages to your Treo 750 It is not an email provider YOUR EMAIL BEFORE YOU BEGIN e Know the address of the email account you want to access through Xpress Mail on your Treo 750 e Know the phone number of your Treo 750 see What s my number e For corporate email only your business computer needs to be on and connected to the company network for wireless synchronization to occur If your main business computer is a laptop that you need to take with you you can designate another computer to remain always on and connected to the corporate network so that you can synchronize your email You do the initial setup of Xpress Mail using your computer s web browser Go to the AT amp T Xpress Mail website https xpressmail cingular com and create an Xpress Mail ac
258. ook calendar on your computer and you don t want them to see an appointment you can mark that appointment as private to hide it from other Microsoft Office Outlook users 1 Create an event and then select it 2 Press Edit lt left action key 3 Select Sensitivity and then select one of the following Personal Displays the event on your Treo 750 and on your computer Meeting attendees or recipients see Please treat this as Personal near the top of an open appointment Private Displays the event on your Treo 750 and on your computer Meeting attendees or recipients see Please treat this as Private near the top of an open appointment If you sync with an Exchange server other users who can access your folders can t see your private events they see private events as unavailable time slots Confidential Displays the event on your Treo 750 and on your computer Meeting attendees or recipients see Please treat this as Confidential near the top of an open appointment Tip If you don t see an option on the screen press Down on the 5 way to scroll to other options For example when editing an event you don t see the Sensitivity option until you scroll toward the bottom of the entry 4 Press OK el CALENDAR Organizing your schedule Use categories to view various types of events 1 Create an event and then select it 2 Press Menu C right action key and select Edit 3
259. ook on your computer Tip Take some time to scroll down through all the fields in a new contact There are fields for multiple addresses phone numbers email addresses and much more Tip Be sure to enter mobile numbers and email addresses in the correct fields so that Inbox and Messaging can find this info when you address a message and Calendar can find your contacts when you want to invite them to meetings CONTACTS 17 9 YOUR PERSONAL INFORMATION ORGANIZER CHAPTER Here are some helpful tips for entering In Q To enter complete name or address work home or other information ap the arrow on the right side of the ine and enter the information in the box that appears When finished tap outside the box to accept the information and close the box To add a caller ID picture that is displayed when that person calls select Picture and then select Camera and take a picture camera version only or select an existing picture from Thumbnail View To assign the entry to one or more categories select Categories and then check the categories under which you want this entry to appear To assign a ringtone to the entry select Ring tone and select a tone To add a note to an entry select the N otes tab After you enter all the information press o K Viewing or changing contact information 1 In the Contacts list viewed by name begin entering one of the following for the
260. options In Contacts get e mail addresses from Indicates whether you want to check Contacts in addition to any directory services for email addresses YS R Options In Contacts get e mail addresses from All e mail fields Check names using these address books Add Address storage Check names using these address books Indicates which directory services you want to check for email addresses Add Enables you to add directory services to the list of online address books Select the Storage tab and set either of the following options D ya E Options Main memory 52 81 MB free Storage card not installed Current size of attachments 0 00 MB Empty deleted items suwase amp When available use this storage card to store attachments Indicates whether you want to automatically store email attachments on an expansion card You must have a card inserted into the expansion card slot on your Treo 750 to select this option Empty deleted items Select Immediately to have the Deleted folder emptied anytime you delete a message Select On connect disconnect to have the folder emptied anytime you open or quit the Inbox application Select Manually to manually empty the Deleted folder WORKING WITH EMAIL MESSAGES tip If you choose to manually empty the Deleted folder you delete messages from this folder in the same way that you delete any other messages see Deleting me
261. orker fast send a text message from your Palm Treo 750 smart device to their mobile phone or email address If you need more than text to express yourself use multimedia messaging to give your message extra impact by adding a photo video or sound file Benefits e Enjoy quick communication e Beas simple or as creative as you e Use text messaging to chat with want friends In this chapter ISIC Wakes MISSEEICIIMNG application ee guns CUStomizing the MeSsagingiapplicationens ee a a WiSiiAKe i NAVATRICIONNEUINE Is Sok ade ah an cm maiden anne E um oe E Using the Messaging application You can use the Messaging application to send and receive brief text messages SMS and multimedia messages MMS Before you use your Treo 750 to send or receive messages consult AT amp T for pricing and availability of text and multimedia messaging services Creating and sending a text message BEFORE YOU BEGIN Make sure that your phone is on and that you re inside a coverage area see Turning your phone on DID YOU KNOW You can send and receive text messages even while you are on a phone call This is easiest when using a hands free headset or the speakerphone 1 Press Start and select Messaging 2 Press New C left action key 3 Enter the recipient s name mobile phone number or email address Here are some shortcuts YOUR TEXT AND MULTIMEDIA MESSAGES Q CHAPTER Messaging a Ya oe To Smila
262. ormation you have entered for the contact Highlight the phone number you want to dial for the contact 4 Press Phone Send or press Center to dial YOUR PHONE CHAPTER DID YOU KNOW After you look up a contact you can select how you want to communicate with that person When a contact s name or phone number is highlighted on the search results list press and hold Center on the 5 way or tap and hold with the stylus and then select the communication method you want to use Dialing using the onscreen Dial Pad The onscreen Dial Pad is useful when you need to dial numbers that are expressed as letters and when you need large numbers that you can tap with your finger or the stylus DID YOU KNOW You can paste numbers directly into the Dial Pad Copy a number from another application switch to Dial Pad and then press and hold Center on the 5 way to paste the number BEFORE YOU BEGIN Make sure your phone is on and that you re inside a coverage area see Turning your phone on MAKING CALLS FROM THE TODAY SCREEN G7 YOUR PHONE CHAPTER 1 Go to your Today screen 2 Press Phone Send and select Dial Pad 3 Tap the onscreen Dial Pad to enter the number i Ys R Delete 4 Press Phone Send to dial Redialing a recently called number To dial the last number you called Go to your Today screen and then press and hold Phone Send To select from your most rece
263. ory lookup In addition you get web based access to corporate email calendar and contacts from any web browser You can enter settings for up to three email accounts in Xpress Mail An AT amp T Xpress Mail account is required additional charges may apply See Setting up Xpress Mail Inbox POP or IMAP You can use the Inbox application to enter settings for one personal POP or IMAP email account You must manually retrieve email for an account you set up using Inbox See Setting up a POP IMAP account in the Inbox application Common email providers Windows Live Hotmail Windows Live enables you to access your Hotmail account You can send and receive messages while connected to the data network and you can review and draft messages when not connected such as while on a plane See Using Windows Live Using an IT assisted setup application BEFORE YOU BEGIN Do the following e Ask your IT administrator which wireless email solution your company supports e Obtain any required email setup information from your IT administrator e Confirm that your AT amp T account includes the correct data plan to support your email solution If you re not sure call 611 from your Treo 750 or 1 866 246 4852 to speak to a customer service representative or check your latest AT amp T Wireless bill 82 SETTING UP EMAIL GoodLink Mobile Messaging This app provides real time wireless push of email calendar c
264. oth icon 53 54 uetooth PAN option 152 uetooth Settings screen 148 uetooth status icons 149 uetooth technology 139 291 BMP files 163 Bold option 201 bookmarks 143 See also favorites border highlight 19 borders 204 brightness adjusting 242 browsing files and folders 222 232 browsing the web See web browsing built in applications 226 307 built in camera See camera bulleted lists 197 201 Burst command 160 burst mode 160 Www WW buttons assigning to media files 173 assigning voice commands to 246 associating with applications 245 creating speed dial 49 disabling 250 displaying voicemail 50 editing speed dial 50 reassigning 245 246 selecting 19 turning sounds on or off for 241 Buttons icon 245 Buttons Settings screen 245 c CAB files 225 calculations 208 234 Calculator 234 235 calculator buttons 234 Calculator icon 234 calendar adding items to 182 184 displaying 180 hiding items on 184 187 removing events 185 setting alarms for 182 synchronizing 71 unavailable slots on 184 untimed events on 182 Calendar application adding contacts and 177 customizing 185 186 managing schedules with 181 185 starting 180 calendar options 185 186 Calendar views 180 181 186 Call Barring option 59 call forwarding 48 Call Log 38 Call Sender command 127 call waiting 46 60 caller ID applications 286 caller ID blocking 44 caller IDs 57 60 158 178 camcorder icon 159 camera battery life and 11 capturing v
265. ou can connect to the TeleNav GPS Navigator is a GPS navigation system that gives you Bs nemer turn by turn directions by map and by voice right from your Treo 750 Get audible GPS s directions for appointments meetings or U SI ng AT amp T Ma even the closest coffee shop f BEFORE YOU BEGIN The TeleNav With AT amp T Mall you can shop for application requires a monthly subscription ringtones games graphics multimedia Contact AT amp T for information and rates files and more 1 Press Start and select Programs 1 Press Start l and select Programs 2 Select AT amp T Mall E 2 Select TeleNav Q USING AT amp T MALL 153 YOUR CONNECTIONS TO THE WEB AND WIRELESS DEVICES CHAPTER 154 USING TELENAV GPS NAVIGATOR CHAPTER 8 Your photos videos and music Do you have a wallet bulging with photos of friends family pets and your most recent vacation Are you tired of carrying both your MP3 player and your phone Your Palm Treo 750 smart device solves both problems You can keep your favorite photos videos too right on your Treo 750 And there s no need to carry an expensive MP3 player because you can play music on your Treo 750 Simply transfer songs onto your Treo 750 or an expansion card sold separately and then listen through your stereo headphones Benefits e Never be far from your favorite e Avoid having to use a separate people places and songs photo v
266. ou set up to sync your Treo 750 with two computers named C1 and C2 when you sync Contacts and Calendar on your Treo 750 with both computers you get the following results e The contacts and calendar appointments that were on C1 are now also on C2 e The contacts and calendar appointments that were on C2 are now also on C1 e The contacts and calendar appointments from both computers are on your Treo 750 NOTE Microsoft Office Outlook E mail can synchronize with only one computer Setting synchronization options Changing which applications sync You must select sync options if you want to synchronize notes pictures and other types of files 1 Press Start E and select Programs 2 Select ActiveSync 3 Press Menu C right action key and select Options 86 SETTING SYNCHRONIZATION OPTIONS ActiveSync my Tis we Options Choose the data you want to sync p PC ME contacts ME calendar MA E mail ME Tasks Notes hd 4 Do any of the following e Check the box next to any items you want to synchronize If you cannot check a box you might have to uncheck a box for the same information type elsewhere in the list Uncheck the box next to any items you want to stop synchronizing Select an item and then select Settings to customize the settings for that item Settings are not available for all items SYNCHRONIZING INFORMATION 4 CHAPTER Tip
267. ou want for editing the contact s information deleting the contact copying it to the Contacts application and more 5 Press OK Tip If a contact has more than one phone number you can automatically copy one or more of the numbers to the SIM card In SIM Manager press Menu right action key and select Tools gt Options Check the boxes next to the numbers you want automatically copied to the SIM card Calendar Displaying your calendar 1 2 3 Press Start E and select Calendar Press Menu C right action key and select View Select one of the following views Agenda Shows your daily schedule in list format Upcoming appointments are bold past appointments are dimmed Day Shows your daily schedule in day planner format Day View displays a horizontal time strip at the top to show at a glance when you have appointments Week Shows your schedule for an entire week 180 CALENDAR YOUR PERSONAL INFORMATION ORGANIZER 9 CHAPTER Creating an appointment DID YOU KNOW If your schedule contains a conflict two appointments that overlap you 1 Press Start E and select Calendar can see the conflict in both Day View and 2 Press Menu C right action key Week View and select New Appointment Calendar Month Shows your schedule for a Subject whole month Location Starts 1 17 07 12 00PM _ F A morning appointment Ends 1 17 07 1 00PM All Day No A An afternoon appoi
268. our Treo 750 see Requesting a connection with another Bluetooth device 1 On your computer double click the icon to open the Bluetooth connections window Check the documentation included with your computer for instructions 2 3 Select the option to view devices within range You should see an icon representing your Treo 750 Double click this icon to make sure that Network Access Point or something similar appears in the list of Bluetooth services Tip Don t see your Treo 750 icon on the list of services Check the documentation included with your computer or contact your computer manufacturer for help Different computer models use different terminology for the Bluetooth connection features On your Treo 750 press Start and select Programs Select Internet Sharing p Select the PC Connection list and then select Bluetooth PAN NOTE Keep the default setting on the Network Connection list 7 Press Connect C left action key and follow the wizard to set up Internet Sharing On your computer follow the steps to accept or enable a Bluetooth PAN 152 USING YOUR DEVICE AS A WIRELESS MODEM YOUR CONNECTIONS TO THE WEB AND WIRELESS DEVICES CHAPTER connection with your Treo 750 Check U si ng Tele Nav G PS the documentation included with your computer for instructions Navigator 9 After you have connected on your computer open your web browser to confirm that y
269. our info from another device to computers running Windows XP the your new Treo 750 This can cause your software is called Microsoft ActiveSync Treo 750 to malfunction desktop software For computers running Windows Vista the software is called Windows Mobile Device Center 4 Quit any active applications including virus scanners and Internet security applications TRANSFERRING INFO FROM ANOTHER DEVICE 265 13 TROUBLESHOOTING CHAPTER 5 To reinstall the software insert the Windows Mobile Getting Started CD into your computer s CD drive and follow the onscreen instructions See Installing ActiveSync desktop software Resetting your Treo 750 Windows XP or Installing Windows Mobile Device Center Windows Vista for detailed instructions You must install the desktop sync software that came with your Treo 750 on the Windows Mobile Getting Started CD Other versions do not work with this Treo 750 DID You KNOW The Windows Mobile Getting Started CD installs the software and drivers that let you synchronize with Microsoft Office Outlook If you want to synchronize with a different personal information manager PIM you must install a third party solution Contact the PIM s vendor to learn if software is available for your Treo 750 Performing a soft reset Performing a soft reset is similar to restarting a computer If your Treo 750 is not responding or you have trouble synchronizing with
270. owing e To move the picture or video to another location press Menu right action key and select Edit gt Cut e To keep the picture or video in two locations press Menu right action key and select Edit gt Copy YOUR PHOTOS VIDEOS AND MUSIC rs 3 Tap the Show list in the upperleft and select the location where you want to place the picture or video 4 Press Menu right action key and select Edit gt Paste You can also view a specific folder or expansion card and arrange the pictures and videos by name date or size 1 Tap the Show list in the upper left and then select the folder you want to view 2 Tap the Sort By list in the upperright and then select the sort method Name Date or Size Using a picture as the Today screen background 1 Highlight the picture you want to use 2 Press Menu right action key and select Set as Today Background 3 Select the Transparency level list and select the appropriate level Use a higher percentage for a more transparent picture and a lower percentage for a more opaque picture 4 Press OK to return to Thumbnail View CHAPTER PICTURES amp VIDEOS rs YOUR PHOTOS VIDEOS AND MUSIC CHAPTER Editing a picture For more extensive edits just download your picture or video to your computer and edit it in your favorite graphics program Then sync the picture or video back to your Treo 750 Select the picture you want to edit
271. ows Mobile Getting Started CD which came with your Treo 750 and then repeat the installation process see Reinstalling the desktop software TROUBLESHOOTING Synchronization starts but doesn t finish Make sure that you installed the desktop software that came with your Treo 750 If you re not sure whether this software is installed reinstall it see Reinstalling the desktop software My video and music files won t sync 1 Make sure you have Windows Media Player 10 or later installed on your computer 2 Reinstall the desktop sync software from the Windows Mobile Getting Started CD which came with your Treo 750 see Reinstalling the desktop software Media file synchronization fails if you installed the desktop sync software before you installed Windows Media Player My appointments show up in the wrong time slot after sync 1 Make sure that you installed the desktop sync software that came with your Treo 750 If you re not sure whether this software is installed reinstall it see Reinstalling the desktop software CHAPTER SYNCHRONIZATION 13 TROUBLESHOOTING CHAPTER 2 Open Microsoft Office Outlook and correct the wrong entries 3 Manually enter any information you added to your Treo 750 since the last time you synchronized 4 Synchronize your phone and your computer My scheduled sync doesn t work By default a scheduled sync does not work while you are roaming This is to
272. oxes 292 digit grouping 243 digital cameras 163 See also camera gital certificates 141 256 di dimmed images 271 Direct Push Technology 80 directory service 108 109 114 Disable touchscreen check box 251 Disconnect Bluetooth command 85 Disconnect command 261 discoverable setting 151 discovering trusted devices 147 148 151 disk space 307 See also memory Dismiss button 42 display formats 243 Display message on screen check box 56 242 display options web 142 isplay settings 242 244 See also screen displaying alternate character list 26 animated images 167 applications on device 28 calendar 180 contacts 178 current connection 260 events 182 185 Qa folder contents 222 memory usage 257 multimedia messages 126 127 notifications 56 242 on device help 289 PDF files 197 pictures 157 158 163 power settings 258 running applications 258 space on expansion cards 232 258 tasks 188 189 text messages 126 videos 157 158 163 web pages 141 142 145 wireless settings 259 DOC files 197 document file types 197 203 documentation 2 289 documents See also Word Mobile application creating 198 199 deleting 202 finding and replacing text in 199 moving or copying text in 200 INDEX 317 opening 198 organizing 202 saving 197 198 200 202 setting margins for 201 spell checking 201 supported features for 197 unsupported features for 197 198 documents list 203 DOT files 197 Download
273. p Keyguard Auto Keyguard when power is turned off Press Option Power button to manually enable the Keyguard Disable touchscreen o while on call in Today Screen Press OK l Locking your screen 1 2 Press Start and select Settings On the Personal tab select Keyguard LOCKING YOUR TREO 750 AND INFO 3 Check or uncheck the Disable touchscreen box to determine whether the screen s touch sensitive feature is enabled during a call 4 Press OK 6 Locking the SIM card You can lock your SIM Subscriber Identity Module card to prevent unauthorized use of your mobile account When your SIM card is locked you must enter the PIN for powering on your phone to make or receive calls except for emergency numbers The SIM card remains locked even if you move the card to another phone When your SIM card is locked you can unlock your SIM card by trying to turn on the phone A dial pad appears for you to enter your PIN BEFORE YOU BEGIN e Make sure your phone is on and that you re inside a coverage area see Turning your phone on e Get your default PIN from AT amp T 1 Press Start and select Settings 2 On the Personal tab select Phone YOUR PERSONAL SETTINGS 3 Select the Security tab CHAPTER Settings Phone Currently Unlocked Locking the SIM prevents all voice and data calls from being sent or received except emergency calls Require PIN when
274. pears at the top of your screen 1 Go to your Today screen 2 Press and hold 1 on the keyboard to dial AT amp T s voicemail system 3 Enter your voicemail password using the keyboard or press Extra Digits C left action key if you defined this option see Creating a speed dial button for details 4 Follow the voice prompts to listen to your messages USING VOICEMAIL YOUR PHONE CHAPTER DID You KNOW When a Voicemail icon appears at the top of the screen you can tap this icon to retrieve your voicemail tip You can display onscreen voicemail playback controls see Creating a speed dial button Retrieving messages from a voicemail notification NOTE Not all service plans support voicemail notification Check with AT amp T for more information You can retrieve voicemail messages when you receive a notification or you can dismiss the notification and retrieve the messages later e When you have a new voicemail message a notification screen appears New oicemail ew Voicemail 4 37 PM 1 16 07 t Dismiss e To hear your message now press Listen C left action key e To retrieve your message later press Dismiss C right action key What can do during a call Your Treo 750 offers many advanced telephone features including call waiting six way conferencing and call forwarding These features depend on your service plan Please contact AT amp T for more
275. pen 198 WORD MOBILE YOUR MICROSOFT OFFICE AND OTHER DOCUMENT TOOLS D Tip To zoom in or out press View select Zoom and then select the zoom level Creating a document from a template 1 Go to the documents list 2 Tap the Show list in the upperleft and select Templates If you don t see Templates in the Show list select More Folders to access this folder 3 Open the template you want to use 4 Press Menu C right action key and select File gt Save As 5 Select Name and enter a new name for the file 6 Select the Folder list and then select the folder where you want to save the file 7 Select the Type list and then select the format in which you want to save the file 8 Select the Location list and then select Main Memory or Storage Card 9 Select Save Tip To create a new template open the document you want to save as a template Press Menu right action key and select File gt Rename Move Select Name and enter a name for the template Select Folder and then select Template Press OK Finding or replacing text in a document 1 Open the document containing the text you want to find 2 Press Menu right action key and select Edit gt Find Replace 3 Select Find what and enter the text you want to find 4 Optional Check the Match case box to find text that matches the capitalization in the text you entered in step 3 5 Optional Check the Match whole words only bo
276. phone 1 Press Start and select Settings 2 On the Personal tab select Sounds amp Notifications A i 3 Select the Notifications tab CUSTOMIZING PHONE SETTINGS 55 CHAPTER YOUR PHONE 4 Select the Event list and then select the type of call or notification for which you want to set the ringtone Phone Known Caller An incoming call from someone in your Contacts list or Speed Dial list Settings a J Sounds amp Notifications Event AS Ring type Ring tone Vibrate when ringer switch off Vibrate when ringer switch on Notifications Phone Missed call A call you did not answer Settings a Sounds amp Notifications Play sound alarm Triangle B Do M Display message on screen v vibrate when ringer switch off Vibrate when ringer switch on Notifications Phone Roaming A call that comes in when you re outside your home mobile network Phone Unknown Caller An incoming call from someone identified by caller ID who is not in your Contacts list or Speed Dial list Phone Voice mail A new voicemail If you selected Known Caller Roaming or Unknown Caller select the ring type and the ringtone Select the Play icon to preview the ringtone sound If you selected Missed call or Voice mail set the following options Check the Play Sound box if you want to have a sound played when the eve
277. phone is used The lock will take effect after you power cycle the phone 4 Check the Require PIN when phone is used box 5 Enter the PIN and press Done C left action key 6 Press OK e 7 Turn your phone off to activate the phone lock feature Your SIM card locks when you turn off your phone and turn it back on When your SIM card is locked you can unlock it by entering your PIN LOCKING YOUR TREO 750 AND INFO 251 12 YOUR PERSONAL SETTINGS CHAPTER used box DID YOU KNOW You can permanently unlock your SIM card From your Today screen press Menu and select Preferences gt Phone Settings Select the Security tab and uncheck the Require PIN when phone is NOTE You need your PIN number when you want to edit your PIN number or remove the locking feature If you enter an incorrect PIN more times than allowed by AT amp T the SIM card locks After the SIM card locks you need the PUK PIN Unlock Key to unlock the SIM card Contact AT amp T for more information and the PUK Locking your Treo 750 To protect your personal information you can lock the system so that you need to enter your password to access any of your information or use other features of your Treo 750 IMPORTANT If you lock your system you must enter the exact password to unlock it If you enter an incorrect password you are given another chance Each time an incorrect password is entered you are given progressi
278. ponents Treo device 1 compressed files 223 computers accessing Internet from 151 connecting to 77 installing from 225 226 reinstalling desktop software on 265 synchronizing with 74 86 87 157 conference calls 46 47 Conference command 47 Confidential option 184 configurations troubleshooting 273 Configure Server command 284 INDEX 313 configuring data services 273 mail servers 284 Confirm message deletions check box 130 confirmation messages 132 Connect command 261 Connect via Bluetooth command 85 Connect via IR command 86 connection icons 272 connection settings 260 261 Connection Settings command 277 connections Bluetooth devices 53 54 147 151 changing 260 corporate accounts 260 creating 260 261 device to PCs 77 displaying 260 ending 261 losing 275 manually starting 261 network 63 272 phone calls and 33 44 61 precautions for 303 timing out 281 troubleshooting 271 275 284 trusted devices and 151 TTY TDD devices 58 websites 141 260 273 wireless modems 151 Connections icon 260 Connections screen 260 261 273 275 Connections tab 229 260 connectivity specs 306 contact categories 178 contacts adding 44 177 addressing messages to 103 167 114 121 123 assigning ringtones to 57 165 178 changing info for 178 displaying 178 filtering 179 linking speed dial buttons to 49 looking up 30 36 179 making calls to 36 58 180 removing 179 saving information for 45
279. porate servers 260 networks 256 looking up contacts 30 36 179 lookup feature 221 losing connections 275 information 197 267 passwords 252 Treo device 79 253 low coverage areas 272 low lighting conditions 24 lowercase letters 25 M magnet 6 magnification See zoom settings m m m m m m m ail servers 260 284 ain tab 257 ake the device discoverable check box 148 ake this device discoverable setting 151 anage existing connections option 260 261 anage Folders command 104 anage tab 241 anagement tools 219 API clients 283 aps 285 argins 201 atch case box 199 214 atch whole words only check box 199 214 easurement units 243 edia files creating playlists for 171 formats for 167 linking to 170 playing 168 synchronizing 71 168 transferring 167 170 troubleshooting 279 edia libraries 170 324 INDEX media player controls 169 Media Player Mobile 167 173 media players 11 71 Media sync option 168 medical devices 300 meeting invitations See meeting requests meeting requests 107 109 117 183 184 186 memory available 307 freeing 226 280 287 low conditions for 257 running apps and 28 231 storing numbers in 234 viewing expansion card 232 memory buttons 234 memory dial 301 Memory icon 232 memory options web 146 Memory screen 257 Memory tab 146 memory usage 257 memos See messages notes menu items 21 22 Menu key 21 22 menus 20 21 22 Menus icon 244 Me
280. press OK twice Sorting info in a worksheet 1 2 Highlight the cells you want to sort Press Menu C right action key and select Tools gt Sort Select the Sort by list and then select the primary sort column 7 Check the Ascending box to sort in ascending order Leave the box unchecked to sort in descending order Optional Select the Then by lists and then select second and third level sorting options Check or uncheck the Exclude header row from sort box to indicate whether you want to sort the header row Select OK Filtering info in a worksheet 1 4 Highlight the cells that contain the info you want to filter Press Menu C right action key and select Tools gt AutoFilter A list appears at the top of each related column Select one of the new lists and then select a filter This hides all rows that do not include the selected filter Optional Do any of the following e Select the other lists and select other filters e To display all rows again select the filter lists and select All 212 EXCEL MOBILE YOUR MICROSOFT OFFICE AND OTHER DOCUMENT TOOLS D e To turn off filtering press Menu and select Tools gt AutoFilter again DID YOU KNOW You can also create custom filters where you specify comparisons Select the filter lists and then select Custom Creating a chart 1 Open the workbook in which you want to create a chart Highlight the cells you wan
281. r Treo 750 see Installing applications onto an expansion card e Change which applications synchronize e In ActiveSync desktop software on a Windows XP computer enter settings to synchronize wirelessly with Microsoft Exchange Server 2003 or 2007 78 SETTING UP YOUR COMPUTER FOR SYNCHRONIZATION DID YOU KNOW You can also change which applications synchronize see Changing which applications sync and enter settings to synchronize wirelessly see Setting up wireless synchronization in the ActiveSync app on your Treo 750 Whether you enter changes on your Treo 750 or on your computer the changes are transferred to the other location the next time you synchronize To open the desktop sync software do one of the following Windows XP To open the ActiveSync desktop software window double click the ActiveSync icon in the taskbar in the lowerright corner of your computer screen Tip If the ActiveSync icon does not appear in the taskbar go to Start navigate to Programs and then select Microsoft ActiveSync to open the ActiveSync window Tip You can enter a setting to have the ActiveSync window open automatically when you connect your computer and your Treo 750 In the ActiveSync window select File gt Connection Settings and then check the Open ActiveSync when my device connects box SYNCHRONIZING INFORMATION 4 Windows Vista To open Windows Mobile Device Center click Start gt All P
282. r a name for the folder and then press OK CHAPTER Deleting a note 1 3 Go to the Notes list and highlight the note you want to delete Press Menu C right action key and select Delete Select Yes to confirm the deletion Customizing Notes 1 2 3 Go to the Notes list Press Menu C right action key and select Options Set any of the following options Default mode Makes the default entry mode either Writing or Typing The default is Typing if you change it to Writing you can write notes directly on the screen using the stylus Default template Specifies the default template for new notes Save to Indicates the default location where new notes are stored NOTES 9 YOUR PERSONAL INFORMATION ORGANIZER CHAPTER Record button action Specifies what happens when you press the Side button to record a voice note while in another application whether the Notes application opens or you stay in the current application TIP To use the Record button action feature you need to assign the Side button to open Notes See Reassigning buttons Tip Tap Global Input Options to set options for entering text in any application see Setting input options 4 Press OK NOTES Bes CHAPTER 10 Your Microsoft Office and other document tools Your Palm Treo 750 smart device enables you to take your office with you including your Microsoft Office files With M
283. r the 1 Press Start E and select Programs task 2 Select Tasks P 3 Press Menu C right action key and select New Task Occurs Indicates if the task repeats at regular intervals and how often it repeats 4 Enter a description of the task in the Subject field 5 Set any of the following Reminder Sets an alarm for this task and indicates when you want to be reminded Categories Assigns the task to one or Priority Normal i Status Not Completed more categories Starts None aes g Due None Sensitivity Marks this task as Normal Occurs Once Personal Private or Confidential Reminder None Notes Enables you to enter additional Categories Sensitivity text for the task Notes 6 Press OK TASKS 9 YOUR PERSONAL INFORMATION ORGANIZER CHAPTER Tip You can also add a task by selecting the Tasks entry bar at the top of the task list screen entering the task description and tapping anywhere outside the entry bar Select the icons to the left of the bar to set the task as high or low priority Tip You can display your tasks on your Today screen see Selecting which items appear on your Today screen Checking off a task 1 Highlight the task you want to check off Tasks a Fa x EL too here to add anewtask Send Dad a card W Write meeting agenda Update glossary Pick up dry cleaning Create chart Call Becky Complete 2 Press Complete C left act
284. rary and select Yes to confirm the deletion DID You KNOW If you move files between your Treo 750 and an expansion card be sure to update your libraries or you won t be able to see the files in their new location 170 WINDOWS MEDIA PLAYER MOBILE Working with playlists A playlist is a list of media files that play in a specific order You can use playlists to group audio files together or video files together for convenient playback For example in the desktop Windows Media Player you can create a playlist of upbeat songs for when you exercise and a playlist of soothing songs for a long flight When you synchronize your favorite playlists are automatically copied to your Treo 750 Your playlists appear in your libraries in the My Playlists category A temporary playlist called Now Playing appears on the Now Playing menu It lists the currently playing file as well as any files that are queued up to play next You can add to modify or clear the files on the Now Playing playlist 1 Go to the Now Playing screen e If you are on the Library screen select the Now Playing category e If you are on the Playback screen select Now Playing YOUR PHOTOS VIDEOS AND MUSIC rs CHAPTER Windows Media a y R Falling Angel Electric Angel 2 Do any of the following e To move a file up or down one slot highlight the file and select Move Up or Move Down Tip You can also move a file in the Now Play
285. rd do not appear in the search results list 1 Press Start and select Programs 2 Select Search q Search ay ya i Search for JANE X Type All data X E Cartola Jane Wow Messaging 7 3 06 30 4 KB DID YOU KNOW You can also open Search by pressing Option left Shift FINDING INFORMATION 221 YOUR APPLICATION AND INFO MANAGEMENT TOOLS 3 Select Search for and then enter the file name word or other info you want to find CHAPTER Tip If you ve looked for an item before select the Search for list and then select the item in the list tip When two or more words are entered in the Search for field the search results include only items that contain all the words 4 Select the Type list and then select the kind of information you want to find Tip If you are searching for information in certain applications such as Inbox or Word Mobile select Advanced for more search options 5 Press Search C left action key 6 Use the 5 way to select and view an item from the results of the search A storage card symbol appears next to the names of files that are located on an expansion card Exploring files and folders You can use File Explorer to browse the contents of folders on your Treo 750 or on an expansion card The root folder on your Treo 750 is named My Device My Device is similar to My Computer Windows XP or Computer Windows Vista on your computer 1 P
286. rence in your formula specify two or more sheets in a workbook use a colon between the first and last worksheet names Example SUM Sheet2 Sheet6 A 2 C 5 208 EXCEL MOBILE YOUR MICROSOFT OFFICE AND OTHER DOCUMENT TOOLS D Inserting a function 1 Open the workbook where you want to insert the function 2 Press Menu C right action key and select Insert gt Function Excel Mobile 2 y Insert Function Category T gt Ce Function ABS number Returns the absolute value of a number 3 Select the Category list and then select the type of function you want to insert 4 Select the Function list and then select the specific function you want to insert 5 Select OK Entering a sequence automatically 1 Highlight both the cells containing the info you want to automate and the adjacent destination cells 2 Press Menu C right action key and select Edit gt Fill 3 Select the Direction list and then select the direction you want to populate 4 Select the Fill type list and then select Series CHAPTER 5 Select the Series type list and then select the type of series you want If you select Date or Number enter a Step value increment Tip Select Autofill as the series type to quickly fill cells with repetitive data such as numbers or repeated text Autofill takes the content of the first cell in the highlighted row or column and copies it down or across the rest of t
287. res videos music files and other info directly with your computer HOW DO SYNCHRONIZE What can synchronize If you have Microsoft Office Outlook 2002 or later installed on your computer by default the following information is synchronized when you synchronize using either desktop sync software or Microsoft Exchange ActiveSync Contacts A E mail X Tasks You can however customize sync settings to suit your needs and sync only some of these applications If you set up synchronization with your computer using the desktop sync software information in the Favorites application is synchronized by default as well You can also change settings to synchronize Word Excel PowerPoint and PDF files as well as pictures music videos and other types of files see Changing which applications sync SYNCHRONIZING INFORMATION DID YOU KNOW Synchronizing Favorites gives you an easy way to get favorites from the web browser on your computer into the web browser on your Treo 750 Just add them to the folder called Mobile Favorites which shows up in your computer s browser When you sync they become available on your Treo 750 as well Backup copies of any favorites that you add on the Treo 750 browser are also stored in the Mobile Favorites folder IMPORTANT To synchronize Calendar Contacts Inbox email and Tasks you must have Outlook 2002 or later installed on your computer If you want to syn
288. resentations pause during zooming PWR o Press Start and select Programs Select Office Mobile Bs Select PowerPoint Mobile aa In the presentation list highlight the presentation you want to play Press Center Do any of the following Press Right to advance to the next slide or Left 4 to view the previous slide Press Menu right action key select Go to Slide and then select the slide you want to view Select Next or Previous to play animations Press Menu right action key select Zoom In and then select to zoom in or amp to zoom out To scroll within the current slide tap and drag the slide To return to the slide show select W Press Menu right action key and select End Show CHAPTER POWERPOINT MOBILE 203 D YOUR MICROSOFT OFFICE AND OTHER DOCUMENT TOOLS CHAPTER Setting presentation playback options 1 Open the presentation for which you want to change the settings 2 Press Menu C right action key and select Set up Show 3 On the Orientation tab select the orientation you want To select the orientation that best fits your Treo 750 screen select Default 4 Select the Playback tab and check the Override playback options for all files box 5 Set any of the following options Show without animation Turns off builds and other animations Show without slide transition Turns off transition effects between slides Use timings if present Enab
289. ress Start B and select Programs 2 Select File Explorer Q 3 Select the folder you want to explore If the folder you want is not displayed tap the Show list in the upperleft and select My Device to view all folders Show list File Explorer 2 ys x Er vocuments v nome SOTT by Business list 222 FINDING INFORMATION YOUR APPLICATION AND INFO MANAGEMENT TOOLS DID You KNow When the items in a folder are displayed you can sort them by name date size or type Select the Sort by list in the upperright and then select the sort method tip The storage card symbol appears next to the names of files that are stored on an expansion card IMPORTANT Do not delete any files that you cannot identify These files may be required for your Treo 750 to function properly CHAPTER Installing applications 4 Do any of the following e To open an item select it e To quickly delete rename beam or email an item highlight the item press and hold Center to open the shortcut menu and then select the appropriate command To move a file to another folder highlight the item press and hold Center to open the shortcu menu and select Cut or Copy Open the destination folder press and hold Center to open the shortcu menu and then select Paste To highlight multiple items tap and drag the stylus Your Treo 750 comes with several built in and ready to use applications You can also install an
290. rkbooks are stored Files to display in list view Specifies which types of files appear in the workbook list 4 Press OK EXCEL MOBILE 218 D YOUR MICROSOFT OFFICE AND OTHER DOCUMENT TOOLS CHAPTER PDF Viewer Picsel PDF Viewer lets you view PDF files whether they are saved to your Treo 750 attached to email messages stored on an expansion card inserted into the expansion card slot on your Treo 750 or downloaded from the web You can customize the document display Opening a file 1 Press Start and select Programs 2 Select PDF Viewer 3 Select the Folder list and then select the folder containing the file you want to open If you re not sure which folder the file is in select All Folders Picsel PDF Viewer ly Yj am Cancel Type Documents oa Name Folder Date HowDolssc 11 04 03 4 Select the Type list and then select the type of file you want to open 5 Select the file you want TiP Select the Name Folder or Date column heading to sort the displayed files by that heading This can help you find the file you want more quickly Tip To close the Open screen without making a selection select Cancel 6 Optional Optimize your viewing of the file by doing any of the following e To switch between zoom mode and pan mode press Center e In zoom mode to zoom in and out while viewing the PDF file press Up a or Down Y e In pan
291. rning your phone off Press and hold Power End 5 When your phone is off the phone off Y icon appears at the top of the screen and Phone Off appears in the upper left of the screen Your phone is not connected to any mobile network Although you can no longer use the phone you can still use Microsoft Office apps and all the organizer features of your Treo 750 DID YOU KNOW You can also turn your phone on and off from the Today screen by pressing Menu right action key selecting Wireless Manager and then selecting Phone DID YOU KNOW You can go to Wireless Manager by tapping the signal strength icon and tapping Wireless Manager TURNING YOUR PALM TREO 750 SMART DEVICE ON OFF 33 YOUR PHONE CHAPTER Waking up the screen and turning it off Wake up the screen and leave the phone turned off when you want to use only the organizer features of your Treo 750 for example when you re on a plane and want to look at your calendar You can also turn off the screen without turning off the wireless features on your Treo 750 You can turn your screen on and off by pressing Power End 5 Tip You can set how long the screen stays on Press Start select Settings select the System tab and then select Power Select the Advanced tab Adjust the number of minutes the phone stays on when idle by using the On battery power setting Making calls from the Today screen Your Treo 750 offers several ways to
292. rograms gt Windows Mobile Device Center Desktop software installation also creates a folder for your Treo 750 on your computer When your Treo 750 is connected to your computer opening My Computer or Windows Explorer Windows XP or Computer Windows Vista displays an icon representing your Treo 750 Double clicking this icon displays folders containing items you synchronized such as music files pictures and videos Connecting your Treo 750 to your computer NOTE If you re transferring info from a previous Windows Mobile device or from a Palm OS device you can learn more about how to move content such as pictures music and files to your Treo 750 by going to http go palm com treo750 att 1 Plug the AC charger into a wall outlet 2 Plug the USB sync cable into an available USB port or into a powered USB hub on your computer CHAPTER SETTING UP YOUR COMPUTER FOR SYNCHRONIZATION 77 SYNCHRONIZING INFORMATION e e a lt q 4 Connect the charger cable to the Tip For best performance plug your sync remaining socket on the bottom of your cable directly into a USB port on your Treo 750 computer If your computer has USB ports on both the front and back we suggest using the z back port If you use a USB hub make sure it s DID YOU KNOW The AC charger contains an a a powered hub indicator light that glows when the charger is connected to a power source 3 Connect the sync cable t
293. ronizing files make sure that all the files you re trying to sync are closed on both your computer and your Treo 750 Synchronizing files Windows Vista 1 On your computer copy or save the file to the Documents Documents on username s Treo 750 folder DID YoU KNOW The Documents on username s Treo 750 folder is created when you select the option to sync Files 2 Connect your Treo 750 to your computer with the USB sync cable Synchronization takes place automatically Where are the changes made to my file Don t look for the changed file in its original location on your computer Only the synchronized version contains the changes and that version is in the ActiveSync file sync folder To find this folder do one of the following Windows XP On your computer desktop double click the file sync folder icon This is a shortcut to the file sync folder Windows XP In ActiveSync desktop software double click Files The location of the file sync folder appears in the File Synchronization Settings dialog box under On this computer synchronize the files in this folder Windows Vista Open the Documents Documents on username s Treo 750 folder 196 SYNCHRONIZING YOUR MICROSOFT OFFICE FILES YOUR MICROSOFT OFFICE AND OTHER DOCUMENT TOOLS D On your Treo 750 you can find the synchronized file by doing either of the following e Press Start select Programs and then select Office Mobile
294. rvers you cannot use Exchange ActiveSync to synchronize with the Exchange server You can also check the SSL setting as follows 1 Press Start B and select Programs 2 Select ActiveSync 3 Press Menu C right action key and select Configure Server 4 Make sure the SSL box is checked Web I can t access a web page First make sure you have Internet access Open Internet Explorer Mobile and try to view a web page you ve loaded before To ensure that you re viewing the page directly from the Internet press Menu C right action key and select Refresh After confirming your Internet connection try to view the page in question again If it comes up blank press Menu C right action key and select Refresh If you re still having trouble the page may contain elements that are not supported by Internet Explorer Mobile such as Flash Shockwave VBScript WML script and other plug ins Some websites use a redirector to their true home page For example if you enter the address http Awww palm com support it may resolve to http Awww palm com us support If Internet Explorer Mobile can t follow the redirect try using a desktop browser to see the landing page of the redirector and enter that address in Internet Explorer Mobile 284 WEB tip Your Treo 750 can open your email application when you select an email address on a web page If nothing happens when you select the link try setti
295. s Commission FCC modified the exemption for wireless phones under the Hearing Aid Compatibility Act of 1988 This means that wireless phone manufacturers and service providers must make digital wireless phones accessible to individuals who use hearing aids For more information please go to the FCC s Consumer Alert on accessibility of digital wireless phones at http www fcc gov cgb consumerfacts accessiblewireless html Wireless telephones are hand held phones with built in antennas often called cell mobile or PCS phones These phones are popular with callers because they can be carried easily from place to place Wireless telephones are two way radios When you talk into a wireless telephone it picks up your voice and converts the sound to radio frequency energy or radio waves The radio waves travel through the air until they reach a receiver at a nearby base station The base station then sends your call through the telephone network until it reaches the person you are calling Making a Phone Call Receiving a Phone Call When you receive a call on your wireless telephone the message travels through the telephone network until it reaches a base station close to your wireless phone Then the base station sends out radio waves that are detected by a receiver in your telephone where the signals are changed back into the sound of a voice The Federal Communications Commission FCC and the Food and Drug Administra
296. s for an individual message those options override your general preferences for that message not available when you originally send the message For example if a message contains information that will only not be useful to the recipient after an hour you can set the validity for one 1 On the message compose screen hour press Menu right action key Message Priority multimedia 2 Select Message Options messages only Indicates the priority for this message 4 Press OK el Receiving text and multimedia messages Request Delivery Receipt C Request Read Receipt When your phone is on and you are in a Validity Periodi Maximum wireless coverage area you automatically Message Priority Normal receive new text messages For multimedia messages you can set your Treo 750 to automatically download new messages or to notify you that messages are ready to download You can also set your Treo 750 to notify you when a new text or multimedia message arrives 3 Select any of the following options Messaging a y R Cancel Request Delivery Read Receipt multimedia messages only Indicates whether you want to receive confirmation that the message has been delivered or has been read USING THE MESSAGING APPLICATION 128 Q YOUR TEXT AND MULTIMEDIA MESSAGES CHAPTER DID YOU KNOW Message notifications include the message text unless you have turned on privacy mode see
297. s that are not in Contacts ask if I want to add em Set ring tones for incoming calls 6 Press OK 8 tip If your phone number doesn t appear on the Phone Settings screen your network has not yet sent the number to the SIM card this does not affect SIM card functionality Turn your phone off wait a few hours and then turn on your phone and repeat these steps If your phone number still does not appear please contact AT amp T for assistance Setting up synchronization After you ve finished setting up your Treo 750 we recommend that you set up a synchronization method to get the most out of your Treo 750 Synchronizing means that information that has been entered or updated in one place your Treo 750 your computer or your corporate server is automatically updated in the other see Synchronizing information SETTING UP SYNCHRONIZATION CHAPTER 2 Moving around on your Palm Treo 750 smart device Have you ever been to a new city and felt a bit lost until you figured out the streets Learning to move around on your Palm Treo 750 smart device is similar Most applications that work on your Treo 750 use the same set of controls So once you learn how to use these controls you ll be driving all over town and you won t even need a map Benefits e Quickly move around and e Access extra features with menus complete tasks in applications e Find and open applications quickly us
298. s to extend display formats the storage capacity of your Treo 750 For example miniSD expansion cards can store the following USING EXPANSION CARDS YOUR APPLICATION AND INFO MANAGEMENT TOOLS CHAPTER e Pictures e Games e Videos e Applications e MP3 audio files e Databases e Email attachments Expansion cards are sold separately tip We recommend that you purchase preformatted expansion cards To format a card on your own you need to connect a card reader sold separately to your computer Inserting and removing expansion cards 1 Open the expansion card slot door by sliding your fingernail or another thin object into the notch 2 Hold your Treo 750 with the screen facing you and hold the card with the label facing you The notch on the card should be toward the bottom of your Treo 750 3 Insert the card into the expansion card slot until you feel it lock into place and you hear the confirmation tone Notch 4 To remove an expansion card press in and release the card 5 After you feel the expansion card slot eject the card remove the card from the slot Opening applications on an expansion card After you insert an expansion card into the expansion card slot you can open any of the applications stored on the expansion card 230 USING EXPANSION CARDS YOUR APPLICATION AND INFO MANAGEMENT TOOLS Tip To run an application on an expansion card your Treo 750 must have
299. select a predefined phrase you want to insert 5 Optional Tap and then select an emoticon to add to your message Tip You can also access predefined phrases and emoticons by pressing Menu right action key on the message compose screen Tip Some symbols can t be used in text messages Invalid characters are automatically replaced by the Messaging application 6 Press Send C left action key Creating and sending a multimedia message Multimedia messages consist of pictures videos text and sounds presented as one or more slides Even if your Treo 750 does not include a camera you can still send receive and view pictures and videos You can include any of the following items Ringtones e MIDI Sound clips e AMR e QCELP 122 USING THE MESSAGING APPLICATION Pictures e JPEG e GIF e WBMP Videos e 3GPP e 3GPP2 e MPEG4 Outgoing multimedia messages can be up to 300KB by default BEFORE YOU BEGIN Make sure that your phone is on and that you re inside a coverage area see Turning your phone on 1 Press Start and select Messaging 2 Press Menu C right action key and select New MMS Messaging Gl 7 aa BE gt Add Text Add Media Add slide 3 Enter the recipient s mobile phone YOUR TEXT AND MULTIMEDIA MESSAGES Q CHAPTER number or email address Here are some shortcuts If the recipient s name and mobile number are in your Contacts
300. set SYNCHRONIZING USING THE SYNC CABLE 79 SYNCHRONIZING INFORMATION CHAPTER Setting up wireless synchronization If you are using Exchange Server 2007 or Exchange Server 2003 that has been upgraded to Service Pack 2 you may be able to take advantage of the features of Direct Push Technology Direct Push Technology is a two way wireless delivery method that keeps your Outlook information always up to date and provides more efficient communication between the server and your Treo 750 It includes features like Global Address List Tasks Over The Air OTA and IP based push updating of Calendar Messaging and Inbox email DID YOU KNOW Because your desktop copy of Outlook also syncs with the server whatever is synchronized to the server from your Treo 750 also shows up in Outlook and whatever you enter or change in Outlook on your computer syncs to the server and then shows up on your Treo 750 BEFORE YOU BEGIN To synchronize wirelessly you need to set up an Exchange Server account Work with your system administrator to gather the following info and then follow the steps in this section to set up an account e Mail server address and domain name e The username and password you use to access your corporate mail server e Security connection Does your server use an encrypted SSL connection Tip If you installed ActiveSync desktop software on a Windows XP computer you may have already s
301. so that you can select a button on the Today screen to quickly dial a number 48 DEFINING SPEED DIAL BUTTONS Creating a speed dial button You can create up to 20 picture buttons and 50 text buttons 1 2 Go to your Today screen Press Menu right action key and select New Speed Dial Do one of the following e Select Link to contact select the contact you want to link to this button and then select the number you want to dial with this button e Select Label and enter a name for this button and then select Number and enter the phone number you want to dial with this button Gl y 441 BR Link Smila Label R w Number utsss 555 1284 Quick Key R Text Speed Dial Picture Speed Dial prr ____ Cancel 13 Delete YOUR PHONE Optional Enter a Quick Key When the Today screen is displayed you can press and hold the Quick Key to instantly dial this number Quick Keys can be letters or numbers but you can t use both the letter and number on the same key For example the voicemail Quick Key is 1 The letter equivalent for that key is E so you cannot assign E as a Quick Key to another speed dial button If this button is linked to a contact entry with a picture select either Text Speed Dial or Picture Speed Dial to indicate which type of button you want to create If this button is not linked to a contact or the contact doesn t have a picture
302. so you can enjoy the convenience of cable free connectivity You can also use your Treo 750 to connect your computer to the Internet and to share contacts or your favorite photos with other people Benefits e Carry the web with you e Connect to Bluetooth headsets e Store web pages for offline and car kits viewing e Connect your computer to the Internet through your Treo 750 In this chapter BYCONMSIMNG UME NEI ac cee espe ako duue Connecting to devices with Bluetooth wireless technology Using your device as a wireless modem YOUR CONNECTIONS TO THE WEB AND WIRELESS DEVICES Browsing the web Internet Explorer Mobile provides quick and easy access to web pages You can view most sites on your Treo 750 that you can view on your computer including those with security and advanced features such as JavaScript and frames Internet Explorer Mobile supports JavaScript Secure Sockets Layer SSL and cookies but does not support plug ins Flash Shockwave VBScript WML script and so on or Java applets Make sure your phone is on and that you re inside a coverage area see Turning your phone on CHAPTER Viewing a web page By default Internet Explorer Mobile scales web page content to fit your Treo 750 screen so that you can view most of the information without scrolling left or right DID YOU KNOW You can also start a web search from your Today screen by selecting the Web search field en
303. ssage Tip You can add both a picture and a sound clip to the same slide in a message To add a sound to a picture select the picture thumbnail and select Add Sound To add a picture to a sound select the sound icon and then select Add Picture 6 Optional Select Add Text and enter a text caption or message for the slide you inserted Tap to insert a predefined phrase Tap to insert an emoticon 7 Optional Select Add slide and repeat steps 5 and 6 to add another slide to this message DID YOU KNOW If you add more than one slide to a message you can set the length of time each slide is displayed Press Menu right action key and select Slide Timing 8 Optional To add a vCard contact file to a message press Menu C gt left action key and select Add Media gt Add vCard TIP To preview a multimedia message as the recipient will see it press Menu right action key and select Preview Message 9 Press Send C left action key Setting message options You can set options for individual text and multimedia messages you send USING THE MESSAGING APPLICATION YOUR TEXT AND MULTIMEDIA MESSAGES Q oc Ww E a st lt Validity Period Indicates how long the z DID YOU KNOW You can set general message remains available to be sent if Peels tnei evel manine ue the recipient s phone or email address is outgoing messages see Customizing message settings If you set option
304. ssages 8 Press OK el Changing email download settings You can customize the download options for each email account that you have with an Internet service provider ISP or that you access using a VPN server connection typically a work account NOTE To change options for a Microsoft Office Outlook E mail account do not follow this procedure Instead press Start select Programs and then select ActiveSync Press Menu C right action key and select Options 1 Press E mail c left action key 2 Do one of the following e If the account list is displayed press Menu C right action key and select Options e If the message list for a specific account is displayed press Menu YOUR EMAIL C right action key and select Tools gt Options 3 Select the email account you want 4 Press Next C right action key until the following screen is displayed y E mail Setup Automatic Send Receive Download messages From the past 3 days X Advanced Settings Previous E Next 5 Select either of the following Automatic Send Receive Specifies the time interval for automatically downloading email from every 5 minutes to once a day If you do not want to automatically download messages select Manually Download messages Specifies the number of days worth of email to be retrieved for each automatic or manual retrieval CHAPTER WORKING WITH EMAIL MESS
305. ssing As on a computer on your Treo 750 you scroll to move from field to field or page to page or in some cases to highlight an item or option ina list There are several methods of scrolling Press the 5 way on the front of your Treo 750 Press Right gt Left 4 Up A or Down Y to move to the next field button or action in that direction Press and hold Option while pressing Up A or Down to scroll one screen at a time These keys work just like the Page Up and Page Down keys on your computer keyboard Tip Can t find the Option key See Using the keyboard Press and hold Option while pressing Left 4 or Right gt to jump to the top or bottom of the current document or entry Left or Right on the 5 way to automatically go to the top and bottom of a screen When viewing a screen with tabs such as when adding a contact press Down to scroll to the tabs and then press Left 4 or Right gt to move between tabs When inside a text field press Right gt or Left 4 to move to the next character and press Up or Down to move between lines When inside a list press and hold Up a or Down to rapidly scroll through the list NAVIGATING AROUND THE SCREEN MOVING AROUND ON YOUR PALM TREO 750 SMART DEVICE 2 e Tap an onscreen scroll arrow buttons are not accessible using the 5 way CHAPTER Scroll arrows Highlighting and selecting items E Y On most screens one item
306. st to the stylus near the top You can also beam using the SHARING INFORMATION 227 YOUR APPLICATION AND INFO MANAGEMENT TOOLS CHAPTER built in Bluetooth wireless technology on your Treo 750 The normal range for beaming with IR is about 8 inches 20 centimeters The maximum range for beaming with Bluetooth technology is about 30 feet 10 meters Performance and range are affected by physical obstacles radio interference from nearby electronic equipment and other factors By default the beaming option on your Treo 750 is turned off You need to turn the beam option on before you can beam using either the IR port or Bluetooth wireless technology Tip For best results the path between the two devices must be clear of obstacles and both devices kept stationary If you have difficulty beaming shorten the distance and avoid bright sunlight DID YOU KNOW The type of information you can beam depends on the type of device you are beaming to Other Windows Mobile 6 Professional devices are always compatible with your Treo 750 Turning on the beam option 1 Press Start E and select Settings 2 Select the Connections tab and then select Beam EOR 3 Check the Receive all incoming beams box Beaming an entry or file 1 Highlight the entry or file you want to beam 2 Press Menu C right action key and select Beam the menu item changes names based on the type of item you highlighted 3 Do one of t
307. stored on your Treo 750 Recharge the battery to access your info Tip You can also charge your Treo 750 from your computer by connecting the two devices with the sync cable Maximizing battery life Battery life depends on how you use your Treo 750 You can maximize the life of your battery by following a few easy guidelines e Charge your Treo 750 whenever you re at your desk or charge it overnight every night The battery in your Treo 750 has a much longer useful life if you charge it frequently instead of waiting until it s fully drained e If you spend a lot of time using the camera if included games media players including listening to music with wireless headphones using the built in Bluetooth wireless technology or other applications keep an eye on the battery icon and charge when necessary SETTING UP The wireless features phone email messaging and web on your Treo 750 generally consume more power than the organizer features If you don t plan to use the wireless features on your Treo 750 for a while turn off your wireless services see Turning wireless services on off You can forward calls to a different number or let all calls be picked up by voicemail see Forwarding calls To see if your wireless services are on tap the phone off Tx icon and select Wireless Manager CHAPTER DID YOU KNOW You can also see if your wireless services are on by pressing Menu right action key and
308. t An untimed event such as a birthday anniversary or vacation does not occur at a particular time of day These events appear as banners at the top of your calendar they don t occupy blocks of time For example Submit Final Draft in the screenshot shown below is an untimed event DID YOU KNOW An untimed event can last longer than a day 1 Press Start E and select Calendar Calendar a y x Meet with Donna amp Nancy 10 00a 11 00a Conference Call Lunch with Greg a 12 00p 1 00p Team meeting w 1 00p 2 00p CALENDAR 2 Press Menu C right action key and select New Appointment Enter a subject description Select the starting and ending dates Select All Day and then select Yes Press OK el Scheduling a repeating appointment ou bk Ww 1 Create an appointment or untimed event and then select it 2 Press Edit C left action key 3 Select Occurs and then select a repeat pattern To create a repeat pattern select Edit pattern and follow the onscreen instructions Tip To enter a birthday or an anniversary create an untimed event that repeats every year 4 Press OK el Sending a meeting request You can email meeting invitations to contacts who use Microsoft Office Outlook or Outlook Mobile YOUR PERSONAL INFORMATION ORGANIZER 9 BEFORE YOU BEGIN Create contact entries with email addresses for the people you want to invite to a meeti
309. t to delete 214 EXCEL MOBILE YOUR MICROSOFT OFFICE AND OTHER DOCUMENT TOOLS D 3 Press Menu C right action key and select Edit gt Delete Cells 4 Select how you want to remove the elements Shift cells left Deletes the highlighted cells and moves all cells on their right to the left Shift cells up Deletes the highlighted cells and moves all cells below them up Entire row Deletes the entire row s in which the highlighted cells are located and moves all rows below up Entire column Deletes the entire column s in which the highlighted cells are located and moves all columns on their right to the left NOTE Excel Mobile adjusts formulas to reflect the new cell locations However a formula that refers to a deleted cell displays the REF error value 5 Select OK CHAPTER tip To delete a workbook go to the workbook list and highlight the workbook you want to delete Press Menu right action key and select Delete Select Yes to confirm tip To delete a worksheet press Menu right action key and select Format gt Modify Sheets Highlight the worksheet you want to delete and then select Delete Select Yes and press OK Customizing Excel Mobile 1 Go to the workbook list 2 Press Menu C right action key and select Options 3 Set any of the following options Template for new workbook Specifies the default template for new workbooks Save new workbooks to Specifies where new wo
310. t to include in the chart Press Menu right action key and select Insert gt Chart Select the type of chart and then press Next gt right action key Confirm the area you want the chart to include and then press Next C gt right action key Select the data layout and then press Next C right action key Check the boxes to indicate whether the first row and column represent labels Select whether you want the chart to appear as a separate worksheet within the current workbook or as part of the current worksheet CHAPTER 9 Press Finish C right action key Formatting or changing a chart 1 Open the workbook that contains the chart you want to format Open the chart Press Menu C right action key and select Format gt Chart Select any of the following tabs Titles Specifies the title of the chart and headings whether a legend appears and the placement of the legend Scale Specifies the minimum and maximum scales for charts with x and y axes Type Specifies the chart style You can use this setting to convert your chart to a different format Series Lets you add modify format or delete related data points without affecting the info in your worksheet Press OK 2 EXCEL MOBILE 213 D YOUR MICROSOFT OFFICE AND OTHER DOCUMENT TOOLS CHAPTER 1 Finding or replacing info in a workbook Open the workbook containing the info you want to find Press M
311. tering the item you want to find and then pressing Center on the 5 way DID You KNOW The Security certificates and 128 bit SSL strong encryption enable you to browse secure sites such as online shopping banking and email Remember that some secure sites also require a specific browser and may not work with Internet Explorer Mobile Ask the site owner for an alternate access point that is compatible with Internet Explorer Mobile BEFORE YOU BEGIN Do the following e Be sure to subscribe to data services from AT amp T This is necessary for browsing the web Press Start and select Internet Explorer Highlight the address line enter the address of the web page you want to view and then press Center To return to a recently viewed page select the address line list and then select the web address DID You KNOW If you browse to a secure web page the lock icon in the address line appears closed instead of open BROWSING THE WEB YOUR CONNECTIONS TO THE WEB AND WIRELESS DEVICES CHAPTER Internet Explorer ly Yaw K le J http www microsoft com wind fa Windows Mobile powered devices offer a wide array of benefits from our e mail Press Menu C right action key select View and then select one of the following One Column Arranges web pages into one column that is as wide as the screen so that you don t have to scroll horizontally Fit To Screen Maintains a layout similar
312. the following An unread text message io a An unread message with pictures or videos An unread message with sound A read text message A read message with pictures or videos A read message with sound A message that was sent with delivery confirmation turned on Sent folder only Multiple messages exchanged with a single recipient chat KD PPE An urgent message This icon appears below the message size on the right side of the screen tip Unread messages appear in bold Messages you ve read appear in plain text Sorting your messages YOUR TEXT AND MULTIMEDIA MESSAGES Q CHAPTER You can sort the messages in any folder by date or by sender 1 3 Go to the Inbox or other folder you want to sort Press Menu C gt right action key and select Sort Select By Date or By Name Deleting a single message 1 4 Go to the Inbox or other folder containing the message you want to delete Highlight the message Press Menu C right action key and select Delete Select Yes to confirm the deletion Deleting multiple messages 1 Go to the Inbox or other folder containing the messages you want to delete Press Menu C right action key and select Purge Select the age of messages to be deleted or select Delete all messages USING THE MESSAGING APPLICATION Q YOUR TEXT AND MULTIMEDIA MESSAGES CHAPTER Messaging a y BR Purge Delete messages in
313. the top of your screen Say your answer Tip You can move quickly through voice commands by stopping the voice command response before it finishes When Voice Command responds you can press the Voice Command button before it completes the question After the microphone icon is visible you may say your answer Setting input options 1 Press Start A and select Settings 2 On the Personal tab select Input YOUR PERSONAL SETTINGS 3 On the Input Method tab set any of the following options CHAPTER Settings Input Input method eyboard O Large keys Small keys o gt space a Shift key fe Backspace ry Enter Input Method Word Completion options NOTE The Input Method options you specify apply only to entering info using the screen You can still enter info using the keyboard on your Treo 750 regardless of the onscreen input method you choose Input method Specifies which onscreen input method you want to use e Block Recognizer Use a single stroke to write letters numbers symbols and punctuation which are then converted into typed text Use gestures to enter Return and Backspace APPLICATION SETTINGS 12 YOUR PERSONAL SETTINGS CHAPTER e Keyboard Tap keys on the onscreen keyboard to enter text e Letter Recognizer Write individual letters numbers and punctuation which are converted into typed text Large Small keys If you selected Keyboard se
314. tically when the screen turns on The backlight turns off automatically when the screen turns off or when you are on a Call or playing music in the background for longer than the time specified in Backlight Settings You can set different time intervals depending on whether the Treo 750 is operating on battery power or is connected to an 24 USING THE KEYBOARD MOVING AROUND ON YOUR PALM TREO 750 SMART DEVICE 2 external power source The backlight also turns off when an application s powersaving features turn it off Tip You can change the backlight shut off interval Press Start and select Settings Select the System tab and then select Backlight Set the time interval on the Battery Tip You can turn off the first letter capitalization setting see Setting input options Entering numbers punctuation and symbols Numbers punctuation and symbols CHAPTER Power tab and on the External Power tab appear above the letters on the keys To enter these characters do one of the following Entering lowercase and uppercase letters By default the first letter of each sentence or field is capitalized and the remaining text key of the desired character You don t you enter is lowercase To enter other need to hold Option while pressing the uppercase letters do one of the following key e Press Shift gt or and then enter a letter You don t need to press and hold Shift while entering a
315. ting 281 282 Accounts tab 100 112 action keys 5 20 active call info 42 ActiveSync installing 74 265 opening 77 synchronizing with 76 84 195 troubleshooting 265 276 281 ActiveSync icon 77 ActiveSync software 291 Add a new VPN server connection option 261 Add Contact prompt 44 45 Add Favorite dialog box 143 Add new device option 53 Add Picture option 124 Add Recipient option 121 Add Server Source command 80 Add slide option 124 Add Sound option 124 Add Text option 124 Add to Contacts command 127 Add to Favorites command 143 Add to Personal Address Book command 278 Add vCard command 124 Add Video option 124 adding a second call 45 appointments 181 183 attachments 103 bookmarks 143 caller IDs 60 158 178 contacts 44 177 INDEX 309 files to playlists 171 notes 178 189 190 online address book 108 passkeys 54 150 signatures 111 131 speed dial buttons 49 tasks 187 188 untimed events 182 183 address book 108 109 114 179 278 Address List Lookup 221 Address tab 114 addresses adding 107 177 copying 278 entering email 103 114 entering web 30 141 looking up corporate 221 multiple recipients and 103 122 selecting 20 285 synchronizing 278 advancing slides 203 204 After calls from numbers option 59 Agenda View calendar 180 aircraft safety guidelines 300 alarm clock 255 alarm sounds 256 alarms adding 182 187 setting 242 255 turning on and off 241 Alarms t
316. tion FDA each regulate wireless telephones FCC ensures that all wireless phones sold in the United States follow safety guidelines that limit radio frequency RF energy FDA monitors the health effects of wireless telephones Each agency has the authority to take action if a wireless phone produces hazardous levels of RF energy FDA derives its authority to regulate wireless telephones from the Radiation Control provisions of the Federal Food Drug and Cosmetic Act originally enacted as the Radiation Control for Health and Safety Act of 1968 http Awww fda gov edrh comp epre html FCC derives its authority to regulate wireless telephones from the National Environmental Policy Act of 1969 NEPA and the Telecommunications Act of 1996 http Awww fec gov telecom html Updated 7 16 2003 Hands Free Capability All CTIA Certified portable products provide the consumer with a toll free number for the purchase of a compatible hands free device 1 800 881 7256 STATIC ELECTRICITY ESD AND YOUR PALM DEVICE Electrostatic discharge ESD can cause damage to electronic devices if discharged into the device so you should take steps to avoid such an occurrence IMPORTANT SAFETY AND LEGAL INFORMATION Description of ESD Static electricity is an electrical charge caused by the buildup of excess electrons on the surface of a material To most people static electricity and ESD are nothing more than annoyances For example after walking
317. tion with your Exchange server begins automatically A status bar appears onscreen indicating sync progress You can set a schedule for synchronization to take place anytime info is updated on either your Treo 750 or the server or at certain intervals see Setting the synchronization schedule or allow synchronization to take place only when you initiate it manually see Initiating a wireless sync manually Setting the synchronization schedule You can set a synchronization schedule in either of the following situations SETTING UP WIRELESS SYNCHRONIZATION If you use Microsoft Exchange Server 2007 or Microsoft Exchange Server 2003 with Service Pack 2 By default wireless sync takes place anytime info is updated on either your Treo 750 or the server using Direct Push Technology To save battery life however you can set synchronization to take place at intervals that you specify If you use Microsoft Exchange Server 2003 that is not upgraded to Service Pack 2 By default wireless sync does not take place automatically Set a synchronization schedule to have sync take place either anytime info is updated on your Treo 750 or the server or at certain intervals 1 Press Start E and select Programs 2 Select ActiveSync 3 Press Menu C right action key and select Schedule SYNCHRONIZING INFORMATION 4 ActiveSync Sync during Peak times Off peak times As items arrive oO Use
318. tions please visit www palm com environment K IMPORTANT SAFETY AND LEGAL INFORMATION 304 IMPORTANT SAFETY AND LEGAL INFORMATION Specifications Radio e Dualmode GSM UMTS phone e GSM 850 900 1800 1900 quad band e UMTS 850 1900 2100 tri band e GPRS Multi slot Class 10 Class B e EDGE e UMTS PS data e HSDPA Category 12 Phone features e Personal speakerphone e Hands free headset jack 2 5 mm 3 barrel connector e Microphone mute option e TTY compatible Processor technology e Samsung processor 300MHz Expansion e miniSD card slot Battery e Rechargeable Lithium ion e 1200mAh power e Removable for replacement e 3 hours full charge time Operating system e Windows Mobile 6 Professional Camera not included e Still image capture resolution 1280 x 1024 1 3 megapixel on all Treo 750 models 9x digital zoom SPECIFICATIONS Size 4 44 in x 2 34 in x 0 84 in 112 9mm x 59 3mm x 21 3mm Weight 5 4 ounces 154 grams Connectivity Infrared 1 0 compliant Bluetooth wireless technology 1 2 compliant Display Touch sensitive LCD screen includes stylus 65 536 colors 16 bit color Resolution 240 x 240 Useradjustable brightness Keyboard Built in QWERTY keyboard plus 5 way navigator Backlight for low lighting conditions SPECIFICATIONS Included software Today Phone includes Speed Dial and Dial Pad Messaging text multim
319. to Programs and then select Microsoft ActiveSync Windows Vista computer Click Start select All Programs and then select Windows Mobile Device Center Do one of the following Windows XP computer Double click the ActiveSync amp icon in your taskbar From the File menu select Connection Settings Make sure the Allow USB connections box is checked and then click Connect Windows Vista computer Click Start select All Programs and then select Windows Mobile Device Center Select Connect without setting up your device and then select Connection settings Make sure the Allow USB connections box is checked and click Connect Perform a soft reset see Performing a soft reset Restart your computer and make sure the desktop sync software is running TROUBLESHOOTING CHAPTER If problems persist and you re synchronizing through a USB hub try connecting the sync cable to a different USB port or directly to your computer s built in USB port If you re already synchronizing through a built in USB port on the front of your computer move the sync cable to a USB on the back of your computer if your computer has USB ports in both places Uninstall the desktop software that came with your Treo 750 and then insert the Windows Mobile Getting Started CD which came with your Treo 750 and repeat the installation process see Reinstalling the desktop software 10 For a Windows XP computer only delete the
320. to what you see on a desktop computer but it makes items smaller and arranges the content so that you can see most of it without scrolling horizontally Desktop Keeps the same layout and size as on a desktop computer which requires both horizontal and vertical scrolling Full Screen Hides the status and navigation areas and fills the entire screen with the web page To exit full screen mode press C right action key or tap and hold anywhere on the screen and uncheck Full Screen Show Pictures Shows or hides pictures on web pages Hiding pictures speeds up the time it takes to load pages Here are some tips on viewing web pages and moving around in them e To view the previous page press Back C left action key or Backspace To refresh the page with the latest content from the Internet press Menu C right action key and select Refresh To scroll through the page in One Column View or Default View press Up or Down In Desktop View press Up a Down Y Left 4 or Right gt to scroll in all directions To follow a link to another web page press Up a or Down to highlight the link and then press Center to BROWSING THE WEB YOUR CONNECTIONS TO THE WEB AND WIRELESS DEVICES go to the selected page You can also tap the link on the screen with the stylus e To send email from a web page select the address link You need to configure an email application on your Treo 750 before you
321. tooth wireless technology BEFORE YOU BEGIN Do the following e Make sure your computer is equipped with Bluetooth wireless technology e If you have not already done so install the ActiveSync Plug in for Bluetooth wireless technology from the Windows Mobile Getting Started CD The plug in is installed on your computer and is needed to synchronize over a Bluetooth connection with your Treo 750 Tip To install the plug in for Bluetooth technology insert the Windows Mobile Getting Started CD into your computer s CD drive and select Add Programs Windows XP or Bonus Software Windows Vista Select the plug in option and follow the onscreen instructions 8 OTHER WAYS TO SYNCHRONIZE Do one of the following Windows XP On your computer right click the ActiveSync icon in the taskbar in the lowerright corner of the screen and select Connection Settings Windows Vista Click Start gt All Programs gt Windows Mobile Device Center Select Connect without setting up your device and then select Connection settings Check the Allow connections for one of the following box and then select Bluetooth On your Treo 750 press Start and select Settings Select the Connections tab and then select Bluetooth 3 Select the Mode tab and check the Turn on Bluetooth box Press Start E and select Programs Select ActiveSync Press Menu C right action key and select Connect via Bluetooth If th
322. ttery is inserted into your Treo 750 before you charge If you connect your Treo 750 to a power source without the battery inserted nothing happens 1 Plug the AC charger into a wall outlet 2 With the arrow on the connector facing up toward your Treo 750 screen connect the charger cable to the bottom of your Treo 750 CHAPTER CHARGING THE BATTERY SETTING UP CHAPTER Indicator light 3 Check the indicator light to confirm that your Treo 750 is charging e Solid red indicates that your Treo 750 is charging e Solid green indicates that your Treo 750 is fully charged DID YOU KNOW If the battery is low the indicator light flashes red When your Treo 750 is on see Turning your Palm Treo 750 smart device on off the onscreen battery icon displays the charging status A solid lightning bolt indicates that the battery is connected to a wall outlet and is charging A shaded lightning bolt indicates that the battery is connected to a wall outlet and is fully charged A partial battery without a lightning bolt indicates that the battery is not connected to a wall outlet and that it has some power cit An exclamation point indicates that the battery needs to be charged immediately Start ly Yj 4 16 Battery Cingular icon H Type a name or number CHARGING THE BATTERY DID you KNOW If your battery ever becomes fully drained your info remains safely
323. tting by pressing Menu right action key and selecting Quality 7 Press OK to return to Thumbnail View YOUR PHOTOS VIDEOS AND MUSIC rs CHAPTER Pictures amp Videos Viewing a picture In addition to viewing the pictures you capture with the built in camera you can view pictures captured on many popular digital cameras or downloaded from the Internet Your Treo 750 supports the following picture formats e JPG e PNG e BMP e GIF 1 Press Start and select Programs 2 Select Pictures amp Videos 3 Select the picture you want to view 4 Press OK to return to Thumbnail View Viewing a video In addition to viewing the videos you capture with the built in camera you can view videos captured on many popular digital cameras or streamed from PICTURES amp VIDEOS rs YOUR PHOTOS VIDEOS AND MUSIC CHAPTER websites Your Treo 750 supports and streams the following types of video files e MPEG 4 e 3GPP2 e 3GPP e WMV WMA ASF e RSTP Streaming 1 Press Start and select Programs 2 Select Pictures amp Videos 3 Select the video you want to view For more info on viewing videos see Playing media files on your Treo 750 4 Press OK to return to Thumbnail View TIP To view pictures or videos in a different folder tap the Show list in the upperleft and then select the album you want to view Viewing a slide show 1 Press Start and select Programs 2 Select
324. ture with this account o Use when replying and forwarding Check the Use signature with this account box to add this signature to new messages you create with this account Optional Check the Use when replying and forwarding box to add this signature to messages you reply to or forward with this account Highlight the text Enter a signature here and enter the signature text you want to use Press OK Customizing your email settings This section may need additional indexing 04182007 When you customize settings for an email account the options you choose apply to that account only 1 2 3 Go to your Today screen Press E mail lt left action key Do one of the following e If the account list is displayed press Menu C right action key and select Options e If the message list for a specific account is displayed press Menu C gt right action key and select Tools gt Options On the Accounts tab highlight the account you want and set either of the following options D TiS we Options Tap an account to change settings Outlook E mail Other POP IMAP Windows Live Display account picker when opening Inbox ie ion socom amp 12 WORKING WITH EMAIL MESSAGES Security Allows you to specify whether you receive a warning message before you open a URL or file link that is not on your Treo 750 Display account picker when opening Inbox Spec
325. u can dial an emergency number by entering the number in the password field and pressing Phone Send You do not need to press Option before entering the number However if you select Strong alphanumeric as the password type you must first press Option twice before entering an emergency number in the password field Entering owner information You can enter personal information that you want to associate with your Treo 750 such as your name company name and phone number You can also set whether you YOUR PERSONAL SETTINGS CHAPTER want this information to appear when you turn on your Treo 750 If you lose your Treo 750 this feature can help the person who finds it return it to you 1 2 6 Press Start E and select Settings On the Personal tab select Owner Information g On the Identification tab enter any of the information you want to include E Owner Information Name Sam Pull Company Company Inc Address 123 Company CA Telephone 1 555 555 8794 E mail sam company com Identification Notes Options Select the Notes tab and enter any additional text you want to include Select the Options tab and check the boxes to indicate which info if any you want to appear on the screen when you turn on your Treo 750 Press OK e LOCKING YOUR TREO 750 AND INFO 253 12 YOUR PERSONAL SETTINGS CHAPTER Tip You can also display your Owner In
326. u must have QuickTime Player version 6 5 or later installed on your computer to play videos recorded by your Treo 750 You can download the videos from an expansion card or you can click the YOUR PHOTOS VIDEOS AND MUSIC rs video thumbnail after synchronizing the files CHAPTER You can listen to these music audio and video files through the speaker on the back of your Treo 750 or through stereo headphones Transferring media files to your Treo 750 Use the Sync feature in the desktop version of Windows Media Player to transfer digital music audio video and playlist files from your computer to an expansion card or to your Treo 750 Using the Sync feature ensures that the files are transferred correctly Tip For tips on using the desktop version of Windows Media Player go to the Help menu in Windows Media Player on your computer BEFORE YOU BEGIN Do the following e Be sure you have Windows Media Player 10 or later installed on your computer On a Windows XP computer Windows Media Player 10 must be installed on your computer before you WINDOWS MEDIA PLAYER MOBILE 167 rs YOUR PHOTOS VIDEOS AND MUSIC CHAPTER install ActiveSync desktop software Both Windows Media Player 10 and ActiveSync desktop software can be installed from the Windows Mobile Getting Started CD that came with your Treo 750 If you are having trouble see My video and music files won t sync NOTE Windows Media Player
327. uded in your fixed dialing list After the service is activated you can call and send messages only to the phone numbers from the list The list is protected by a PIN2 code If you enter an incorrect PIN2 more times than allowed by AT amp T the SIM card locks After the SIM card locks you need the PUK2 pin unblocking key to unlock the SIM card Contact AT amp T for more information and your PIN2 and PUK2 BEFORE YOU BEGIN e Make sure your phone is on and that you re inside a coverage area see Turning your phone on e Get your PIN2 from AT amp T Go to your Today screen Press Menu C right action key and select Preferences gt Phone Settings Select the Services tab and then select Fixed Dialing Check the Enable fixed dialing box 2 Settings a T Phone Fixed Dialing Enable fixed dialing Number patterns 0 40 Enter your PIN2 and press Done C left action key Press Menu C right action key to add delete or edit the phone numbers in the list 7 Press OK el CUSTOMIZING PHONE SETTINGS Manually selecting your network settings IMPORTANT The network settings are preset for optimum performance Do not change these settings unless instructed to do so by a representative from AT amp T Not all network settings may be available BEFORE YOU BEGIN Make sure your phone is on and that you re inside a coverage area see Turning your phone
328. umber is highlighted and you want to CHAPTER e Make sure your phone is on and that access the Today screen deselect the you re inside a coverage area see number or use the Start menu Turning your phone on tip If you lock your Treo 750 and use a Simple You can make a call using your speed dial PIN as the password you can dial an buttons by doing any of the following emergency number by entering the number in re i the password field and pressing Phone Send Highlight a speed dial button with the You do not need to press Option before 5 way navigator and then press entering the number However if you select Center Strong alphanumeric as the password type you must first press Option twice before entering the number in the password field See Locking your Treo 750 MAKING CALLS FROM THE TODAY SCREEN 35 YOUR PHONE CHAPTER Start Gly 4 21 Cingular k ie Type a name or number E mail e Tap a speed dial button with the stylus e Press and hold the Quick Key that you assigned to the speed dial button e To dial an alternate number for a contact highlight the speed dial button and press and hold Center or tap and hold the button and then select a number from the shortcut menu To see more speed dial buttons highlight the picture speed dial area and press Right gt or Left 4 repeatedly or highlight the text speed dial area and press Up a Down Right gt or Left
329. unications device that enables people who are deaf or hard of hearing or who have speech or language disabilities to communicate by telephone CUSTOMIZING PHONE SETTINGS Q YOUR PHONE CHAPTER Your Treo 750 is compatible with select TTY devices You can connect a TTY TDD machine headset or hands free kit to your Treo 750 through the headset jack while in TTY TDD mode Please check with the manufacturer of your TTY device for connectivity information Be sure that the TTY device supports digital wireless transmission BEFORE YOU BEGIN e Make sure your Treo 750 is connected to a TTY TDD machine using the headset jack When you enable TTY all audio modes are disabled on your Treo 750 including holding the Treo 750 up to your ear and listening e Turn on your phone to access your Phone Settings See Turning your phone on 1 Press Start and select Settings 2 On the Personal tab select Phone Settings Gl y amp Phone 1 408 555 5841 TTY TDD Telecommunications Device for the Deaf v After calls from numbers that are not in Contacts ask if I want to add them Set ring tones for incoming calls Series rework e amp 3 On the Phone tab select the TTY TDD list and then select either On or Off 4 Ifan alert appears press OK 5 Press OK 6 NOTE When TTY TDD is on a TTY TDD icon appears at the top of the Today screen Adding contact numb
330. ur body or a stationary object such as a wall e Keep the subject of the pictures still Exposure time is longer with lower light levels so you may see a blur e For best results verify that you have the brightest light source coming from behind you lighting the subject s face Avoid taking indoor pictures with the subject in front of a window or light e Make sure the subject is at least 18 inches 0 5 meters away from the camera to ensure good focus Remember that when you synchronize your Camera images are stored in the C Documents and Settings lt Username gt My Documents Treo My Documents folder on your hard drive see Camera The Camera preview image looks strange Some third party applications overwrite the color settings on your Treo 750 with their own 8 bit color settings This can affect the Camera Preview Mode Delete third party applications one by one until the preview image improves see Removing applications Third party applications Sometimes third party applications can cause conflicts on your Treo 750 Third party applications that modify wireless features may affect the performance of your Treo 750 and may require extra troubleshooting Use caution when installing the following types of applications e Ringtone managers e Caller ID applications e Instant messaging e Applications that modify when your phone or data connections turn on or off and how your phone behaves If you recentl
331. usting volume 13 57 answering 40 46 battery life and 11 customizing 55 63 defined 33 dialing 30 34 38 39 50 disabling touch sensitive feature for 250 driving safety tips for 51 301 getting started with 12 hands free devices and 51 52 55 hanging up 13 43 46 running applications and 43 44 selecting ringtones for 55 57 setting up conference calls for 46 47 silencing ringer 40 specifications for 305 turning on or off 33 viewing information for 42 waking up screen for 43 phone calls See also phone phone numbers adding a second 45 INDEX 329 blocking 59 60 ending 13 43 46 forwarding 48 making 34 35 39 42 ee placing on hold 43 46 receiving notifications for 46 60 restricting 62 sending to voicemail 40 46 transferring 55 troubleshooting 274 288 Phone dialog box 39 phone headsets 51 54 148 250 Phone icon 251 phone lock feature 249 phone numbers See also phone phone calls assigning to speed dial buttons 49 copying 37 39 145 defining Quick Keys for 49 entering 12 34 35 37 39 entering extra digits with 34 50 locating device 13 looking up 30 missing 14 redialing most recent 38 saving 44 45 selecting 20 Phone Off message 33 293 Phone Settings screen 14 251 phone status icons 64 Phone Send button 5 29 34 293 phone off icon 11 33 photo albums 164 photos See pictures piconets 293 Picsel PDF Viewer 216 217 p
332. ut you are not You have a new email message actively transmitting data You You have a new text or can still make or receive calls multimedia message Hy Your phone is on anda 3G UMTS No SIM card is inserted or data connection is active You software is unable to recognize can make and receive calls and the SIM transmit data simultaneously You have more than one of the conditions listed above 0 pop WH amp Your phone is on The bars display the signal strength The stronger the signal the more bars that appear If you are outside a coverage area no bars appear Your phone is off Tx p 64 WHAT ARE ALL THOSE ICONS Z Im Your phone is connected to an HSDPA UMTS network but you are not actively transmitting data You can still make or receive calls NOTE In most cases when your phone is connected to a UMTS network either 3G or HSDPA but you are not actively transmitting data the 3G icon appears The H icon may appear when your phone is connected to an HSDPA UMTS network but you are not actively transmitting data Your phone is on and an HSDPA UMTS data connection is active You can make and receive calls and transmit data simultaneously Your phone is connected to an EDGE network but you are not actively transmitting data You can still make or receive calls B kai e 7 tt YOUR PHONE Your phone is on and an EDGE data connection is active You can still make or
333. utton To ignore a call and send it to voicemail press Menu right action key and select Ignore or press Power End ja To silence the ringer while your Treo 750 is ringing e Press the Volume button or any key on your Treo 750 except Phone Send Ss Power End 5 Alt Start E OK 2 or the 5 way e To immediately silence all system sounds including the ringer slide the Ringer switch to Sound Off g All sounds remain off until you slide the Ringer switch back to Sound On e When you silence the ringer you can either answer the call or let it ring through to voicemail 40 RECEIVING CALLS Using voicemail Setting up voicemail 1 Go to your Today screen 2 Press and hold 1 on the keyboard or tap the Voicemail speed dial button to dial AT amp T s voicemail system DID YOU KNOW For some wireless service providers the Voicemail speed dial button may not be assigned to a number If that s the case you can edit the Voicemail speed dial button to add the number to your service provider s voicemail system see Editing a speed dial button or you can create a new speed dial button with the number see Creating a speed dial button 3 Follow the voice prompts to set up your voicemail YOUR PHONE Retrieving voicemail messages from the Today screen CHAPTER Start ao M Y 4 21 Cingular i z E mail When you have unretrieved voicemail messages a Voicemail as icon ap
334. ve problems sending or receiving mail for an extended period of time check with your ISP or email service provider to verify that the service is working properly Scheduled email synchronization is not working If email synchronization is occurring and you turn your Treo 750 off or the connection to your email service provider is disconnected the synchronization fails e Check the synchronization schedule to make sure that email sync is set to occur at the expected day and time See Setting the synchronization schedule for details EMAIL e Press Start E select Programs and then select ActiveSync Press Menu C right action key and select Configure Server Make sure the verify password setting is on This is required for overthe air synchronization have problems sending email If you are able to receive emai but cannot send them try the steps in turn messages following e Make sure your ISP or email provider allows you to access email on a Treo 750 Some providers do not offer this option at all other providers require an upgrade for accessing email on a Treo 750 e Press Start E select Programs and then select ActiveSync Press Menu C right action key and select Configure Server Make sure the SSL box is checked e Enter the name of a different outgoing mail server for sending mail Many ISPs such as cable companies require that you have an Internet connection to their network to send
335. vely longer time periods between your chances to enter the password If you forget the password you need to perform a hard reset to resume using your Treo 750 Performing a hard reset deletes all the entries in your Treo 750 However you can restore all previously synchronized info the next time you sync see Synchronizing information 1 Press Start and select Settings 2 On the Personal tab select Lock Pp 3 On the Password tab check the Prompt if device unused for box to turn on the password feature 4 Select the first list and then select how long a period of inactivity must pass before you are prompted to enter a password to unlock the system 5 Select the Password type list and then select a format for your password Strong alphanumeric A strong alphanumeric password must contain at least seven characters consisting of a combination of letters numerals and punctuation You must press Option or Alt before entering numerals or punctuation 252 LOCKING YOUR TREO 750 AND INFO Simple PIN A simple PIN must contain at least four characters and includes numerals only You do not need to press Option before entering the PIN numerals 6 Select Password and enter your password 7 Select Confirm and enter the password again 8 Optional Select the Hint tab and enter a hint to help you recall your password 9 Press OK e tip If you lock your Treo 750 and use a Simple PIN as the password yo
336. view Message command 124 Preview Mode camera 286 previewing multimedia messages 124 pictures 160 161 286 sounds 56 242 videos 161 Priority list 104 125 187 privacy mode 126 132 private events 184 Private option 184 processor 305 Program Buttons tab 245 Program Files folder 232 Programs check box 241 Programs screen 28 programs See applications software Prompt if device unused for check box 252 Properties command 143 protected spreadsheets 205 protecting information 249 253 Treo device 249 proxy servers 261 PSW files 198 PUK PIN unlock key 62 294 punctuation marks 25 27 Purge command 129 Purge screen 129 push technology 80 Q QCELP files 122 Quality command 161 Quick Keys 36 49 Quick Tour 289 Quick Tour icon 289 QuickTime Player 167 quitting applications 28 258 R radio 299 305 radio frequency emissions 297 300 RAS connections 260 reassigning buttons 245 246 receipts 132 Receive all incoming beams check box 229 Receiving Data message 229 recently viewed web pages 145 rechargeable battery See battery INDEX 331 recipients sending to multiple 103 122 Record button action 192 recording sounds 241 videos 160 161 voice notes 249 recording toolbar 190 recurring appointments See repeating appointments redialing phone numbers 38 redirector websites 284 refreshing web pages 142 284 Region tab 243 regional settings 243 254 Regional Settings icon 243 Regional
337. vigator 5 17 19 287 fixed dialing 62 flights 300 folder names 202 folders accessing Outlook 278 adding documents to 200 arranging pictures and videos in 165 browsing 222 232 creating 144 202 moving items to 202 223 opening items in 223 INDEX organizing web favorites in 143 144 receiving email and 104 sorting contents 223 Font color option 200 Font command 200 fonts 198 200 205 243 footers 198 footnotes 198 forgetting passwords 252 Format Chart command 213 format settings 243 formats losing 197 formatting charts 213 paragraphs and lists 201 spreadsheets 204 211 system data 243 text 200 Formatting toolbar 201 forms web 143 formulas 205 208 215 Forward command 110 forwarding messages 110 127 phone calls 48 freeing memory 226 280 287 Freeze Panes option 207 full charge battery 9 Full Screen option 142 functions spreadsheets 205 209 G games 11 Get Good program 95 getting started 289 Getting Started CD 2 GIF files 123 163 167 Global Address List 108 109 173 Global Address List Lookup 221 Glossary 291 Go To command 207 Go to Slide command 203 GoodLink Mobile Messaging 93 94 105 GPRS networks 44 292 GPS navigator 153 graphics programs 166 H Hands Free check box 54 275 hands free car kits 51 53 hands free devices connecting to 53 entering passkeys for 54 operating tips for 55 purchasing 302 troubleshooting 274 275 turning Keyguard on or
338. ware 283 E mail icon 103 E mail Setup screen 101 TS email shortcuts 111 embedded images 107 emergency calls 35 249 301 emoticons 122 124 Enable Clear Type check box 243 Enable fixed dialing check box 62 Enable local network time check box 255 encoding options 146 encryption 141 233 End Show command 203 endnotes 198 Entire column option 215 Entire row option 215 entry fields See fields Erase all data prompt 268 erasing See deleting error messages 241 280 error reporting 256 257 Error Reporting icon 257 Error Reporting screen 257 errors 256 272 280 event categories 185 event icons 186 Event list 242 events creating 182 183 deleting 185 filtering 185 hiding 184 selecting sounds for 242 setting notification preferences for 242 setting reminders for 182 Events check box 241 Excel files 193 See also Excel Mobile spreadsheets Excel Mobile application customizing 215 display settings for 207 overview 204 searching in 214 starting 206 supported features 204 unsupported features 206 Excel Mobile icon 206 Exchange ActiveSync 71 93 94 292 Exchange Address Book 278 Exchange server credentials screen 281 Exchange server option 98 Exchange server sync options 281 Exchange servers accessing email and 93 104 finding contacts and 179 setting up accounts for 80 82 synchronizing with 70 80 83 86 281 troubleshooting 281 284 exiting applications 28 258 expansion card slot 6 229
339. when check boxes 57 242 vibrating alarm 241 242 video albums 164 Video command 160 video defaults 163 video files 123 164 279 video options 172 video ringtones 158 165 Video tab 163 172 videos adding sounds 163 changing resolution 161 downloading 167 limiting length 163 previewing 161 receiving 158 recording 160 161 saving 162 sending 124 164 setting resolution for 285 synchronizing 71 157 viewing 157 158 163 View By Company command 179 View command 142 180 View Recording Toolbar command 190 viewing alternate character list 26 animated images 167 applications on device 28 calendar 180 contacts 178 current connection 260 events 182 185 folder contents 222 memory usage 257 multimedia messages 126 127 notifications 56 242 on device help 289 PDF files 197 pictures 157 158 163 power settings 258 running applications 258 space on expansion cards 232 258 tasks 188 189 text messages 126 videos 157 158 163 web pages 141 142 145 wireless settings 259 virtual private networks See VPN connections voice captions 124 Voice Command button 246 247 Voice Command icon 270 Voice Command screen 246 voice commands 12 246 247 270 Voice mail option 56 voice notes 190 192 249 Voice recording format list 249 voice recording formats 249 voicemail receiving notifications for 42 retrieving messages 42 sending calls to 40 46 setting ringtones for 56 setting up 41 voicemail buttons 50
340. x to find only full words that match the text you entered in step 3 6 Select Find to locate the first instance of the text you entered in step 3 or select Replace and enter the replacement text 7 Select Next to find the next instance of the text or select Replace to replace it CHAPTER WORD MOBILE D YOUR MICROSOFT OFFICE AND OTHER DOCUMENT TOOLS CHAPTER To replace all instances of the text select Replace All When you see a message indicating that the search is complete press OK Moving or copying text 1 Open the document containing the text you want to move or copy Highlight the text you want to move or copy Press Menu C right action key and select Copy to copy the text or select Cut to move the text Open the document where you want to insert the text and position the cursor where you want the text to appear Press Menu C right action key and select Paste Saving a copy of a document NOTE If a document was previously saved on a computer any unsupported formatting may be lost when you save the file 1 Open the document you want to copy 7 Press Menu right action key and select File gt Save As Select Name and enter a new name for the file Select the Folder list and then select the folder where you want to save the file Select the Type list and then select the format in which you want to save the file Select the Location list and then select wh
341. y Device library 170 My Documents folder 221 222 267 My Pictures folder 159 160 My Playlists category 171 My Storage Card library 170 My Text command 103 My Text phrases 103 122 124 N names 30 295 naming document files 200 202 expansion cards 233 folders 202 groups of pictures 162 speed dial buttons 49 templates 199 207 workbooks 214 worksheets 211 212 navigating the screen 17 navigating web pages 142 navigator See 5 way navigator navigator buttons 17 negative numbers 243 network protocols 172 network settings 63 132 Network tab 172 networks changing 63 connecting to 63 272 logging in to 256 troubleshooting 271 275 New Appointment command 181 183 New MMS command 123 New Sound command 241 New Speed Dial command 49 New Task command 187 notes adding 178 187 189 creating from templates 190 191 deleting 191 saving 191 setting options for 191 Notes application 189 192 Notes icon 189 Notes list 190 191 notification options 126 131 242 notification screens See notifications Notification tab 131 notifications changing event 242 closing 126 displaying 56 enabling or disabling 242 previewing sounds for 56 receiving messages and 125 126 134 receiving phone calls and 46 60 receiving transmissions and 151 receiving voicemail 42 selecting ringtones for 55 setting system sounds for 241 silencing sounds for 240 troubleshooting 274 Notifications check box 241 Notifications tab 55 24
342. y installed an application and your Treo 750 seems to be stuck try the following 1 Perform a soft reset see Performing a soft reset 2 Make sure the third party application is compatible with the Windows Mobile 6 286 THIRD PARTY APPLICATIONS Professional operating system on your Treo 750 Delete the most recently installed application from your Treo 750 see Removing applications If the problem persists perform another soft reset If possible synchronize or use a backup utility to back up your most recent info Perform a hard reset see Performing a hard reset Synchronize or restore your backup to restore the info in your built in applications Do one of the following If the problem is resolved begin reinstalling your third party applications one at a time If the problem recurs delete the last application you installed and report the problem to its developer TROUBLESHOOTING tip Remember that not all third party applications were written with the Treo 750 keyboard and 5 way navigator in mind You may encounter strange behavior or errors in these applications if you use the keyboard and the 5 way navigator Making room on your Treo 750 If you store a large amount of information or install many third party applications the internal memory on your Treo 750 may fill up Here are some common ways to clear space on your Treo 750 Camera Large images or videos take up a lot
343. y of the additional software included on the Windows Mobile Getting Started CD as well as other third party applications that are compatible with Microsoft Windows Mobile 6 Professional edition devices such as business software games and more Applications you download to your computer are likely to be in a compressed format such as ZIP If the file is compressed you need to use a decompression utility on your computer such as WinZip to decompress the file before you install the application on your Treo 750 These instructions tell you how to install basic files onto your Treo 750 Some INSTALLING APPLICATIONS 223 YOUR APPLICATION AND INFO MANAGEMENT TOOLS CHAPTER software uses an installer or wizard to guide you through the process For details consult the documentation that came with the software Tip If an application does not have a Microsoft Mobile to Market certificate you see a message indicating that the application is untrusted If this occurs you can indicate whether you want to continue the installation Installing bonus software from the CD The Windows Mobile Getting Started CD includes several bonus software applications that you can install on your Treo 750 You can install these applications when you install the desktop software or you can install them later 1 Insert the Windows Mobile Getting Started CD into the CD drive on your computer 2 Click Add Programs Windows XP or
344. you access using a VPN server connection typically a work account see Connecting to a VPN Message retrieval depends on the option you chose from the Automatic Send Receive list during account setup see Setting up a POP IMAP account in the Inbox application Common email providers Tip Partially downloaded messages appear in the message list with a partial envelope icon to the left of the subject To view the full message either press Menu right action key and select Download Message or open the message and select Get the rest of this message DID YOU KNOW You can view messages sent as HTML with the HTML formatting intact SENDING AND RECEIVING MESSAGES QO YOUR EMAIL CHAPTER Receiving attachments 1 Scroll to the attachment name below the subject to highlight it This marks it for download Synchronize the email account that contains the message as described in the previous sections Scroll to and select the attachment name below the subject to open the attachment DID YOU KNOW You can receive and open attachments in a number of different formats including PDF PDF file attachments open in PDF Viewer on your Treo 750 see PDF_ Viewer Tip To store attachments on an expansion card insert the card into the expansion card slot on your Treo 750 press Menu right action key and select Tools gt Options Select Storage and check the When available use this storage card to store attac
345. your computer a soft reset may help 1 If your Treo 750 responds to key presses press and hold Power End ja to turn off your phone If the screen display is on press Power End ja to turn off the screen Open the expansion card slot door on the side of your Treo 750 Use the stylus tip to gently press the reset button next to the expansion card slot 266 RESETTING YOUR TREO 750 5 Wait for the progress bar on the Treo logo screen to fill before continuing to use your Treo 750 Tip You can also do a soft reset by removing the battery and reinserting it DID You KNOW If the phone or the Bluetooth wireless technology feature was on before a reset these automatically turn on after the reset Performing a hard reset A hard reset erases all personal information such as appointments contacts and tasks as well as programs TROUBLESHOOTING you have added such as third party software on your Treo 750 Never do a hard reset without first trying a soft reset You can restore previously synchronized information the next time you sync CHAPTER IMPORTANT Synchronize to restore your Outlook data such as Outlook email Calendar Contacts Notes and Tasks You can use a backup and restore solution Make sure it s an application that s approved by Palm such as the one included on the Windows Mobile Getting Started CD Tip Some third party applications do not create a backup on your comput

Palm v2.25 User Guide

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents